construction environmental management plan · 2019-10-03 · this construction environmental...

Construction Environmental Management Plan

The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road

November 2018

4/11/2018 4/11/2018


Construction Environmental Management Plan ii

Contacts

Position Name Phone

GEJV Project Manager (24 hour contact)

Adam Boyd 0419 501 731

GEJV Health and Safety Manager Jerry Cockburn 0437 403 821

GEJV Environmental Manager (ESR)

Peter Sheehan 0437 397 005

GEJV Superintendent (24 hour contact)

Jamie Barry 0447 805 181

GEJV Community Relations Manager

Robert Parker (02) 8072 3600

Roads and Maritime between Mersey Road and Eaton Road – Project Manager

Easwaran Veeragathipillai 0400 561 753

Roads and Maritime Senior Environmental Officer

Owen Clark 0476 837 960

Roads and Maritime On-Site Environment Officer

Jim Steen 0439 439 570

EPA pollution hotline NA 131 555

Roads and Maritime Senior Project Manager (24 hour contact)

Jeff Gilham 0455 068 886

Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager

Anthony Eland 0476 813 083

Roads and Maritime Community and Stakeholder Engagement Advisor

Kamini Parashar 0431 113 068

Water NSW ~ 1300 662 077

Liverpool City Council ~ 1300 362 170

SafeWork NSW ~ 131 050

The Ministry of Health Wollongong Hospital 252 Loftus Street, Wollongong

(02) 4222 5000

Fire and Rescue NSW ~

000 (for pollution incidents that present an immediate threat to human health or property) 1300 729 579 (for pollution incidents that do not present an immediate threat to human health or property)

NSW Police Penrith Local Area Command

Sergeant Matt Shirvington (02) 4721 9415

Environmental Representative

Cameron Weller 0428 271 496 [email protected]

Peter Morrall (alt) 0414 860 356 [email protected]

mailto:[email protected]


Construction Environmental Management Plan iii

Contents

1 Introduction ................................................................................................................. 1

Background .......................................................................................................... 1

Purpose of this CEMP .......................................................................................... 2

Consultation ......................................................................................................... 3

Certification and approval ..................................................................................... 3

Distribution ........................................................................................................... 3

Revision ............................................................................................................... 4

2 Project description ...................................................................................................... 5

Project overview ................................................................................................... 5

Construction activities and sequence ................................................................... 6

Compounds and ancillary facilities ..................................................................... 13

3 Environmental Management System Overview ...................................................... 16

Georgiou Environmental Management System .................................................. 16

Environmental Policy and Procedures ................................................................ 16

CEMP ................................................................................................................ 16

4 Planning ..................................................................................................................... 22

Project environmental obligations ....................................................................... 22

Legal and other requirements ............................................................................. 22

Environmental aspects and impacts ................................................................... 23

Environmental objectives and targets ................................................................. 25

5 Implementation and operation ................................................................................. 27

Resources, roles, responsibilities and authority .................................................. 27

Sub-contractor management .............................................................................. 34

Competence, training and awareness ................................................................ 35

Working hours .................................................................................................... 39

Communication .................................................................................................. 40

Emergency and incident planning, management and reporting .......................... 44

6 Inspections, Monitoring and Review ........................................................................ 49

Environmental inspections ................................................................................. 49

Environmental monitoring ................................................................................... 50

Compliance ........................................................................................................ 51

Auditing .............................................................................................................. 53

Reporting ........................................................................................................... 54

Environmental non-conformity, corrective and preventative actions ................... 58


Construction Environmental Management Plan iv

Records of environmental activities .................................................................... 60

Environmental management system review ....................................................... 61

Appendices ......................................................................................................................... 63

Section A: EMS Documentation ........................................................................................ 64

Appendix A1 ................................................................................................................ 65

Appendix A2 ................................................................................................................ 67

Appendix A3 ................................................................................................................ 75

Appendix A4 ................................................................................................................ 77

Appendix A5 ................................................................................................................ 78

Appendix A6 ................................................................................................................ 81

Appendix A7 ................................................................................................................ 95

Appendix A8 ................................................................................................................ 96

Appendix A9 ................................................................................................................ 99

Appendix A10 ............................................................................................................ 101

Appendix A11 ............................................................................................................ 102

Section B: Supporting Management Plans ..................................................................... 103

Appendix B1 .............................................................................................................. 104

Appendix B2 .............................................................................................................. 105

Appendix B3 .............................................................................................................. 106

Appendix B4 .............................................................................................................. 107

Appendix B5 .............................................................................................................. 108

Appendix B6 .............................................................................................................. 109

Appendix B7 .............................................................................................................. 110

Appendix B8 .............................................................................................................. 111

Appendix B9 .............................................................................................................. 112

Appendix B10 ............................................................................................................ 113

Appendix B11 ............................................................................................................ 114

Tables

Table 2-1: Construction activities and sequencing ......................................................... 9

Table 3-1: Environmental Management Sub-plans and Strategies ...............................18

Table 4-1: Licenses, Permits and Approvals ................................................................22

Table 4-2: Environmental objectives and targets ..........................................................25

Table 5-1: Environmental Awareness Training .............................................................38

Table 5-2: Summary of requirements for incident notification and reporting .................47

Table 6-1: Summary of environmental monitoring requirements ...................................50


Construction Environmental Management Plan v

Table 6-2: Compliance reporting ..................................................................................51

Table 6-3: Audit requirements ......................................................................................53

Table 6-4: Reporting requirements ...............................................................................54

Figures

Figure 2-1: Project location and Key Features (only Stage 4 is relevant to this CEMP) ......... 5

Figure 2-2: Proposed compound and ancillary areas for the Project (excludes (C1, C2) ......14

Figure 3-1: Project environmental management document system overview ........................17

Figure 5-1: Management structure between GEJV and Roads and Maritime ........................28


Construction Environmental Management Plan vi

Appendices

Section A

Appendix A1 Legal and Contractual requirements

Appendix A2 Environmental aspects and impacts

Appendix A3 Environmental policy

Appendix A4 Ancillary Facility Management Plan

Appendix A5 Document register

Appendix A6 Sensitive area plans

Appendix A7 Environmental incident classification and reporting procedure

Appendix A8 Environmental work method statement register

Appendix A9 Georgiou Nonconformity and corrective and preventative action procedure

Appendix A10 Georgiou auditing, review and inspection standard

Appendix A11 ISO 14001 Certification

Section B Supporting management plans

Appendix B1 Construction Traffic Management Plan

Appendix B2 Construction Flora and Fauna Management Sub Plan

Appendix B3 Construction Noise and Vibration Management Sub Plan

Appendix B4 Construction Soil and Water Management Sub Plan

Appendix B5 Construction Cultural Heritage Management Sub Plan

Appendix B6 Construction Air Quality Management Sub Plan

Appendix B7 Construction Waste and Energy Management Sub Plan

Appendix B8 Construction Contaminated Land Management Sub Plan

Appendix B9 Other Management Measures Management Plan

Appendix B10 Construction Sustainability Management Plan

Appendix B11 Pollution Incident Response Management Plan

Appendix B12 Construction Community Liaison Plan


Construction Environmental Management Plan vii

Glossary / Abbreviations

Term Expanded Text

ARI Average recurrence interval

ASS Acid sulfate soils

CEMP Construction Environmental Management Plan

CEMS Contractors environmental management systems

CCLP Construction Community Liaison Plan

CNVMP Construction Noise and Vibration Management sub Plan

Compliance audit Verification of how implementation is proceeding with respect to a construction environmental management plan (CEMP) (which incorporates the relevant approval conditions).

CRAW Construction Risk Assessment Workshop

DIPNR NSW Department of Planning, Infrastructure and Natural Resources

DP&E NSW Department of Planning and Environment

Ecological sustainable development

Using, conserving and enhancing the community’s resources so that the ecological processes on which life depends are maintained and the total quality of life now and in the future, can be increased (Council of Australian Governments, 1992).

EIS Environmental Impact Assessment

EMS Environmental management system

Environmental aspect Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2004 as an element of an organisation’s activities, products or services that can interact with the environment.

Environmental impact Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2004 as any change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from an organisation’s environmental aspects.

Environmental incident An unexpected event that has, or has the potential to, cause harm to the environment and requires some action to minimise the impact or restore the environment.

Environmental objective Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2004 as an overall environmental goal, consistent with the environmental policy, that an organisation sets itself to achieve.

Environmental policy Statement by an organisation of its intention and principles for environmental performance.

Environmental target Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2004 as a detailed performance requirement, applicable to the organisation or parts thereof, that arises from the environmental objectives and that needs to be set and met in order to achieve those objectives.

EP&A Act Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (NSW)

EPA NSW Environment Protection Authority

EPBC Act Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Cmth)

EPL Environment protection licence

GEJV ESR Georgiou Ertech Joint Venture Environment Site Representative


Construction Environmental Management Plan viii

Term Expanded Text

ER Independent Environmental Representative

EWMS Environmental work method statement

GMS Georgiou management system

GEJV Georgiou Ertech Joint Venture

Heritage Act Heritage Act 1977 (NSW)

HSE Health, safety and environment

HSEQ Health, Safety, Environment and Quality

ITS Intelligent Transport Systems

KPI Key performance indicator

MNES Matters of national environmental significance under the EPBC Act

NEPM National environmental protection measures

Non-compliance Failure to comply with the requirements of the Project approval or any applicable license, permit or legal requirements.

Non-conformance Failure to conform to the requirements of Project system documentation including this CEMP or supporting documentation.

NPW Act National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974 (NSW)

NSW New South Wales

OEH Office of Environment and Heritage

PESCP Progressive erosion and sediment control plan

POEO Act Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997 (NSW)

Principal, the Roads and Maritime

Project, the The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road

QHEST Quality, health, environment and safety tool

RAP Remediation action plan

RMS Roads and Maritime Services

SPIR Submissions and Preferred Infrastructure Report

SWMS Safe work method statement


Construction Environmental Management Plan 1

1 Introduction

Background

The Northern Road Upgrade – Mersey Road, Bringelly to Glenmore Parkway, Glenmore

Park Project (the TNR Upgrade Project) comprises the upgrade of 16 km of The Northern

Road (TNR) as part of the broader Western Sydney Infrastructure Plan. The TNR Upgrade

Project will be constructed in three separate stages under three separate Construction

contracts. The first stage is contractually known as Stage 4 – between Mersey Road and

Eaton Road (the Project). The Project involves the realignment of 5.7km of The Northern

Road around the Western Sydney Airport site with the construction of a four lane divided

road and the adjustment of public utilities. The Project will be delivered by Georgiou Ertech

Joint Venture (GEJV), comprising Georgiou Group Pty Ltd and Ertech Pty Ltd.

The TNR Upgrade Project was assessed under both State and Federal planning approval

pathways. The TNR Upgrade Project was declared by the NSW Minister for Planning to be

critical State significant infrastructure (CSSI) development under Schedule 5 of the State

Environmental Planning Policy (State and Regional Development) 2011 and was assessed

under Part 5.1 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (NSW) (EP&A Act).

The TNR Upgrade Project was also subject to approval under the Commonwealth

Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act) due to potential

impacts on Matters of National Environmental Significance (MNES) and Commonwealth

land. It was declared in 2016 by the Federal Minister for the Environment and Energy to be a

‘controlled action’ under the EPBC Act. In addition, the TNR Upgrade Project has been

determined a ‘controlled action’ under the EPBC Act due to potential impact on

Commonwealth land and Commonwealth listed endangered ecological communities. The

TNR Upgrade project was also subject to approval under the Commonwealth Environment

Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act) due to potential impacts on

Matters of National Environmental Significance (MNES) and Commonwealth land. It was

declared in 2016 by the Federal Minister for the Environment and Energy to be a ‘controlled

action’ under the EPBC Act.

A single Environmental Impact Statement (EIS / Draft EIS) was prepared for the TNR

Upgrade Project to satisfy the environmental assessment requirements of both Part 5.1 of

the EP&A Act and Part 8 of the EPBC Act. Following public display of the EIS, a

Submissions and Preferred Infrastructure Report (SPIR) was prepared to respond to issues

raised, propose design refinements and provide revised environmental management

measures (REMMs). The SPIR was submitted to the NSW Minister for Planning. A Final EIS

satisfying the requirements of the EPBC Act was submitted to the Federal Minister for the

Environment and Energy in December 2017.

Approval under the EP&A Act was granted by the Minister for Planning on 30 May 2018.

Approval under the EPBC Act was granted by the Federal Minister for the Environment and

Energy on 15 June 2018.

An Overarching Construction Environmental Management Plan (OACEMP) has been

developed by Roads and Maritime to address the NSW and Federal conditions of approval

and the management measures presented in the EIS and SPIR, Roads and Maritime

specifications and all applicable legislation.



Purpose of this CEMP

This Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and sub plans have been

developed in accordance with the Overarching Construction Environmental Management

Plan (OACEMP), conditions of approval (CoA), management measures detailed in the EIS,

SPIR, relevant Roads and Maritime QA Specifications and the Guideline for the Preparation

of Environmental Management Plans (DIPNR, 2004). This CEMP is consistent with AS/NZS

ISO 14001: Environmental Management Systems, ISO 9001: Quality Management System

and AS/NZS 4801: Safety Management Systems.

This CEMP has been prepared to outline and describe how the NSW Minister for Planning’s

Conditions of Approval (NSW-CoA) and the Federal Minister for the Environment and

Energy’s Conditions of Approval (Federal-CoA) will be complied with during the Construction

of the Project.

The purpose of this CEMP is to provide a structured approach to the management of

environmental issues during Construction of the Project. Implementing this CEMP effectively

will ensure that the Project Team meets regulatory and contract requirements in a systematic

manner and continually improves its environmental performance.

In particular, this CEMP provides:

A schedule for compliance auditing

A program for analysis of the key environmental risks arising from the Construction of

the Project

Procedures for rectifying non-compliances

A list of the Sub-plans prepared under this CEMP

Details of training, inductions and awareness programs for Construction personnel

A mechanism for periodic review and update of the CEMP and associated plans and

programs

A description of the Project in detail including activities to be undertaken and relative

timing

Specific mitigation measures and controls that can be applied on-site to avoid or

minimise negative environmental impacts

Specific mechanisms for compliance with applicable policies, approvals, licences,

permits, consultation agreements and legislation

A description of the environmental management related roles and responsibilities of

personnel

Objectives and targets for issues that are important to the environmental performance

of the Project

An outline of a monitoring regime to check the adequacy of controls as they are

implemented during Construction.

This CEMP is the overarching document in the environmental management system for the

Project that includes a number of management documents. These are described in Section

3. It is applicable to all staff and sub-contractors associated with the Construction of the

Project.

This CEMP will be available to all personnel and sub-contractors via the Project document

control management system and onsite. This CEMP will be made available for public



inspection on the Project website. Confidential information, which may include the location of

threatened species, Aboriginal objects or places and personnel contact details, will be

removed from all documents provided or made available to the public.

1.2.1 Conditions of approval

This CEMP and its sub-plans (see Appendices, Section B) have been prepared in

accordance with the OACEMP and relevant CoAs. This CEMP meets the requirements of the

NSW and Federal conditions relating to the preparation of a CEMP.

Issue-specific sub-plans have been prepared to address CoAs relevant to specific

environmental aspects and issues and to meet environmental objectives and targets

throughout Construction. The issue-specific sub-plans also address how the revised

environmental management measures detailed in the SPIR will be implemented during

Construction. The issue-specific sub-plans are provided as appendices to this CEMP. A list

of the sub-plans and their associated procedures and plans required under the NSW and

Federal CoA is provided in Appendix A5.

Other relevant management measures to be addressed in Construction (including socio-

economic and land use, urban design and visual impact, hydrology and flooding, hazards

and risks, pesticides, fire management and cumulative impacts) which have not been

addressed in the sub-plans are provided in Appendix B9.

1.2.2 Ecologically Sustainable Development

This CEMP incorporates the principles of ecologically sustainable development. This is further reflected in the Construction Sustainability Management Plan (Appendix B10), which outlines the management measures to be implemented by GEJV during Construction to achieve the sustainability measures identified in the EIS and SPIR.

Consultation

Consultation with the community, relevant stakeholders and agencies by GEJV will occur

throughout the Construction of the Project. The approach to community consultation is

documented in the Community Communication Strategy (CCS) and the GEJV Construction

Community Liaison Plan, described in Section 5.5.3 of the CEMP. GEJV will undertake

consultation activities in accordance with the principles and processes outlined in the CCS.

Certification and approval

This CEMP will be approved by the GEJV Project Manager and a Representative from the Georgiou Health Safety and Environment (HSE) Department. This CEMP has been reviewed by the Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager (or delegate) and the ER to ensure consistency with the approved OACEMP.

Distribution

This CEMP applies, and is available to all personnel and sub-contractors associated with the Construction of the Project via the Project document control management system.

This document is uncontrolled when printed. One controlled hard copy of the CEMP and supporting documentation will be maintained at the Project office. The CEMP will also be available in electronic form on the Project website.

Registered copies of this CEMP will be distributed to:

GEJV Project Manager



GEJV ESR

Roads and Maritime Representative

Roads and Maritime between Mersey Road and Eaton Road Project Manager


Environmental Representative (ER).

Revision

This CEMP and other related documents will be reviewed at least annually during the Executive Review, and as a result of:

Changes to Georgiou procedures or processes

Changes to key personnel or resources

Changes in legal and other obligations

The continuous improvement process

Instructions from Roads and Maritime.

This CEMP will be reviewed within one month (or as otherwise agreed with the Secretary) of

any of the following occurrences:

Identification of matters that require attention following an environmental audit

A reportable environmental incident or near miss

Significant changes to site conditions and/or work methods

Identification of new risks, including risks identified during risk register updates

Identification of non-compliances

Should the review process identify any issues or items within the environmental

documentation that are in need of updating, the Environmental Site Representative will

update the CEMP. Revisions to this CEMP will be approved by the GEJV Project Manager.

Any revisions to this CEMP will be issued to the Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager

(or delegate) for review.

Revised versions of this CEMP will be made available through the document control process

described in Section 6.7.2.

Reviews will be undertaken in consultation with key stakeholders to ensure all

locations/functions are considered. A record of the date and comments relating to any

revisions of this CEMP will be included in the revision table.



2 Project description

Project overview

Roads and Maritime proposes to realign 5.7 km of The Northern Road around the Western Sydney Airport site with the construction of a four lane divided road and the adjustment of public utilities (the Project). An overview of the key features of the Project is provided in Figure 2-1.

The Project will improve traffic flow and connectivity in the western Sydney region and facilitate the construction of the Western Sydney Airport.

The Project extends from Mersey Road, Bringelly to Eaton Road, Luddenham and traverses the local government area of Liverpool, approximately 45 km west of the Sydney central business district.

Figure 2-1: Project location and key features



Construction activities and sequence

Key features of the Project works include:

Construction of approximately 5.7 km of The Northern Road including clearing and

grubbing, earthworks, stormwater drainage, subsurface drainage and pavement

Construction of three-way traffic light intersection at Leppington Pastoral Company,

Airport access and tie-in at new and existing The Northern Road

Construction of approximately 300 m of The Northern Road (East) connecting to

existing The Northern Road

Construction of three drainage culverts and two stock underpasses

Construction of and switching traffic onto interim southbound carriageway from

Leppington Pastoral Company and Eaton Road

Construction of footpaths and shared pedestrian/cycle paths

Adjustment of utilities and construction of Intelligent Transport Systems (ITS)

Landscaping

Property adjustment.

The proposed sequence of Construction activities for the Project is as follows below. A detailed Construction staging plan and Construction program will be developed prior to commencement of Construction in consultation with Roads and Maritime.

Early works

Aboriginal and non-aboriginal heritage salvage works

Building and structure condition surveys of all buildings and structures within the

distances listed in Annexure E of Specification G36

Establishment of no-go areas and site boundary

Construction of ancillary facilities

Property adjustments, including fencing

Installation of erosion and sediment controls

Installation of noise mitigation measures

Clearing and grubbing activities, including removal of vegetation for compound site

and ancillary facilities

Establishment of stockpile and compound sites

Notification of residents of Construction work

Installation of Construction signage and advisory signs

Relocation of utilities and services

Preparation of building condition surveys.

Earthworks

Stripping, stockpiling and management of topsoil and unsuitable material

Vegetation clearing

Installation of further environmental controls



Excavation and fill to road formation levels, including excavations for embankments

and cuttings and boxing out the new pavement

Importation of fill material

Disposal of unsuitable and/or surplus excavated material to other project sites or a

licensed facility

Construction of retaining walls

Installation of road drainage infrastructure.

Road work

Construction of temporary haul roads

Importation, placement and compaction of fill material

Placing, compacting and finishing of road surface sub-base and base layers

Placing, compacting and finishing of asphalt road surface base layers

Construction drainage

Modification of existing stormwater systems including water management ponds and

culverts

Installation of kerbing and barriers

Road widening

Intersection works

Finishing work, such as line marking; kerb and gutter construction; installation of

safety barriers, street lighting and sign posting; and landscaping

Decommissioning and rehabilitation of temporary ancillary facilities and temporary

works

Implementation of traffic management and access measures, including speed

reduction, temporary traffic controls and signs

Clearing and grubbing activities, including removal of vegetation for access roads and

bridge piers

Removal and stockpiling of topsoil

Dam dewatering

Longitudinal and transverse drainage work

Earthworks involving excavation and fill, including stockpiling of material

Hauling, spreading and placing of select material for road construction

Building of road surfaces consisting of bound and unbound granular material such as

aggregates, lean mix concrete and bitumen seals

Building of kerbs and shoulders

Construction of pavements

Placement of asphaltic concrete

Building of roadside furniture, including safety barriers and fencing

Installing signs and line marking

Topsoiling and landscaping

Decommissioning of stockpiles and compound site



Revegetation of all ancillary areas.

Post-Construction

Condition surveys of all buildings and structures for which pre-Construction condition

surveys were undertaken

Maintenance of landscaped areas.

Construction activities, plant and equipment and approximate duration of activities are provided in Table 2-1.



Table 2-1: Construction activities and sequencing

Construction activity

Proposed work Plant and equipment Approximate duration

Early works Notification of residents of Construction work

Leasing or acquisition of land

Installation of Construction signage and advisory signs

Installation of environmental controls

Preparation of dilapidation and building condition surveys

Adjustment, relocation and protection of public utilities and services

Site establishment activities, such as:

- establishment of temporary ancillary facilities

- establishment of Construction site fencing, signage and lighting

- establishment of Construction site access points, traffic management measures, alternative public access routes, diversions and minor road modifications if required

- demolition of redundant structures on acquired/leased land

- relocation and/or removal of farm infrastructure

Activities prior to vegetation clearing, including:

- pre-clearing surveys

- marking out ‘no go’ zones

- identifying fauna habitat trees and fauna release areas

Establishment of temporary drainage

Aboriginal heritage salvage

Non-Aboriginal heritage salvage

Contamination investigations

Construction of temporary sediment basins

Trucks

Light vehicles

Generators

Crane

Bobcat

Excavator

6 months

Earthworks

Stripping, stockpiling and management of topsoil and unsuitable material

Vegetation clearing

Light vehicles

Excavator

18 months





Installation of further environmental controls

Excavation and fill to road formation levels, including excavations for embankments and cuttings and boxing out the new pavement

Importation of fill material

Disposal of unsuitable and/or surplus excavated material to other project sites or a licensed facility

Construction of retaining walls

Installation of road drainage infrastructure

Dump trucks

Compactors

Bulldozers

Graders

Water carts

Bobcat

Road work (widening and new roads) and intersections

Construction of temporary haul roads

Minor demolition of kerbs, other road elements and other structures

Removal and stockpiling of topsoil

Excavation of any excess or geotechnically unsuitable subsoils

Cut to fill operations including the removal of spoil

Importation, placement and compaction of fill material

Placing, compacting and finishing of road surface sub-base and base layers

Placing, compacting and finishing of asphalt road surface base layers

Installation of new drainage infrastructure and any other services

Modification of existing stormwater systems including water management ponds and culverts

Installation of traffic lights

Installation of kerbing and barriers

Finishing work, such as line marking; kerb and gutter construction; installation of safety barriers, street lighting and sign posting; and landscaping

Decommissioning and rehabilitation of temporary ancillary facilities and temporary works

Excavators

Bulldozers

Water carts

Graders

Dump trucks

Vibrating rollers

Spray sealing equipment

Asphalt paving machines

Concrete saws

Compactors

Cranes

Slip-forming machines

Concrete pumps

Concrete trucks

4 months

Drainage work Excavation, compaction and installation of drainage pipes and pits Light vehicles 15 months





Construction of table drains

Installation of culverts and other drainage structures

Construction of temporary diversion channels

Construction of temporary watercourse crossings such as causeways

Dewatering of farm dams, if required

Removal of temporary drainage structures

Excavators

Generators

Jackhammers

Concrete pumps

Concrete trucks

Cranes

Compactors

Boring machines

Bobcats

Pavements

Placing select material (usually crushed rock, natural gravels or suitable soils)

Placing, compacting and finishing concrete to form sub-base pavements

Placing, compacting and finishing the open grade or dense grade asphalt wearing course

Widening, changes in configuration, removal, milling and pavement build-up and resurfacing

Pavement marking

Light vehicles

Excavators

Generators

Asphalt paving machines

Concrete trucks

Cranes

Concrete saws

Compactors

Slip-forming machines

Concrete pumps

Generators

18 months

Utility relocation

Relocation of transmission lines, low voltage cables, gas mains, optic fibre and coaxial cables

Construction of new driveway access points

Adjustments to street lighting

Light vehicles

Excavators

Generators

Boring machines

Piling machines

15 months





Cranes

Generators

Dump trucks

Plate compactors

Concrete pumps

Concrete truck

Finishing work Line marking

Installation of directional signage and roadside furniture, such as street lighting

Landscaping

Site demobilisation and rehabilitation of temporary Construction compound sites and other areas of Construction disturbance

Light vehicles

Excavators

Generators

Dump trucks

Concrete trucks

Hydro-mulching equipment

Cranes

Water cart

Compactor

Bobcats

Road marking machine

Welding equipment

9 months



Compounds and ancillary facilities

Ancillary facilities are defined in the Infrastructure Approval as a “temporary facility for Construction of the Project including an office and amenities compound, Construction compound, material crushing and screening plant, materials storage compound, maintenance workshop and testing laboratory”. Any temporary material stockpile areas located within the Construction footprint are not considered to be an ancillary facility, in accordance with the Infrastructure Approval definition. Any stockpile area located outside the Construction footprint will be classified as an ancillary facility and will be required to comply with the requirements for ancillary facilities. GEJV has developed an Ancillary Facility Management Plan (AFMP) (Appendix A4). The development of the AFMP requires consultation with the EPA and Liverpool City Council. The AFMP will be submitted to the Secretary at least one month prior to the commencement of Construction.

A range of Construction related facilities will be required to build the Project, including site compounds, site offices, ancillary facilities, stockpile areas and laydown areas. The EIS and SPIR identified and assessed ancillary facilities for the Project. The locations of ancillary facilities for the Project, identified as C3-C8, are shown in Figure 2-2. Areas C1 and C2 will not be used by GEJV..

The main compound facility will be situated at location C8 and will include:

Office facilities

Car park for light vehicles and heavy vehicles

Ablution facilities

Chemical storage

Material stockpiles and storage

Erosion and sediment controls

Boundary fencing

Temporary storage and stockpiling of earthworks and pavement material

Other ancillary facilities for the Project will primarily be used for sediment basins, stockpiling and laydown of materials or minor ancillary facilities. Minor ancillary facilities include sheds, offices and staff amenities.

Compounds and ancillary facilities will comprise:

Hardstand parking areas with capacity for all Construction workers

Materials laydown and storage areas, including purpose-built temporary structures as

required

Perimeter fencing, including visual screening where necessary

Temporary acoustic barriers.



Figure 2-2: Proposed compound and ancillary areas for the Project (excludes (C1, C2)

Any additional ancillary facilities identified for the Project that have not been assessed in the EIS will be assessed in accordance with the criteria in NSW-CoA A15 and NSW-CoA A17, using the ancillary facilities assessment which is in Appendix A4 of the CEMP. The assessment will be included in the AFMP and approved by the Secretary. The Environmental Representative (ER) can assess and approve minor ancillary facilities which include offices, sheds and staff amenities.

Prior to taking any land for the purposes of ancillary facilities including, Construction materials and stockpiling a pre-Construction land condition assessment must be conducted. This must be conducted by an independent environmental consultant with experience in site environmental inspections and Construction waste management. To satisfy a G36 hold point, this report must be submitted to the Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager (or delegate) with any necessary statutory and environmental approvals prior to establishment of the ancillary facility.



2.3.1 Stockpile locality assessment

Temporary stockpile sites will be required during Construction to store materials for Construction or materials generated from within the Construction site. The stockpile sites may be required to store material including, but not limited to:

Excavated materials to be used in fill embankments and other design features.

Excavated material unsuitable for reuse in the formation.

Excess concrete, pavement, rock, steel and other material stored for either future use

in the Project or prior to removal from site.

Topsoil, mulch, excess timber for landscaping and revegetation works.

Stockpile sites will be established and managed in accordance with the Roads and Maritime Stockpile Site Management Guideline (Roads and Maritime, 2011) and the Stockpile Management Protocol (refer to the Construction Soil and Water Management Plan (Appendix B4)).



3 Environmental Management System Overview

Georgiou Environmental Management System

GEJV will be working under the Georgiou management system (GMS). The GMS provides an integrated HSEQ framework that manages legal compliance and risks and opportunities at all levels of the business consistently and effectively. The system comprises elements of policy, planning, implementation and operation, checking and review and is aligned with the annual business planning cycle. Georgiou maintains documented policies and procedures to ensure Georgiou’s aims, priorities and overall objectives are clearly articulated, communicated and understood at all levels of the organisation.

Georgiou’s Environmental Management System (EMS) is a component of the GMS. It is ISO 14001 certified and meets the requirements of the NSW Government Environmental Management Guidelines (see Appendix A11).

Environmental Policy and Procedures

Georgiou’s environmental policy describes GEJV’s commitment to continual improvement in environmental performance and compliance with applicable legal requirements and has been developed in accordance with requirements outlined in Section 4.2 of ISO 14001.

The environmental policy is displayed on the Project website and at the site office, and communicated to staff and other interested parties via inductions and ongoing awareness programs.

A copy of the environmental policy is provided in Appendix A3 of this CEMP.

Relevant EMS procedures for the effective implementation of this CEMP and as detailed in G36 clause 3.1 are provided with this CEMP. These include:

Appendix A7 – Roads and Maritime Environmental incident classification and

reporting procedure

Appendix A9 -Georgiou Nonconformity and corrective and preventative action

procedure

Appendix A10 - Georgiou auditing, review and inspection standard

CEMP

This CEMP is the overarching management plan for a suite of environmental management documents including specific sub plans, method statements and procedures. It provides a structured and systematic approach to environmental management for the Project. The primary purpose of the system of documentation is to ensure compliance with the OACEMP, all applicable environmental laws, obligations and approvals specific to the Project and to minimise potential environmental impacts associated with the .

An overview of the environmental management document system for the Project is shown in Figure 3-1.The components that combine to from the Project CEMP are shown below.



Figure 3-1: Project environmental management document system overview

This CEMP provides the system to manage and control the environmental aspects of the Project during pre-Construction and Construction. It identifies all requirements applicable to activities described in Section 2. It also provides the overall framework for the system and procedures to ensure environmental impacts are minimised and legislative and other requirements are fulfilled. The strategies defined in this CEMP have been developed with consideration of the OACEMP developed by Roads and Maritime, the Project conditions of approval requirements, safeguards and mitigation measures presented in the EIS, SPIR and Roads and Maritime Specifications. This CEMP establishes the system for implementation, monitoring and continuous improvement to minimise impacts from the Project on the environment.

Draft EIS/EIS (as exhibited), SPIR and

Final EIS Relevant legislation

OACEMP and

sub-plans

GEJV system procedures and forms

Monitoring and inspection

Auditing and reporting

Management review

Corr

ective a

ction a

nd

contin

uous im

pro

vem

ent

Com

plia

nce tra

ckin

g

GEJV EWMS

CEMP and sub-plans for the Project

State and Federal Approval

Other environmental plans and

documentation required under the

Infrastructure Approval



3.3.1 Environmental management sub-plans and strategies

A number of environmental management sub-plans support the CEMP. These documents are prepared to identify requirements and processes applicable to specific impacts or aspects of the activities described in Section 4.3. They address requirements of the conditions of approval, Environment Protection Licence (EPL) conditions, Roads and Maritime specifications and mitigation measures identified in the environment assessment documentation.

A list of Construction sub-plans and procedures for the Project, are provided in the table below.

Table 3-1: Environmental Management Sub-plans and Strategies

Document name Document Reference/ Location

Construction Traffic Management Plan Appendix B1

Construction Flora and Fauna Management Sub Plan

(includes clearing and grubbing and weed management procedure)

Appendix B2

Construction Noise and Vibration Management Sub Plan Appendix B3

Construction Soil and Water Management Sub Plan Appendix B4

Construction Cultural Heritage Management Sub Plan Appendix B5

Construction Air Quality Management Sub Plan Appendix B6

Construction Waste and Energy Management Sub Plan Appendix B7

Construction Contaminated Land Management Sub Plan Appendix B8

Other Management Measures Appendix B9

Construction Sustainability Management Plan Appendix B10

Pollution Incident Response Management Plan (includes emergency spill procedure)

Appendix B11

Construction Community Liaison Plan Appendix B12

3.3.2 Environmental Work Method Statements

Environmental work method statements (EWMS) are prepared to manage and control activities identified as having high environmental risk. EWMS will be prepared prior to the commencement of these activities and will incorporate relevant mitigation measures and controls from management sub plans. EWMS are specifically designed to communicate requirements, actions, processes and controls to Construction personnel using plans, diagrams and simply written instructions.

EWMS will be reviewed by the Roads and Maritime Project Manager, Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager (or delegate) and ER prior to the commencement of the Construction activities to which they apply. For EWMS of activities identified as having high environmental risk, GEJV will consult with stakeholders and authorities prior to approval. GEJV will provide a list of upcoming/future EWMS to the Environmental Review Group (ERG) participants during regular meetings for consultation.

The activities which require an EWMS to be developed include:

Activities assessed as having high environmental risk in the Construction Risk

Assessment Workshop, these include



Erosion and Sediment Management

Dewatering

Clearing and Grubbing

Out of Hours Work (OOHW)

Asbestos Containing Material Management

Activities that impact on or are in proximity to environmentally sensitive areas and

Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal heritage sites, including Lawson’s Inn and Miss

Lawson’s Guest House archaeological sites

Activities that impact on or are in proximity to waterways including Badgerys Creek

Pre-Construction activities including (as relevant):

delineation of sensitive areas

installation of erosion and sedimentation controls

heritage excavation and salvage

treatment of contaminated sites.

Topsoil stripping including temporary stockpiling and disposal of excavated material

and protocols for the management of materials containing asbestos

Utilities relocation

Compound and ancillary facility establishment and use

Contaminated land

Activities that involve work in waterways or that pose a risk to receiving water quality,

for example

Construction and operation of sediment basins and/or buffer swales and

connecting drainage for the associated catchment area

Construction of culverts, including associated staging, flow diversions, any

dewatering, short and long term stabilisation and removal of existing structures

Vegetation clearing and grubbing

Activities where construction water may be discharged into natural waterways

Construction and operation of concrete wash out areas.

Activities that generate high levels of noise and/or vibration (where there are nearby

receptors)

All works associated with rehabilitation of farm dams including but not limited to

dewatering and filling.

The Construction Risk Assessment Workshop (CRAW) has been used to develop risk mitigation and management strategies to eliminate or reduce the exposure of risk. These risk mitigation strategies will be integrated in the relevant EWMS in further detail. The proposed mitigation measures will be consistent with the environmental safeguards and management measures listed in the EIS and SPIR, and all relevant Roads and Maritime Specifications and guidelines. All Construction personnel and sub-contractors undertaking a task governed by a EWMS must participate in training on the EWMS, and acknowledge that they have read and understood their obligations prior to commencing work. An EWMS register and EWMS training register are located at Appendix A8 of this CEMP.

Regular monitoring, inspections and auditing against compliance with the EWMS will be undertaken by Project management, quality, and environmental personnel to ensure that all controls are being followed and that any non-conformances are recorded and corrective actions implemented.



3.3.3 Progressive Erosion and Sediment Control Plans

Progressive Erosion and Sediment Control Plans (PESCPs) are planning documents that clearly show the site layout and the approximate location of erosion and sediment control structures onsite. They cover all Construction stages from initial vegetation clearing through to rehabilitation when erosion and sediment control are no longer required and are removed. PESCPs will be developed and implemented across the Project where there is a risk of erosion and sediment loss.

PESCPs may be produced in conjunction with EWMS to provide more detailed site-specific environmental mitigation measures.

PESCPs will be developed by personnel who have completed a training course in Blue Books I & 2D and Erosion and Sedimentation Control and who have suitable experience in preparing these plans. PESCPs will be reviewed by the Project Soil Conservationist (whom is CPESC Certified) prior to installation.

Drawings for PESCPs will be prepared progressively for sections of the site where work is to commence and will be submitted at least ten days prior to the disturbance of the surface of the section of the site as per Roads and Maritime Specification G38 Hold Point 3.1.1.

As per Roads and Maritime Specification G38 Witness Point 3.1.1, GEJV will prepare written advice, including signed approval by the GEJV ESR and Superintendent, that the measures described in the PESCP and included on the drawing submitted progressively for that section of the Site, including sediment basins and other water quality structures together with associated temporary or permanent connecting stormwater drainage lines and/or catch drains, have been implemented or the date by which implementation will be completed. The advice must be forwarded at least five working days before the works are to commence.

3.3.4 Sensitive area maps

To assist Pre-Construction planning and on-site Construction management, the environmental site constraints are consolidated on a series of map-based sheets that extend the length of the Project. Sensitive area maps include information pertaining, but not limited to:

Noise and vibration sensitive receivers e.g. residential dwellings

Flora features, including threatened species and endangered ecological communities

Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal heritage sites, including items, places, objects, sites

and exclusion zones

Local waterways

Recorded threatened fauna sightings

National Parks / Nature Reserves

Actual and potential habitat for Cumberland Plain Land Snail

Areas of vegetation to be retained

Potential or actual acid sulphate soil areas

Contaminated sites

Monitoring locations for groundwater, surface water and dust.

The sensitive area maps are presented in Appendix A6. They are a working element of the CEMP and will be revised throughout Construction to reflect true ground conditions and the most up-to-date information available on sensitive sites. Sensitive area maps will be used in conjunction with EWMS to help identify key risk areas and to promote ongoing communication to Construction personnel during the Project.



3.3.5 Ancillary Facilities Management Plan

A separate Ancillary Facility Management Plan (AFMP) has been developed by GEJV in consultation with Liverpool City Council and the EPA, which details the management of the ancillary facilities. This AFMP is to be approved by the Secretary prior to establishment of the proposed ancillary facilities onsite. Information on ancillary facilities assessment is provided in Appendix A4.

3.3.6 Environmental system procedures, forms and other documents

The Project EMS procedures, forms and other documents provide instructions and records related to both environmental and non-environmental activities throughout Construction.

GEJV has developed Project specific procedures in accordance with the requirements for the Project. Where applicable, existing procedures and work instructions will be applied or amended during the Project.

GEJV has prepared and will maintain a register of relevant environmental procedures and forms in Appendix A5 of this CEMP.



4 Planning

Project environmental obligations

All Construction personnel working on the Project have the following general obligations:

Minimise pollution of land, air and water

Use pollution control equipment and keep it in proper working order

Preserve the natural and cultural heritage environment

Give notice to Roads and Maritime and relevant authorities of a non-Aboriginal or

Aboriginal heritage discovery

Minimise the occurrence of offensive noise. Where a noise management level has

been exceeded, undertake review and investigate what reasonable and feasible

actions can be implemented

Minimise intrusion and disruption to agricultural operations/activities in surrounding

properties (e.g. stock access, access to farm dams, etc.), unless otherwise agreed by

the landowner

Keep the community informed of Project milestones, upcoming activities and duration

of relevant aspects of the works

Use equipment with noise control features where available and ensure that it is

properly maintained

Take all feasible and reasonable steps to ensure compliance with the requirements of

this CEMP.

Legal and other requirements

4.2.1 Legislation

A register of legal and contractual requirements for the Project is contained in Appendix A1. GEJV will maintain this register. GEJV will review the register at regular intervals, such as during management reviews (refer Section 6.8), and update with any applicable changes. Any changes made to the legal requirements register will be communicated to the wider Project Team, including sub-contractors where necessary, through toolbox talks, specific training and other methods detailed in Section 5.3.2 of this CEMP.

4.2.2 Approvals, Permits and Licensing

Table 4-1 sets out the approvals and licences that have been or will be obtained for the Project:

Table 4-1: Licenses, Permits and Approvals

Approval/Permit/License Responsibility Status

Infrastructure Approval under Part 5.1 of the EP&A Act – SSI 7127 granted by the Minister for Planning

Roads and Maritime

Approval dated 30 May 2018

Commonwealth controlled action approval from the Department of the Environment and Energy under Part 8 of the EPBC Act

Roads and Maritime

Approval dated 15 June 2018



Approval/Permit/License Responsibility Status

Environmental protection licence (EPL) under the Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997 for the extraction of more than 30,000 tonnes per year of extractive materials and road construction

Roads and Maritime /GEJV

Roads and Maritime Roads and Maritime has obtained EPL 21121 and has transferred it to GEJV. . As GEJV will be operating under the Georgiou EMS, Georgiou will hold the EPL.

Water Access Licence for the Project under the Water Management Act 2000 for access to surface or ground water during Construction

GEJV Roads and Maritime projects are exempt from obtaining an approval for water used for road construction and maintenance

Water Supply Works Approval under section 92 of the Water Management Act 2000

GEJV GEJV will need to obtain water supply works approvals for the set up and use of any water extraction infrastructure, including, bores, pumps and standpipes

Road Occupancy Licences GEJV To be applied for as required.

An aquifer interference approval under the Water Management Act 2000 if Construction requires intersection of a groundwater source.

GEJV To be applied for as required.

At least five days prior to the activity, the Roads and Maritime Project Manager will be provided with evidence of the receipt of approval, licenses and or permit from the relevant authority as per Hold Point G36 Cl 3.2.2.

Pre-Construction land condition assessment reports will be provided for each area GEJV intends to use for site facilities and evidence of any necessary statutory and environmental approvals as per Hold Point G36 Cl 4.15.2. All necessary licences, permits and approvals required for the Project will be obtained and maintained as required throughout the life of the Project.

Environmental aspects and impacts

A risk management approach will be used to determine the severity and likelihood of an activity’s impact on the environment and to prioritise its significance. This process considers potential regulatory and legal risks as well as taking into consideration the concerns of community and other key stakeholders.

The objectives of risk assessment are to:

Identify activities, events or outcomes that have the potential to adversely affect the

local environment and/or human health/property.

Qualitatively evaluate and categorise each risk item.

Assess whether risk issues can be managed by environmental protection measures.

Qualitatively evaluate residual risk with implementation of measures.

Risk assessments for the Project are based on AS/NZS 4360:1999, the Australian standard for risk assessments.



Each specified sub-plan includes a section on environmental aspects and impacts which list

the activities associated with the Project, related aspects and corresponding risks.

Appendix A2 contains a list of overall Project environmental aspects and impacts. GEJV has

updated and developed the aspects and impacts listed in Appendix A2 based on the

outcomes of the risk assessment workshop (Section 4.3.1).

Where relevant, the requirements from the Roads and Maritime Environmental

Specifications, CoA and Revised Environmental Management Measures (REMMS) will be

incorporated into the environmental risk assessment, particularly in developing the agreed

activity specific site controls.

4.3.1 Environmental risk assessment workshop

An Environmental risk assessment workshop was held (as part of the Construction Risk Assessment Workshop (CRAW)) by GEJV as per specification G36, clause 3.2.1.Participants included; the Roads and Maritime Representative, GEJV’s site management and environmental personnel, the ER and other relevant personnel including subcontractors who will be performing work on the Project.

The risk workshop identified high risk activities. Each activity was assessed to identify the

relevant steps in the activity and the associated environmental hazards, initial risk levels,

mitigation measures and to avoid, manage and/or minimise the risks and residual risks. Each

of these items is documented in the Aspects and Impacts Register (Appendix A2). Where

residual risks were assessed as high, or if required under the Contract Specification, GEJV

will develop an EWMS for that activity.

The workshop was also used to raise general awareness of good environmental

management practices among GEJV’s staff and subcontractors working on the Project, as

well as to develop ideas and actions to improve environmental practices.

Following the CRAW the CEMP was updated with the identified significant Environmental

risks and the agreed mitigation measures. The CEMP will be reviewed during the monthly

risk register reviews where new risks are identified. Where required, the CEMP will be

updated and submitted to Roads and Maritime and the ER for approval.

4.3.2 Ongoing risk analysis

Works on site will be undertaken in accordance with the HSE Risk Register. The HSE Risk

Register will be made available to workers.

Review and, if necessary, update of the Project risk register is an ongoing process which will

occur, as a minimum:

When a risk has been identified

Where there is a change in work systems, materials, equipment, practices or

procedures on site

In response to incidents

Where new information about an environmental risk becomes available or where

personnel raise concerns about an environmental risk.

At regularly scheduled times, including during reviews of the Project risk register at

the Project meetings and the quarterly management review meetings (refer Table 6-

5).



Where new risks are identified, GEJV will include these in the risk register, assess the risks

and implement control measures to eliminate or minimise the level of risk. Monitoring and

review of the effectiveness of control measures will be carried out during weekly

environmental inspections and may include consultation with site personnel involved in

managing the identified risks.

Environmental objectives and targets

As a means of assessing environmental performance during Construction of the Project,

environmental objectives and targets have been established. These objectives and targets

have been developed with consideration of key issues identified through the environmental

assessment and risk assessment process. The objectives and targets are consistent with

Georgiou’s environmental policy and will assist in monitoring whether the commitments of the

policy are being met.

The targets are incorporated into relevant environmental management sub-plans.

The performance of the Project against the objectives and targets will be documented in the

GEJV’s monthly reports, the six monthly Construction compliance reports and on a quarterly

basis as part of the management review.

Environmental objectives and targets for the Project are provided in the table below.

Table 4-2: Environmental objectives and targets

Objective Target Measurement tool

Construction of the Project in accordance with environmental approvals

Full compliance with statutory approvals

Audits, construction compliance reporting, management reviews

Compliance with all legal requirements

No regulatory infringements (PINs or prosecutions)

No formal regulatory warning

Audits, construction compliance reporting, management reviews

Implement a rigorous and comprehensive EMS that meets the requirements of AS/NZS ISO 14001

Address non-conformances and corrective actions within specific timeframes

Audits, management reviews

Engage with the effected and broader community, minimise complaints and respond to any complaints within a suitable timeframe

Disseminate regular Project updates and other information through the Project website and other tools identified in the Community Communication Strategy and Construction Community Liaison Plan

Record and respond to complaints within the timeframe specified in the Community Communication Strategy and Construction Community Liaison Plan.

Review complaints register, construction compliance report, audits



Objective Target Measurement tool

Continuously improve environmental performance

Develop and maintain a program of ongoing environmental training

Capture lessons learnt from environmental incidents to minimise repeat issues

Regular review and update of the aspects and impacts register, legal register and environmental induction

Construction compliance report, training needs analysis,

Environmental management reviews

Revisions of management plans in response to incidents or NCRs

Audits, reporting, management reviews

Revisions of management plans in response to incidents or NCRs

Risk register

Implement sustainability initiatives on the Project

Enhance positive environmental, social and economic outcomes wherever possible, while minimising adverse impacts, resource use and embodied impacts

Adopt sustainability leadership and continual improvement

Integrate governance, environmental, social and economic considerations into decision-making processes within the Project

Measure, monitor and report on the implementation of the sustainability initiatives identified in the Construction Sustainability Management Plan (Appendix B10)



5 Implementation and operation

Resources, roles, responsibilities and authority

The key environmental management roles and responsibilities for the Construction phase of the Project are described below. The structure of these roles is shown in Figure 5-1.

5.1.1 Environmental Representative (ER)

The environmental responsibilities of the ER are detailed in NSW-CoA A24 and include:

Receive and respond to communication from the Secretary in relation to the

environmental performance of the Project

Consider and inform the Secretary on matters specified in the terms of the

Infrastructure Approval

Consider and recommend to Roads and Maritime and GEJV any improvements that

may be made to work practices to avoid or minimise adverse impact to the

environment and to the community

Review documents identified in NSW-CoAs C1, C4 and C9 and any other documents

that are identified by the Secretary, to ensure they are consistent with requirements in

or under the Infrastructure Approval and if so:

– Make a written statement to this effect before submission of such documents to

the Secretary (if those documents are required to be approved by the

Secretary) or

– Make a written statement to this effect before the implementation of such

documents (if those documents are required to be submitted to the Secretary /

Department for information or are not required to be submitted to the

Secretary/Department)

Regularly monitor the implementation of the documents listed in NSW-CoAs C1, C4

and C9 to ensure implementation is being carried out in accordance with the

document and the terms of the Infrastructure Approval

As may be requested by the Secretary, help plan, attend or undertake audits of the

development commissioned by the Department including scoping audits,

programming audits, briefings and site visits, but not independent environmental

audits required under NSW-CoA A35

As may be requested by the Secretary, assist the Department in the resolution of

community complaints

Assess the impacts of minor ancillary facilities comprising lunch sheds, office sheds

and portable toilet facilities as required by NSW-CoA A17 and

Prepare and submit to the Secretary and other relevant regulatory agencies, for

information, an Environmental Representative Monthly Report providing the

information set out in the Environmental Representative Protocol (DP&E, 2017) under

the heading "Environmental Representative Monthly Reports." The Environmental

Representative Monthly Report must be submitted within seven calendar days

following the end of each month for the duration of the ER's engagement for the

Project, or as otherwise agreed with the Secretary in accordance with NSW-CoA A26,

facilitate and assist the Secretary in any audit of the ER’s exercise of its functions

under NSW-CoA A24.



Figure 5-1: Management structure between GEJV and Roads and Maritime

Roads and Maritime Senior Project Manager

Jeff Gilham

Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager

Anthony Eland Owen Clarke and Jim Steen

(delegates)

Construction Project Manager

Adam Boyd

Construction Manager

Shane Cahill

Senior Project Engineers

Richard Kelly, Karl Reusche

Supervisor / Foreman

Project Team

Environmental Site Representative

Peter Sheehan

*Other roles:

Sustainability Manager Traffic Manager Utilities Coordinator Ecologist Soil Conservationist Environmental Scientist/ Engineer

Superintendent

Jamie Barry

Legend

Roads and Maritime personnel

GEJV personnel

Environmental Representative (ER)

Cameron Weller (alt Peter Morrall)

Independent

Roads and Maritime Community and Stakeholder

Engagement Advisor

Kamini Parashar

Roads and Maritime Project Manager

Easwaran Veeragathipillai

Environmental Review Group (ERG)

Reps from DP&E, OEH, EPA, DPI, RMS ER

Community Relations Manager

Robert Parker

*Information describing the

environmental responsibilities of other roles is provided in the relevant sub-plan.

Roads and Maritime Sustainability Coordinator

Mark Gethings

Roads and Maritime Project Director

John Navamani



5.1.2 Environmental Review Group (ERG)

The purpose of the ERG is to ensure prompt and effective consultation and resolution of

environmental issues raised by or affecting Government agencies, Council, Roads and

Maritime, the community and the Contractors.

The ERG comprises the ER and representatives of Roads and Maritime, the Project Team,

regulatory authorities (EPA, NRAR, OEH) and local councils (Penrith City Council, Liverpool

City Council).

The ERG will be maintained for the duration of the Project and will meet monthly (or as

otherwise agreed by the regulatory agencies and Roads and Maritime) and undertake

environmental inspections.

The Project Manager and Environmental Site Representative will attend the ERG meetings.

Roads and Maritime roles

5.1.3 Roads and Maritime Project Director

The environmental responsibilities of the Roads and Maritime Project Director include (but

are not limited to):

Evaluate and advise on high risk compliance issues relating to GEJV and Roads and

Maritime environmental requirements

Provide GEJV management with environmental advice and/or directions, in

consultation with Roads and Maritime environmental staff.

5.1.4 Roads and Maritime Senior Project Manager

The environmental responsibilities of the Roads and Maritime Senior Project Manager

include (but are not limited to):

Evaluate and advise on high risk compliance issues relating to GEJV and Roads and

Maritime environmental requirements

Review and endorse documentation to be submitted to the Secretary of DP&E and the

Federal Minister of DoEE for approval

Have oversight of the review and approve any environmental management plans for

the Project or related activities that are not required to be approved by the Secretary

of DP&E in consultation with Roads and Maritime environmental staff and the ER.

Provide GEJV management with environmental advice and/or directions, in

consultation with Roads and Maritime environmental staff.

5.1.5 Roads and Maritime Project Managers

The environmental responsibilities of the Roads and Maritime Project Mangers include (but

are not limited to):

Evaluate and advise on compliance with Roads and Maritime environmental

requirements

Review and approve any environmental management plans for the Project or related

activities that are not required to be approved by the Secretary of DP&E



Provide GEJV staff with environmental advice and/or directions, in consultation with

Roads and Maritime environmental staff.

5.1.6 Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager (or delegate)

The environmental responsibilities of the Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager (or

delegate) include (but are not limited to):

Review any environmental management plans and related documents prepared for

the Project

Review and consider minor project refinements that are consistent with the Project

environmental assessment in accordance with the Roads and Maritime Part 5.1

environmental assessment procedure

Monitor the environmental performance of the Project in relation to Roads and

Maritime requirements

Provide guidance and where appropriate, monitor compliance with DP&E post

approval document submission requirements.

GEJV Roles

5.1.7 Project Manager

The environmental responsibilities of the Project Manager include (but are not limited to):

Ensure all works comply with relevant regulatory and Project requirements, including

compliance with the approvals, EPL, REMMs, Roads and Maritime specifications

Ensure the requirements of the OACEMP and this CEMP are fully implemented, and

in particular, that environmental requirements are not secondary to other Construction

requirements

Endorse and support the Roads and Maritime and Georgiou environmental policy

attached at Appendix A3

Liaise with Roads and Maritime, ER and other government authorities as required

Participate and provide guidance in the regular review of the OACEMP and this

CEMP and supporting documentation

Provide adequate resources (personnel, financial and technological) to ensure

effective development, implementation and maintenance of the OACEMP and this

CEMP

Ensure that all personnel receive appropriate induction training, including details of

the environmental and community requirements

Ensure that complaints are investigated to ensure effective resolution

Stop work immediately if an unacceptable impact on the environment is likely to occur

Hold monthly HSEQ management meetings to review environmental performance and

monitor implementation and effectiveness of the management system

Ensure their direct reports fulfil their environmental responsibilities and achievement

of Key Performance Indicators (KPI)

Support workers to immediately stop any ‘at risk behaviour’ identified during their work

activities.



5.1.8 Construction Manager

The environmental responsibilities of the Construction Manager include (but are not limited

to):

Plan Construction works in a manner that avoids or minimises impact to environment

Ensure the requirements of the OACEMP and this CEMP are fully implemented

Ensure Construction personnel manage Construction works in accordance with

statutory and approval requirements

Support the Environmental Site Representative in achieving the Project environmental

objectives

Ensure environmental management procedures and protection measures are

implemented

Ensure all Project personnel attend an induction prior to commencing works

Liaise with Roads and Maritime, the ER and government authorities as required

Stop work immediately if an unacceptable impact on the environment is likely to occur.

5.1.9 Superintendent

The environmental responsibilities of the Superintendent include (but are not limited to):

Communicate with all personnel and sub-contractors regarding compliance with the

OACEMP, this CEMP and site-specific environmental issues

Ensure all site workers attend an environmental induction prior to the commencement

of works

Co-ordinate the implementation of the OACEMP and this CEMP

Develop EWMS in consultation with the Environmental Site Representative

Co-ordinate the implementation and maintenance of pollution control measures

Identify resources required for implementation of the OACEMP and this CEMP

Support the Environmental Site Representative in achieving the Project environmental

objectives, including on ground implementation of the EWMS and PESCP

Report any activity that has resulted, or has the potential to result, in an environmental

incident immediately to the Environmental Site Representative

Co-ordinate action in emergency situations and allocate required resources

Stop activities where there is an actual or immediate risk of harm to the environment

and advise the Construction Manager and Environmental Site Representative.

5.1.10 Environmental Site Representative

The Environmental Site Representative will be based on site for the duration of Construction. The administration of the Project’s environmental management function will be performed by the Environmental Site Representative with onsite support from the Project and site engineers. The environmental responsibilities of the Environmental Site Representative include (but are not limited to):

Overall responsibility for the implementation of environmental matters on the Project

Review and updating of the CEMP and sub plans in accordance with ISO14001

Ensure management reviews of the CEMP are undertaken, documented and actions

implemented

Obtain and update all environmental licences, approvals and permits as required



Lead liaison with authorities where required in relation to environmental matters

Manage environmental document control, reporting, inductions and training

Manage environmental reporting within the Project Team and to Roads and Maritime

and regulatory authorities

Preparing reports on a monthly basis outlining the Project Works undertaken and the

achievements that have been met, as well as identifying those areas where

improvements were made

Prepare and/or distribute environment awareness notes

Develop and review PESCPs

Monitoring of the CEMP and sub plans in accordance with ISO14001

Report to Project Manager and other senior managers on the performance and

implementation of the CEMP

Ensure environmental risks of the Project are identified and appropriate mitigation

measures implemented

Identify where environmental measures are not meeting the targets set and where

improvement can be achieved

Ensure environmental protocols are in place and managed

Ensure environmental compliance

Oversee site monitoring, inspections and audits

Notify Roads and Maritime and relevant authorities in the event of an environmental

incident and manage close-out of these

Stop activities where there is an actual or immediate risk of harm to the environment,

or to prevent environmental non-conformities, and advise the Project Manager,

Construction Manager and Supervisor

Assist the Project Manager to resolve environment-related complaints

Advising on environmental matters specified in Roads and Maritime Specifications.

5.1.11 Communications Relations Manager

The environmental responsibilities of the Communications Relations Manager (CRM) include

(but are not limited to):

Ensure that all community consultation activities are carried out in accordance with

the Community Communication Strategy (CCS) and GEJV’s CCLP.

Report any environmental issues to the GEJV Environmental Site Representative

raised by stakeholders or members of the community

Communicate general Project progress, performance and issues to stakeholders

including the community

Maintain the 24 hour complaints hotline

Maintain the complaints register in accordance with the Complaints Management

System.

Further details of the CRM’s responsibilities are provided in the CCS.



5.1.12 Project/Site Engineers

The environmental responsibilities of the Project/Site Engineers include (but are not limited

to):

Provide input into the preparation of environmental planning documents as required

Ensure that instructions are issued and adequate information provided to employees

that relate to environmental risks on-site

Ensure that the works are carried out in accordance with the requirements of the

OACEMP and this CEMP and supporting documentation, including the

implementation of all environmental controls

Identify any environmental risks

Identify resource needs for implementation of CEMP requirements and related

documents

Ensure that complaints are investigated to ensure effective resolution

Take action in the event of an emergency and allocate the required resources to

minimise the environmental impact


incident immediately to the Supervisor and Environmental Site Representative.

5.1.13 Supervisor

The environmental responsibilities of the Supervisor include (but are not limited to):

Undertake any environmental duties as defined by the GEJV Superintendent or GEJV

Project/Site Engineers

Control field works and implement/maintain effective environmental controls

Where required, undertake environmental risk assessment of works prior to

commencement

Ensure site activities comply with EWMS and relevant records are kept

Ensure all site workers are site inducted prior to commencement of works

Attend to any spills or environmental incidents that may occur on-site


incident immediately to the Contractor Superintendent


and advise the GEJV Project Manager, GEJV Construction Manager, GEJV

Superintendent or GEJV Environmental Site Representative.

5.1.14 Wider Project team (including sub-contractors)

The environmental responsibilities of the wider Project Team (including sub–contractors)

include (but are not limited to):

Comply with the relevant requirements of the OACEMP and this CEMP, or other

environmental management guidance as instructed by a member of the Project’s

management

Participate in the mandatory Project/site induction program

Report any environmental incidents to the GEJV Supervisor immediately or as soon

as practicable if reasonable steps can be adopted to control the incident



Undertake remedial action as required to ensure environmental controls are

maintained in good working order


and advise the GEJV Project Manager, GEJV Construction Manager, GEJV

Superintendent or GEJV Environmental Site Representative.

Sub-contractor management

Environmental requirements and responsibilities are to be specified to sub-contractors in the

contract documentation. As part of the selection process, consideration will also to be given

to their past environmental performance. The Environmental Site Representative, or

delegate, will participate in the tender assessment and selection process where it is deemed

necessary due to associated environmental risks. All sub-contractors will be required to

complete a sub-contractor questionnaire or similar.

All sub-contractors are required to work in accordance with the approved OACEMP and

CEMP and will be required to:

Attend environmental inductions, environmental toolbox talks and all environmental

training relevant to their scope of works

Attend Project and/or site inductions where the requirements and obligations of the

OACEMP and the CEMP are communicated

Be involved in the development of EWMS’s and relevant Job Hazard Assessments

(JHA’s) relevant to their scope of work. GEJV will regularly monitor and inspect the

implementation of site compliance of EWMS and JHA’s for compliance with the CEMP

Maintain any waste disposal, fuel use, water use records and submit to GEJV on a

monthly basis

Comply with all GEJV permit and procedures that form a part of the CEMP or SMP.

These include; clearing and grubbing permits, dewatering permits, EWMSs etc.

GEJV will as a minimum conduct weekly environmental inspections that cover subcontractor

work areas and ensure any deficiencies in environmental safeguards are rectified by the

subcontractor.

Records of all subcontractors' work practices, effectiveness of environmental protection

measures and compliance with the CEMP will be maintained. GEJV will review all

environmental documentation submitted by sub-contractors before works can begin.

GEJV will regularly review and keep a record of:

The sub-contractor’s general work practices

The effectiveness of the sub-contractor’s environmental protection measures

The sub-contractor’s compliance with the requirements of the OACEMP and this

CEMP

The maintenance of environmental measures.

All environmental documentation submitted by sub-contractors will be subject to review and

approval by the GEJV to ensure compliance with Roads and Maritime contract requirements

and the CoA, EPL, REMMs and Roads and Maritime specifications before works may begin.



Competence, training and awareness

To ensure that this CEMP is effectively implemented, each level of management is

responsible for ensuring that all personnel reporting to them are aware of the requirements of

this CEMP. The Environmental Site Representative will coordinate the environmental training

in conjunction with other training and development activities (e.g. safety).

A register of all environmental training conducted will be established and maintained on site.

This register will include the specific training conducted, dates, and names of personnel in

attendance and trainer details.

5.3.1 Environmental induction

All personnel (including sub-contractors) are required to attend a compulsory site induction

that includes an environmental component before commencing work onsite. This is done to

ensure all personnel involved in the Project are aware of the requirements of the CEMP and

to ensure the implementation of environmental management measures.

Temporary visitors to site undertaking inspections / entering the site (such as regulators) will

be required to undertake a visitor’s induction and be accompanied by inducted personnel at

all times.

Temporary visitors to site for purposes such as deliveries will be required to be accompanied

by inducted personnel at all times.

The Environmental Site Representative (or delegate) will conduct the environmental

component of the site inductions.

The environmental component will include (but not be limited to) an overview of:

Relevant details of the OACEMP, this CEMP, including all sub-plans, procedures and

strategies, their purpose and objectives

Requirements of due diligence and duty of care

Relevant legislation, and conditions of environmental licences, permits and approvals

Potential environmental emergencies on-site and the emergency response

procedures

The PIRMP

Reporting and notification requirements for pollution and other environmental

incidents

Key environmental issues

Mitigation measures for the control of environmental issues

Complaints response and reporting

High risk activities and associated environmental safeguards and EWMS

Site specific environmental management requirements and responsibilities

Incident and emergency response and reporting requirements

Information relating to the location of environmental constraints

Sensitive area plans

Environmentally sensitive locations and no-go/exclusion zones

Site flagging protocol



Erosion and sediment controls, water quality controls and sediment basin

management

Management of contaminated material (including asbestos impacted material)

Location of identified potential contaminated land sites

Signs of contaminated soil, including visual asbestos identification protocols

Procedure for unexpected finds of contaminated land, asbestos or UXO

Groundwater and surface water

Mulch and tannin management

Stockpile location criteria

Working near or in drainage lines and creeks

The location of acid sulfate soils or potential acid sulfate soils

Water quality management and protection measures

Groundwater issues

Obligation to report and the process for reporting environmental issues on-site

including damaged environmental controls

Obligations under the Biosecurity Act 2015 to prevent the spread of weeds during

Construction

Responsibilities under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974 (NPW Act), including

the need to cease work immediately and report any object of potential Aboriginal

heritage unearthed during clearing, grubbing and earthworks operations

Responsibilities under the Heritage Act 1977 if an object of potential Non-Aboriginal

heritage is uncovered during Construction

Location of identified Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal archaeological heritage sites,

areas of cultural sensitivity and areas of archaeological potential and the kinds of

historical relics, structures or deposits which may be encountered during the

Construction works

Responsibilities under the Contaminated Land Management Act 1997

Noise, vibration and air quality management controls

Standard Construction hours and the process for seeking approval for out of hours

works, including consultation

Noise management measures during night works

Location of noise, vibration and air quality sensitive receivers

Road safety

Road occupancy and other temporary and interim traffic arrangements

Response procedure for dealing with traffic incidents

The requirement to maintain surrounding property access for residences, business

owners, and their visitors, and to minimise disruptions to these properties for the

duration of Construction

The location of refuse bins, washing, refuelling and maintenance of vehicles, plant

and equipment

Waste minimisation principles, waste reporting and waste / recycle storage

requirements

Best practice energy efficiency



Equipment start up and shut down procedures

Sustainability management measures and initiatives

Boundaries for vegetation clearing, fauna and fauna habitat management, including

awareness of threatened fauna species and fauna rescue

Weed control measures

Specific species likely to be affected by the Construction works and how these

species can be recognised

Specific responsibilities for the protection of flora and fauna.

A record of all environment inductions will be maintained in a Project induction and training

Register and kept on-site. The training register will identify who is trained, when trained, the

trainer and what they were trained in.

GEJV will provide refresher environmental awareness training as required, but at not less

than six monthly intervals, based on the environmental risk assessment and turnover of

project personnel. Refresher environmental awareness training will be included on the

register of environmental training.

The GEJV ESR may authorise amendments to the induction where required to address

Project modifications, legislative changes or amendments to this CEMP or related

documentation.

The ER will review and approve GEJV’s induction and training program prior to the

commencement of Construction and monitor implementation.

5.3.2 Toolbox talks, training and awareness

Toolbox talks will be one method of raising awareness and educating personnel on issues

related to all aspects of Construction including environmental issues. The toolbox talks are

used to ensure environmental awareness continues throughout Construction.

Toolbox talks will include details of EWMS for relevant personnel. Toolbox talks will also be

tailored to specific environmental issues relevant to upcoming works.

Relevant environmental issues may include (but are not limited to):

Erosion and sedimentation control

Environmentally Sensitive Areas - Threatened species and ecologically endangered

communities

Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal heritage

Clearing controls and vegetation protection

Noise and vibration control

Community management

Emergency and spill response

Weed management

Dust control

Dewatering

Out of hours work



Toolbox talk attendance is mandatory, and attendees of toolbox talks are required to sign an

attendance form and the records maintained.

Targeted environmental awareness training will be provided to individuals or groups of

workers with a specific authority or responsibility for environmental management or those

undertaking an activity with a high risk of environmental impact. As a minimum, the

awareness training that will be provided over the course of the program will include the items

identified in Table 5-1:

Table 5-1: Environmental Awareness Training

Training Target attendees Timing (based on risk)

General Environmental Awareness

All workers During the induction and 6 monthly refreshers

Erosion and Sediment Control (Basic Blue Book)

Earthworks Supervisors, Engineers, plant operators, Labourers

During earthworks phase

Spill response Supervisors, plant operators, labourers During earthworks phase

5.3.3 Daily pre-start meetings

The pre-start meeting is a tool for informing the workforce of the day’s activities, safe work

practices, environmental protection practices, work area restrictions, activities that may affect

the works, coordination issues with other trades, hazards and other information that may be

relevant to the day’s work.

The Superintendent will conduct a daily pre-start meeting with the site workforce before the

commencement of work each day (or shift) or where changes occur during a shift. Daily pre-

start meetings are generally succinct in nature and take approximately 10-15 minutes.

The environmental component of pre-starts will be determined by the Superintendent and

GEJV Environmental Site Representative and will include any environmental issues that

could potentially be impacted by, or impact on, the day’s activities. All attendees will be

required to sign on to the pre-start and acknowledge their understanding of the issues

explained.

Pre-start topics, dates delivered and a register of attendees will be recorded.

5.3.4 Communications Training

All staff (including plant operators and truck drivers) and subcontractor personnel working on

the delivery of the Project will behave in a courteous and professional manner when in

dialogue with any community member.

GEJV will provide all staff, personnel and subcontractors with training and awareness on:

How to respond to community queries

Requirements for the release of information

Identity of the community within which they are working prior to their involvement in

the Construction works.



Community involvement obligations will be included in the site induction of all personnel

working on the Project.

Working hours

5.4.1 Hours of work

In accordance with NSW-CoA E23 and the EPL, work will be undertaken during standard

Construction working hours:

7:00 am to 6:00 pm Monday to Friday

8:00 am to 1:00 pm Saturday

at no time on Sunday or public holidays.

As required by NSW-CoA E24, activities, except as permitted by an EPL, highly noise

intensive works that result in an exceedance of the applicable noise management level at the

relevant receiver must only be undertaken:

between 8:00 am to 6:00 pm Monday to Friday

between 8:00 am to 1:00 pm Saturday

in continuous blocks not exceeding three hours each with a minimum respite from

those activities and works of not less than one hour between each block.

'Continuous' includes any period during which there is less than a one-hour respite between

ceasing and recommencing the work.

All conditions relating to Construction hours outlined in the Project EPL will be complied with.

In accordance with NSW-CoA E25, GEJV will identify and consult with receivers identified as

being subject to levels that exceed the Highly Noise Affected criteria with the objective of

determining appropriate hours of respite unless an agreement is reached with those

receivers.

5.4.2 Variation to hours of work

Works associated with the delivery of the Project may be undertaken outside the hours of

work identified in Section 5.4.1 in the following circumstances:

for the delivery of materials required by the NSW Police Force or other authority for

safety reasons or

where it is required in an emergency to avoid injury or the loss of life, to avoid damage

or loss of property or to prevent material environmental harm or

where it causes LAeq(15 minute) noise levels:

no more than 5 dB(A) above the day, evening and night rating background level at

any residence in accordance with the Interim Construction Noise Guideline

(DECC, 2009) and

no more than the noise management levels specified in Table 3 of the Interim

Construction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009) at other sensitive land uses and

continuous or impulsive vibration values, measured at the most affected residence

are no more than those for human exposure to vibration, specified in Table 2.2 of

Assessing Vibration: a technical guideline (DEC, 2006) and



intermittent vibration values measured at the most affected residence are no more

than those for human exposure to vibration, specified in Table 2.4 of Assessing

Vibration: a technical guideline (DEC, 2006) or

no more than 15 dB(A) above the night time rating background level at any residence

during the night time period, when measured using the LAeq(1 minute) noise

descriptor or

where different hours are permitted or required under an EPL in force in respect of the

works, in which case those hours must be complied with.

On becoming aware of the need for emergency works in accordance with the above, GEJV

will notify the Roads and Maritime Project Manager, the ER and the EPA’s Environment Line

of the need for those works. GEJV will submit a report to the EPA by 2 pm on the next

business day after the emergency works commenced that describes:

the cause, time and duration of the emergency

action taken by or on behalf of the licensee in relation to the emergency

details of any measures taken or proposed to be taken by GEJV to prevent or mitigate

against a recurrence of the emergency.

GEJV will use its best endeavours to notify all affected sensitive receivers of the likely impact

and duration of those works.

GEJV will prepare a procedure for out of hours work, prepared in accordance with the

Construction Noise and Vibration Guidelines (Roads and Maritime, 2016). The procedure will

be prepared to address the requirements of NSW-CoA E26 and E27 and the EPL relating to

out of hours works (OOHW). The Procedure is provided in the Construction Noise and

Vibration Management sub plan (CNVMP) (Appendix B3)..

Approvals for any changes to the Construction hours outlined in Section 5.4.1 above will be

attached to this CEMP.

5.4.3 Community agreements for works outside of standard Construction hours

Works outside of standard Construction hours that do not meet the circumstances listed in Section 5.4.2 above may be undertaken if agreement between the GEJV and a substantial majority of noise sensitive receivers has been reached, where approved under the EPL, for OOHW not approved by other EPL conditions. Further details of the requirements, including community consultation, relating to community agreements are provided in the CNVMP.

Communication

5.5.1 Internal communication

Clear lines of communication throughout all levels and functions (e.g. management, staff and sub-contracted service providers), is key to minimising environmental impacts and achieving continual improvements in environmental performance.

The Project Team will meet monthly to discuss any issues with environmental management on-site, any amendments to plans that might be required or any new / changes to Construction activities.

Regular meetings will also be scheduled with the ER and relevant Roads and Maritime environmental staff. The purpose of these meetings is to communicate ongoing environmental performance and to identify any issues to be addressed.



In addition, environmental content will be included in toolbox talks on at least a weekly basis. This forum will provide an opportunity for the GEJV ESR to communicate on environmental performance, to advise on any upcoming sensitive environmental matters for future work areas and to receive feedback from on-site personnel.

All staff and contractors working on the Site will be made aware of the communications procedures and will be properly trained in its application as per section 5.3.

Further internal communications regarding environmental issues are described below.

5.5.2 External and Government Authority Consultation

The personnel that will be available to be contacted by the EPA and/ or other government agencies on a 24 hour basis and who have authority to take immediate action to shut down any activity are:

Adam Boyd (Project Manager): 0419 501 731

Jamie Barry (Superintendent): 0447 805 181

The Environmental Site Representative is responsible to report on the ongoing environmental performance of the Project to Roads and Maritime and EPA. The Environmental Site Representative will report regularly to Roads and Maritime on progress and any key environmental matters and to the EPA through EPL reporting requirements.

Roads and Maritime will be immediately notified of any visit to the Site by the EPA or other Government Agencies. A report will be prepared for each occasion when the Site is visited by the EPA or other Government Agencies, notifying the Roads and Maritime Project Manager of the purpose and outcome of the visit, and of all actions taken by GEJV in response to the visit. This report will be submitted to Roads and Maritime within one (1) working day of the EPA or other government agency site visit.

5.5.3 Community liaison and notification

5.5.3.1 Community Communication Strategy

A Community Communication Strategy (CCS) and complaints management system (CMS) has been prepared to document the approach to stakeholder and community communications and complaints management for the Project. GEJV will support the delivery of the CCS and CMS.

All community enquiries and complaints related to the Construction activities will be referred to the 24-hour toll free community information line (1800 703 457). The Project postal address (Western Sydney Infrastructure Plan, PO Box 973 Parramatta CBD NSW 2124) and email address ([email protected]) are also available for receipt of enquiries and complaints.

The Construction Community Liaison Plan complements and supports the CCS and CMS. The Construction Community Liaison Plan (Appendix B12) provides detailed strategies on liaising with the community and other relevant stakeholders. GEJV is committed to establishing a good relationship with the community and key stakeholders by:

Providing a Project Infoline and email for enquiries and feedback, and a 24 hour

construction response line for urgent enquiries

Communicating upfront and openly with the community and key stakeholders

Notify local residents and businesses in writing about any new or changed

Construction activities which will affect access to their properties or otherwise disrupt

the residents’ use of their premises, at least seven (7) calendar days before

commencing work affecting residents



Minimising disruption to the community by maintaining works during the Construction

hours, 7.00am to 6.00pm Monday to Friday and, 8.00am to 1.00pm on Saturday, with

no work on Sunday or Public Holidays

Getting an agreement from potentially affected noise sensitive receivers for any works

outside the standard Construction hours which will generate noise levels greater than

the noise management levels (NMLs) detailed in the CNVMP

The only exception is the delivery of oversized plant or structures has been

determined by police or other authorised authorities to require special arrangements

to transport along public roads; or emergency work is required to avoid the loss of

lives or property, or to prevent environmental harm

Providing up to date information to the community through construction updates,

information sessions and advertisements.

5.5.3.2 Complaints management

Complaints and enquiries management is detailed in the Construction Community Liaison Plan (Appendix B12) and will be undertaken in accordance with the Complaints Management System (CMS) for the Northern Road Upgrade Project.

In responding to an enquiry GEJV will:

Provide an oral response to the enquirer within 1 working day from the time of the

enquiry Record the details in Georgiou’s QHEST database

Make a record in Roads and Maritime’s community contacts database (Consultation

Manager TM), within 48 hours of the interaction taking place

Forward on any information regarding the enquiry onto Roads and Maritime.

In responding to a complaint GEJV will:

Record the details in Georgiou’s QHEST database, including how it was managed

and closed out

Investigate and determine the source of the complaint, including contacting the

complainant immediately to determine the nature of the complaint (if the complaint is

not related to the Project Roads and Maritime Communication and Stakeholder

Engagement Advisor will be notified)

Provide an oral response to the complainant within 2 hours when received by phone,

or an initial written response within 24 hours (or during the next business day if

received out-of-hours) when received by email

Forward on any information regarding the complaint, in writing, to Roads and Maritime

each business day, including response times and the details of any actions taken

Submit a final report with proposed measures to prevent the recurrence of such

incidents to Roads and Maritime Project Manager within 5 working days.

A complaints register will be maintained in Georgiou’s QHEST database which will contain:

Date and time of complaint

Method by which the complaint was made (telephone, letter, meeting, etc)

Name, address, contact telephone number of complainant (if no such details were

provided, a note to that effect)

Number of people affected in relation to a complaint

The status of resolution of the complaint

Nature of complaint



Action taken in response including follow up contact with the complainant

Any monitoring to confirm that the complaint has been satisfactorily resolved

If no action was taken, the reasons why no action was taken.

The Environmental Site Representative will submit a report to the EPA each business day that provides details of all complaints received in relation to Construction activities regulated by the EPL. The report will be prepared in accordance with the requirements of the EPL. No report is required for any reporting period during which no complaints have been received.

GEJV will apply an adaptive approach to ensure that corrective actions are applied in consultation with the appropriate Construction staff to allow improvements in the management of issues resulting in community complaints.

5.5.4 Project website

A website has been established for the Project (www.rms.nsw.gov.au/thenorthernroad) and will be regularly maintained during Construction of the Project. The website will be kept up to date with the latest Project information, environmental assessments, and will include all community updates. It will also publish methods to communicate feedback, enquiries and complaints related to the Project.

In accordance with NSW-CoA B11, the following information will be maintained on the

Project website:

Information on the current implementation status of the Project

The EIS, the SPIR and any documentation relating to any modifications made to the

Project

A copy of the Infrastructure Approval in its original form, a current consolidated copy

of the Approval (including any approved modifications to its terms), and copies of any

approval granted by the Minister to a modification of the terms of the Approval;

A copy of each statutory approval, licence or permit required and obtained in relation

to the Project

A current copy of each document required under the terms of the Approval and any

endorsements, approvals or requirements from the ER and Secretary, published prior

to the commencement of any works to which they relate or before their

implementation

Any community agreement(s) between GEJV and noise sensitive receivers under the

EPL to undertake works outside of standard Construction hours (refer Section 5.4.3)

(personal details of residents to be omitted)

Information on how the public can make a complaint on the telephone complaints line

and how complaints will be processed.

Relevant Project information will be published on the website throughout the duration of

Construction.

Confidential information, which may include the location of threatened species, Aboriginal

objects or places and personnel contact details, will be removed from all documents provided

or made available to the public. In accordance with EPL Condition A2.5, premises maps are

available for public viewing on Georgiou’s website / Roads and Maritime’s Project website.

Monitoring data required under the EPL will be made available on the Georgiou website and

published monthly by Georgiou in accordance with the EPA Guide for publishing Pollution

Monitoring Data.

http://www.rms.nsw.gov.au/thenorthernroad



Emergency and incident planning, management and reporting

5.6.1 Emergency and incident management

An incident is defined under the NSW Infrastructure Approval as:

an occurrence or set of circumstances that causes, or threatens to cause, material

harm to the environment, community or any member of the community, being actual

or potential harm to the health or safety of human beings or to threatened species,

endangered ecological communities or ecosystems that is not trivial or

an occurrence which results in non-compliance with the Infrastructure approval

where the meaning of “material harm” applies for the purpose of the NSW Infrastructure

approval only.

In the event of an environmental incident, the Pollution Incident Response Management Plan

(PIRMP) (Appendix B11) and Road and Maritime s Environmental Incident Classification and

Reporting Procedure (Appendix A7) will be implemented.

The PIRMP and Procedure provide references to:

Types of incidents and required responses

Criteria for classifying of environmental incidents

Processes for systematically responding to and managing emergency situations

Processes, and legal requirements (e.g. Acts, Regulations, EPL) for the reporting and

notification of an environmental incident.

During the personnel training and induction program, GEJV emphasises to all personnel working on the site that all events must be immediately reported, documented and investigated accordingly.

All incident investigations shall include the following basic elements:

Identify the cause of the incident

Identify the necessary corrective action(s)

Identify personnel responsible for carrying out corrective action(s)

Implement or modifying controls necessary to avoid repetition

Record any changes in written procedures required.

GEJV will immediately notify the EPA of any pollution incidents on or around the site via the EPA Environment Line (telephone 131 555) in accordance with Part 5.7 of the Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997 (NSW) (POEO Act) and the EPL. The circumstances where this will take place include:

If actual or potential harm to the health or safety of human beings or to ecosystems

that is not trivial

If it results in actual or potential loss or property damage of an amount, or amounts in

aggregate, exceeding $10,000 (or such other amount as is prescribed by the

regulations).

Where an incident involves a potential impact to an Aboriginal site, Roads and Maritime will liaise with NPWS, OEH and relevant Registered Aboriginal Parties and their input sought in closing out the incident.

In accordance with NSW-CoA A42, GEJV will meet the requirements of the Secretary or relevant government authority to address the cause or impact of any incident reported in accordance with NSW-CoA A40, within such period as the Secretary may require.



All other environmental incidents, reportable events and regulatory action will be reported to Roads and Maritime as outlined in the Procedure.

The requirements for incident reporting under the POEO Act, Roads and Maritime Procedure and the Infrastructure Approval are summarised in Table 5-2.

. GEJV will provide all records of incidents and regulatory action to the Roads and Maritime Project Team. Roads and Maritime Environment Branch will maintain records relating to environmental incidents.

Pollution incidents will be managed in accordance with the PIRMP. The PIRMP documents the procedures to be followed in the event of an environmental emergency and includes contact details for GEJV’s emergency response personnel. The PIRMP has been prepared and tested in accordance with Environmental guidelines: Preparation of pollution incident response management plans (EPA, 2012).

The PIRMP documents the procedures to be followed in the event of an environmental

emergency including:

The names and contact details (including all-hours telephone numbers) for emergency

response personnel

Response personnel responsibilities

Contact details for emergency services (ambulance, fire brigade, spill clean-up

services)

The location of on-site information on hazardous materials, including Material Safety

Data Sheets and spill containment materials

Steps to following to minimise damage and control and environmental emergency

Instructions and contact details for notifying relevant government agencies, local

councils and, if necessary, nearby residents

Include measures to avoid spillages of fuels, chemicals, and fluids onto any surfaces

or into any adjacent waterways.

All necessary contact numbers will be identified in advance and stored for immediate access

should a pollution incident need to be notified. These contact numbers are also identified in

the PIRMP in accordance with the EPL.

The responsibilities for incident management are provided in Section 5.1. GEJV’s

Environmental Site Representative is responsible for:

Notifying Roads and Maritime and relevant authorities in the event of an

environmental incident, reporting on the incidents and managing the close-out of

incidents

Stopping activities where there is an actual or immediate risk of harm to the

environment, or to prevent environmental non-conformities, and advising the Project

Manager, Construction Manager and Superintendent.

Emergency planning and awareness training will be undertaken for the Project and will

include, but not be limited to, PIRMP training, development of internal and external

communication protocols during emergencies, identified potential environmental

emergencies that may occur on the Project, the response procedures for these emergencies

and tests of the emergency response procedures.

The PIRMP includes details on the nature and objectives of the PIRMP training program.

Details of the training program will include frequency of training and how the records of any

training are kept. Training may include toolbox talks, formal staff training on incident



management and simulated incident exercises, including with emergency services. The

training will be suitable for the level of risk and likelihood of incidents for the Project.

5.6.2 Incident investigation and reporting

GEJV will undertake reporting of environmental incidents in accordance with the Roads and

Maritime Environmental Incident Classification and Reporting Procedure (Appendix A7). The

Environmental Site Representative is responsible for reporting on incidents.

Where there are lessons learnt from the investigation or current procedures are identified as

being ineffective, this CEMP will be revised to include the improved procedures or

requirement.



Table 5-2: Summary of requirements for incident notification and reporting

Incident type Notify Notification timeframe

Notification responsibility

Written report Written report timeframe

Written report responsibility

Regulatory action (material harm under the POEO Act)

EPA environment line

Fire and Rescue NSW

Ministry of health

SafeWork NSW

Local council

Immediately GEJV In accordance with S5.1.4 of the Roads and Maritime Procedure

Within 7 days of the date on which the incident occurred

GEJV

Secretary of DP&E

Minister for DoEE

Within 24 hours of notification given to EPA

Roads and Maritime

In accordance with CoA A41


Regulatory action (other than material harm under the POEO Act):

discovery of Aboriginal remains

Minister of DoEE GEJV/ Roads and Maritime

GEJV/ Roads and Maritime

if Roads and Maritime activities have contaminated land or if Roads and Maritime owns land that has been contaminated

EPA GEJV/ Roads and Maritime


the location of a relic once a relic has been discovered or located

OEH (Heritage Council) GEJV/ Roads and Maritime


the inability to extinguish any fire burning during a bush fire danger period applicable to the land

An appropriate officer of the NSW Rural Fire Service



environmental incident with the potential for unapproved

Local water supply authority





Incident type Notify Notification timeframe

Notification responsibility

Written report Written report timeframe

Written report responsibility

impacts on a drinking water supply

Roads and Maritime Category 1 Incident (excluding material harm)

Roads and Maritime Project Manager and Environmental Manager (or delegate)

Immediately GEJV Incident form Within 3 business days of the incident


Critical Incident - Category 1 incidents with potential for:

regulatory action (e.g. EPA Penalty Infringement Notice) and/or

reputational damage (e.g. media coverage) and/or

significant environmental harm.

Roads and Maritime Director Environment

Roads and Maritime Chief Executive and relevant Executive Director

Roads and Maritime Director Environment Operation

Roads and Maritime Category 2 Incident / Reportable Events

Roads and Maritime PM and Environmental Manager (or delegate)

Day of incident GEJV Incident form Within 3 business days of the incident

GEJV

Any incident (as defined in the Infrastructure approval)

Secretary DP&E

Minister for DoEE

ASAP, at least within 24 hours of the incident

Roads and Maritime

In accordance with CoA A41


Any incident that affects or could affect the Warragamba Pipelines, including the pipeline corridor

Water NSW ASAP, at least within 24 hours of the incident

Roads and Maritime

Roads and Maritime



6 Inspections, Monitoring and Review

Environmental inspections

The purpose of the inspections is to identify and minimise environmental risk. A summary of

the overarching approach to inspections are provided in the sections below.

6.1.1 Weekly and post rainfall site inspections

GEJV ESR will undertake weekly and post rainfall inspections of the work sites to evaluate

the effectiveness of environmental controls. Weekly inspections will also inspect work

adjacent to or within sensitive areas and high risk activities. The inspection findings will be

recorded on an inspection checklist form. Additional inspections will be completed in

accordance with the supporting sub plans.

If any maintenance and/or deficiencies in environmental controls or in the standard of

environmental performance are observed, they will be recorded on the checklist form.

Records will also include details of any maintenance required, the nature of the deficiency,

any actions required and an implementation priority. Actions will be closed out in accordance

with the identified priority and evidence of close out will be kept on file.

6.1.2 Environmental Representative and Roads and Maritime inspections

The ER and Roads and Maritime Project Managers (or delegates) and Roads and Maritime

Environmental Manager (or delegate) will undertake regular inspections of works sites, and

in particular critical activities throughout Construction of the Project. Inspections by the ER

and Roads and Maritime Project staff would typically occur on a weekly or fortnightly basis

depending on the stage of Construction.

The GEJV Environmental Site Representative will participate in all ER and Roads and

Maritime inspections, and maintain records for all inspections. Deficiencies and required

actions will be analysed and prioritised at the completion of the inspection and timeframes for

implementation of corrective actions agreed. Timeframes for GEJV to close out issues will

be nominated on the inspection form.

6.1.3 Environmental Review Group (ERG) inspections

ERG inspections will typically occur on monthly timeframe or as otherwise required

depending on the Construction staging of the Project. The GEJV Environmental Site

Representative will also participate in all ERG inspections to maintain appropriate records,

identify required actions and timeframes for implementation of corrective actions.

6.1.4 Inspections by EPA and other agencies

GEJV will prepare a report on each occasion that the site is visited by the EPA and/ or other relevant agencies. The report will advise Roads and Maritime of the purpose and outcome of the EPA and/ or other relevant agencies visit, and of all actions taken in response to the EPA visit and/ or other relevant agencies. The report will be provided to Roads and Maritime within one working day of the visit.

6.1.5 Pre-work inspections

Prior to the commencement of works on each shift, an inspection will be carried out and will include a check of relevant environmental controls and resources required to ensure effective



operation and maintenance. Works are not to commence unless inspections are found to be satisfactory. The Supervisor will undertake these inspections.

6.1.6 Roads and Maritime approved soil conservationist inspections

At least monthly the Roads and Maritime approved soil conservationist will inspect the site to review onsite ERSED controls and provide written recommendations on the PESCP drawings and the effectiveness of controls in place. A copy of the report will be provided to Roads and Maritime Project Manager within five working days.

Environmental monitoring

Monitoring will be undertaken to validate the impacts predicted the Project, to measure the

effectiveness of environmental controls and implementation of this CEMP and to address

approval requirements. The monitoring requirements for required aspects are included in the

relevant issue-specific environmental management plans and summarised in Table 6-1.

Table 6-1: Summary of environmental monitoring requirements

NSW-CoA Description Relevant plan Reporting

requirements

CoA A16 Measures to monitor impacts associated with the Construction and operation of ancillary facilities

Ancillary Facilities Management Plan

Refer to Section 2.3 and Appendix A4

CoA C9(a) Air quality monitoring of dust and other emissions

Construction Air Quality Monitoring Program

Refer to Appendix B6

CoA C9(b), E32 and E33

Noise and vibration monitoring Construction Noise and Vibration Monitoring Program


CoA C9(c) Water, soil and contamination monitoring

Construction Water, Soil and Contamination Monitoring Program


The ER and the Roads and Maritime Project Manager and Environmental Manager (or

delegate) will be advised of any non-conformances from monitoring and details reported in

the Monthly Environmental Reports and six monthly Monitoring Reports..

Where a non-conformance is detected or monitoring results that exceed the target set in the

monitoring programs are outside of the expected range and are directly attributable to the

Project (i.e. are influenced by factors under the direct control of the Project e.g. noise from

Construction equipment), the process described in Section 5.4 will be implemented. Steps in

the process will typically include:

An analysis of the results by the Environmental Site Representative in more detail with

a view of determining possible causes for the non-conformance

A site inspection by the Environmental Site Representative or delegate

Advising relevant personnel of the problem

Identifying and agreeing on actions to resolve or mitigate the non-conformance

Implementing actions to rectify or mitigate the non-conformance.



A non-conformance Environmental Incident Report and/or Environmental Improvement

Notice may be issued by the Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager (or delegate) or

the Roads and Maritime Project Manager in response to the non-conformance if it is found to

be Construction related. The timing for any improvement will be agreed between the relevant

Engineer/Supervisor, Environmental Site Representative and Roads and Maritime

Environmental Manager (or delegate) based on the level of risk (e.g. a significant risk will

require immediate action).

All environmental monitoring equipment shall be maintained and calibrated according to

manufacturer’s specifications and appropriate records kept.

Compliance

An overarching Compliance Tracking Program (CTP) has been developed by Roads and

Maritime for the Project in accordance with NSW-CoA A27. The Compliance Tracking

Program describes the approach to be taken to monitor compliance with the terms of the

Approval.

The CTP will be implemented for the duration of Construction and for a minimum of one year

following commencement of Operation, or for a longer period as determined by the Secretary

based on the outcomes of independent environmental audits, ER Reports and regular

compliance reviews submitted through Compliance Reports.

The CTP describes how the requirements of NSW-CoA A27 will be met and sets out a

program and frequency for compliance reporting as summarised in Table 6-2.

Table 6-2: Compliance reporting

Report and CoA no.

Requirement Timing Responsibility Recipient

Compliance tracking program

NSW-CoA A27

Federal-CoA 13

Describes how the requirements of NSW-CoA A27 will be met and sets out an overarching program and frequency for compliance reporting for the Project

Prior to commencement of Construction and continuing for a minimum of 1 year following commencement of Project Operation

Roads and Maritime to prepare

ER to endorse

Secretary, DP&E (for information)

Minister for DoEE

Pre-Construction Compliance Report

NSW-CoA A30

Federal-CoA 12, 13

Review of compliance status of the Project against the requirements of the Project approval prior to Construction of each Project stage

1 month prior to Construction commencing

GEJV/ Roads and Maritime to prepare, Roads and Maritime to review and submit


Minister for DoEE

Construction Compliance reporting

NSW-CoA A32

Federal-CoA 13

Periodic review of compliance status of the Project against the requirements of the Project approval during Construction for each stage of the Project

6 monthly during Construction



Minister for DoEE



Report and CoA no.

Requirement Timing Responsibility Recipient

Pre-Operation Compliance Report

NSW-CoA A33

Federal-CoA 13

Review of compliance status of the Project against the requirements of the Project approval prior to Operation of each Project stage

1 month prior to Operation commencing



Minister for DoEE

Pre-Construction, Construction and Pre-Operation Compliance Reporting required under the

CTP provides evidence of compliance with the applicable conditions of approval.

The Pre-Construction Compliance Reporting provides details of how the CoA that must be

addressed before the commencement of Construction have been complied with and

identifies the proposed commencement date for Construction. A separate Pre-Construction

Compliance Report will be prepared prior to the commencement of Construction.

Construction will not commence until the Pre-Construction Compliance Report has been

submitted to the Secretary for information. The Pre-Construction and Construction

Compliance reporting will also be provided to the Minister for the DoEE.

The Construction Compliance Reports will include:

A results summary and analysis of environmental monitoring

The number of any complaints received, including a summary of main areas of

complaint, action taken, response given and proposed strategies for reducing the

recurrence of such complaints

Details of any review of, and minor amendments made to, the OACEMP or the CEMP

as a result of Construction carried out during the reporting period

A register of any consistency assessments undertaken and their status

Results of any environmental audits and details of any actions taken in response to

the recommendations of an audit

A summary of all incidents notified in accordance with NSW-CoA A40 and NSW-CoA

A43

Any other matter relating to compliance with the approval or as requested by the

Secretary.

The DoEE requires that the compliance reporting for the preceding 12 months be published

on the Project website. Non-compliance with any of the Federal CoA will be reported to the

DoEE at the same time as the compliance report is published.

The Pre-Operation Compliance reporting details how the CoA that must be addressed before

the commencement of Operation have been complied with and identifies the proposed

commencement date for Operation. A separate Pre-Operation Compliance Report will be

prepared prior to the commencement of Operation. Operation will not commence until the

Pre-Operation Compliance Report has been submitted to the Secretary for information. The

Pre-Operation Compliance reporting will also be provided to the Minister for the DoEE.



Auditing

6.4.1 Independent external audits

External auditing will occur as part of the ongoing systems certification verification process

and will be undertaken by an environment auditor in accordance with AS/NZS ISO

19011:2014 - Guidelines for Auditing Management Systems.

GEJV will maintain accurate records substantiating all activities associated with or relevant to

the Federal CoA, including measures taken to implement all management plans required by

the Federal CoAs, and make them available upon request to the DoEE. Records may be

subject to audit in accordance with section 458 of the EPBC Act, or used to verify compliance

with the Federal CoA.

6.4.2 Internal audits

Internal auditing will be undertaken generally on a six monthly basis throughout the Project.

The purpose of auditing is to verify compliance with:

The OACEMP, this CEMP and Sub-Plans

Approval requirements and contractual requirements (Specifications)

Any relevant legal and other requirements (e.g. licenses, permits, regulations).

An audit checklist will be developed and amended as necessary to reflect changes to this

CEMP, subsequent approvals and changes to Acts, regulations or guidelines.

Table 6-3 summarises the auditing to be undertaken for the Project.

Table 6-3: Audit requirements

Audit/Review Purpose Timing On-going requirement

Internal HSE Mobilisation Audit

Review achievement towards site start-up activities

Within 8 weeks after mobilisation

N/A

Internal environmental audit

Verify compliance to the management systems and an assessment of the effectiveness of those requirements to meet legal and other obligations

The first within three months of the commencement of Construction and then at six monthly intervals thereafter. The final submitted within five working days of contract completion date.

Six monthly

External Independent Environmental Audit

Assesses whether the Project is complying

with the NSW and Federal CoA, REMMS

Assess the environmental performance of the

Project

Review adequacy of documents required

under the Approval

Verify compliance with OACEMP, CEMP and

sub-plans

Verify compliance with legal and other

requirements

Within 12 months of Construction commencing

Annually



Audit/Review Purpose Timing On-going requirement

Recommend measures to improve the

environmental performance and

documentation

Client Audit Determine compliance to the client management systems and contract obligations

TBA TBA

Risk register review planning workshop

Identify new scope of work or scope change and verify current risks and controls identified on register

Monthly Monthly

CEMP, CEMS review

Identify areas of opportunity for improved

environmental performance

Analysis of the causes of non-conformities

and deficiencies

Verification of the effectiveness of corrective

and preventative actions

Identifying any changes in procedures

resulting from process improvement

6 months after project commencement

6 monthly

Environmental inspections and audits

Site inspections ensure environmental risks

of the Project are identified and appropriate

mitigation measures implemented.

Soil conservationist inspections to review

onsite ERSED controls and provide written

recommendations on the PESCP drawings

Weekly and post rainfall >10mm

Fortnightly

Weekly and post rainfall >10mm

Fortnightly

Reporting

Prior to and during Construction, various reports will be prepared to fulfil internal Roads and Maritime and GEJV reporting needs, and requirements under the Project approval. Table 6-4 sets out the reporting requirement applicable to the Project, timing of the reporting, who is responsible for managing preparation of the reports and the intended recipient(s).

Additional reporting may be necessary as the works progress. In such a circumstance, Section 6.4 of this CEMP will be amended to reflect these changes.

Table 6-4: Reporting requirements

No. Report Requirement Timing Responsibility Recipient

1 Environmental risk assessment

Conducted for each Construction stage, Project changes and significant issues.

Prior to Construction during development of CEMP and reviewed monthly thereafter

GEJV ESR, GEJV Project Manager

Roads and Maritime, ER

2 Pre-Construction compliance report

Details of how the CoA that must be addressed before the commencement of Construction have been complied with and identifies the proposed commencement date for Construction

1 month prior to Construction commencing


Secretary, DP&E

(for information)

Minister for DoEE

3 Monthly environmental report

For incorporation in Project Monthly Reports including environmental statistics (i.e.

Monthly GEJV ESR Roads and Maritime, ER




incidents, regulatory action, complaints on environmental issues), regulatory and authority considerations, monitoring program performance and key environmental issues

4 Construction Compliance Reports

Periodic review of compliance status of the Project against the requirements of the Project approval during Construction

6 monthly during Construction



Minister for DoEE

5

Pre-Operation Compliance Report

NSW-CoA A33

Federal-CoA 13

Review of compliance status of the Project against the requirements of the Project approval prior to Operation of each Project stage

1 month prior to Operation commencing



Minister for DoEE

6 Ancillary Facilities Management Plan

NSW-CoA A16

Refer Section 3.3.5 of the CEMP and Appendix A4

One month prior the installation of any ancillary facilities

GEJV Secretary (for Approval)

7

Notification of incident

NSW-CoA A40, A41

Refer Section 5.6 of the CEMP

As early as possible and within 24 hours of the incident

Roads and Maritime / GEJV

Secretary (for information)

Minister for DoEE

8

Notification of Incident notified to the EPA under the POEO Act

NSW-CoA A43

Refer Section 5.6 of the CEMP

Within 24 hours of notifying the EPA

GEJV ESR


Roads and Maritime

Relevant authorities

Minister for DoEE

9 EPL monthly report

Details of all non-compliances with conditions of EPL, measures taken to prevent recurrence

Within 10 working days of the end of each calendar month.

GEJV ESR EPA

10 EPL annual returns

Report on compliance with EPL including:

statement of Compliance

monitoring and Complaints Summary,

statement of Compliance for:

- licence conditions

- load based fee

- requirement to prepare PIRMP

Within 60 days of the anniversary of the EPL

GEJV ESR EPA




- publish pollution monitoring data

environmental management systems and practices

11

Community Communication Strategy

NSW-CoA B1

Refer Section 5.5.3

One month prior to commencement of Construction


Secretary (for Approval)

12

Construction complaints management system including Complaints Register

NSW-CoA B6

Refer Section 5.5




13 Complaints Register

NSW-CoA B7, B8

Refer Section 5.5.3 On request during Construction

GEJV ESR Secretary (for information)

Roads and Maritime

14 ER reports

NSW-CoA A24(l)

Report of site environmental performance following routine inspections

Refer Section 5.1.1

Monthly, and submitted within seven days following the end of each month

ER Secretary and other regulatory agencies

Roads and Maritime

15

EPA or any other Agency inspection report, other than 16for arranged inspections

The report will detail the purpose, outcome and actions pertaining to the visit and will be submitted to the Roads and Maritime Project Manager

Within one working day of the EPA or any other Authority visit, other than for arranged inspections

GEJV ESR Roads and Maritime

16

Urban Design and Landscape Plan

NSW-CoA E62

Urban Design and Landscape

Plan

Prior to the commencement of works for which the UDLP requires community consultation under the Plan

Roads and Maritime / GEJV


17

Roads and Maritime and/or EPA environmental inspection reports

Response to matters raised in Roads and Maritime and/or EPA site inspections

Refer Section 6.1.2

As required. Typically every two weeks for Roads and Maritime inspection reports and monthly for EPA inspection reports

GEJV ESR Roads and Maritime / EPA

18 Sustainability Strategy

NSW-CoA E51

Refer Appendix B10 – Sustainability Management Plan

Prior to the commencement of Construction

GEJV ESR Roads and Maritime, ER

19 Road Dilapidation Report

NSW-CoA E55

Road dilapidation report for local roads

Within 3 weeks of completing the surveys and no later than 1 month before

GEJV Report to be prepared by a

Liverpool City Council




outside the Project boundary

the use of local roads by project vehicles

suitably qualified person

20

Community Communication Strategy

NSW-CoA B1

Refer Section 5.5.3

One month prior to co22mmencement of Co23nstruction


Secretary (for Approval)

21

Construction complaints management system including Complaints Register

NSW-CoA B6

Refer Section 5.5

One month prior to commen25cement of Construction



22 Complaints Register

NSW-CoA B7, B8

Refer Section 5.5 On request during Construction

GEJV ESR Secretary (for information)

Roads and Maritime

23 CEMP NSW-CoA C1

This document

Refer Sections 1.2 and 1.4



24 CEMP Sub-plans NSW-CoA C4

Refer Section 3.3.1

One month prior to commencement of Construction of Project


25

Construction Monitoring Programs NSW-CoA C9

Refer Section 6

Appendix B3 CNVMP,

Appendix B4 CSWMP,

Appendix B6 CAQMP

One month prior to commencement of Construction or within another timeframe agreed with the Secretary


26 Construction monitoring report

NSW-CoA C15

Report on monitoring data recorded and potential exceedances against criteria

As required in CEMP sub-plans

GEJV ESR

Secretary and relevant regulatory agencies (for information)

27

Unexpected Heritage Finds Procedure

NSW-CoA E16

Refer Appendix B5 CCHMP


Roads and Maritime


28 Operational noise mitigation report

NSW-CoA E36

Confirm the operational noise predictions of the Project, review noise mitigation measures and investigate alternative measures, if required

Prior to commencement of Construction which would affect identified receivers

Roads and Maritime

Secretary (for approval)

29

Implementation of noise mitigation measures report

NSW-CoA E37

Report justifying why early implementation of noise mitigation measures is not proposed

Prior to commencement of Construction which would affect the identified receivers

Roads and Maritime

Secretary (for approval)




30

Site Contamination Report

NSW-CoA E46

Documents outcomes of contamination assessments of land on which the Project is located

Refer Appendix B8 CCLMP

Suitably qualified and experienced person under the CLM Act


31 Remedial Action Plan

NSW-CoA E45

Documents approach to remediation of specified contaminated land


Suitably qualified and experienced person under the CLM Act and approved by

Approval by a NSW EPA accredited Site Auditor

32

Site Audit Statement and Site Audit Report

NSW-CoA E48

Verifies land is suitable for intended land use


1 month prior to commencement of Operation

EPA Accredited Site Auditor

Secretary and the relevant local Council(s)

33

Unexpected Contaminated Land and Asbestos Finds Procedure

NSW-CoA E49


Implement during Construction

GEJV ESR Roads and Maritime

Environmental non-conformity, corrective and preventative actions

6.6.1 Environmental non-conformity, corrective and preventative actions

A non-conformance is the failure or refusal to comply with the requirements of project system

documentation including this CEMP and supporting documentation.

A non-compliance is the failure to comply with the requirements of the Infrastructure

Approval or any applicable licence, permit or legal requirements. Under the Infrastructure

Approval, a non-compliance with a condition of the Approval is classified as an incident and

therefore should be managed in accordance with Section 5.6. Non-conformances may be

identified through the review of compliance (Section 6.3) environmental auditing (Section 6.4)

or incident management (Section 5.6).

GEJV has provided the procedure (Appendix A9) for dealing with non-compliance with

environmental management controls, environmental incidents and emergencies. These

procedures define who is responsible and has the authority for handling and investigating

non-compliance, taking action and completing corrective and preventative action.

When a non-conformity occurs, GEJV will:

React to the non-conformity and, as applicable:

Take action to control and correct it

Deal with the consequences, including mitigating adverse environmental impacts

Evaluate the need for action to eliminate the causes of the nonconformity in order that

it does not recur or occur elsewhere by:



Reviewing the non-conformity

Determining the causes of the non-conformity

Determining if similar non-conformities exist or could potentially occur

Implement any action needed

Review the effectiveness of any corrective action taken and

Make changes to the environmental management system if necessary.

Corrective actions will be appropriate to the significance of the effects of the non-conformities

encountered, including the environmental impacts.

GEJV will retain documented information as evidence of:

The nature of the non-conformities and any subsequent actions taken and

The results of any corrective action.

6.6.2 Non-conformances

Any member of GEJV's Project Team may raise a non-conformance or improvement

opportunity. GEJV’s Quality Plan describes the process for managing non-conforming work

practices and initiating corrective/preventative actions or system improvements. The ER,

Roads and Maritime Senior Project Manager, Project Manager, Environmental Manager (or

delegate) or a representative of a public authority may also raise a non-conformance or

improvement opportunity using the same process.

Non-conforming activities may be stopped, if necessary, by the GEJV Environmental Site

Representative or GEJV Project / Site Engineers following consultation with the GEJV

Construction Manager or delegate. The ER may also stop works in these circumstances, in

which case a non-conformance report will be prepared by GEJV in accordance with the

Quality Plan. The works will not recommence until corrective/ preventative actions have

been closed out.

6.6.3 Corrective action

For each non-conformance identified, GEJV will implement corrective / preventative actions.

In addition, any environmental management improvement opportunities can be initiated as a

result of incidents or emergencies, monitoring and measurement, review of compliance, audit

findings or other reviews. Improvement opportunities may also result in the implementation of

corrective/preventative actions. GEJV will provide this information to Roads and Maritime in

monthly reports.

Corrective/preventative actions and improvement opportunities will be entered into GEJV’s

quality system database and include detail of the issue, action required and timing and

responsibilities. The record will be updated with date of close out and any necessary notes.

The database will be reviewed regularly to ensure actions are closed out as required.

Procedures for corrective actions will include a process for verification of how the non-

conformance has been closed out and to confirm that it is effective in addressing the non-

conformance.



Records of environmental activities

6.7.1 Environmental records

GEJV’s Health, Safety and Environment Policies, Standards, Procedures, Safe Work

Instructions, References, Guidelines, Forms, Templates are all accessible via Georgiou’s

Intranet - GENIE. GENIE will maintain the current and only authorised versions for use.

Environment management documentation that has been specifically developed for the

Project will be controlled on site and recorded in the sites document management system.

The GEJV ESR is responsible for maintaining all environmental management documents as

current at the point of use. Types of records include:

All monitoring, inspection and compliance reports/records

Correspondence with public authorities

Induction and training records

Reports on environmental incidents, other environmental non-conformances,

complaints and follow-up action

Community engagement information

Minutes of CEMP and construction environmental management system review

meetings and evidence of any action taken

All identified records listed in G36 Annexure C

Internal audit reports.

All environmental management documents are subject to ongoing review and continual

improvement. This includes times of change to scheduled activities or to legislative or

licensing requirements.

Only the GEJV ESR has the authority to change any of the environmental management

documentation.

6.7.2 Document control

The GEJV ESR will coordinate the preparation, review and distribution of the environmental

documents and records listed in Section 6.7.1.

Table 6-4 identifies the recipients for the overarching Project documentation. During the

Project, the environmental documents will be stored at the main site compound.

The documents required to be prepared under the Infrastructure Approval will be made

available on the Project website (refer Section 5.5.4).

GEJV will implement a document control procedure to control the flow of documents within

and between GEJV, Roads and Maritime, stakeholders and sub-contractors. The procedure

will ensure that documentation is:

developed, reviewed and approved prior to issue

issued for use

controlled and stored for the legally required timeframe

removed from use when superseded or obsolete

archived.



A register and distribution list will identify the current documents, records or data. The

Document Register is maintained in Appendix A5.

Environmental management system review

As a minimum the CEMP will be reviewed annually by the GEJV ESR. At any other time the

GEJV ESR may propose that the CEMP requires updating. If the revision of the CEMP

results in changes to the document, the amended CEMP will be sent to Roads and Maritime.

All staff will be educated in the relevant CEMP amendments through the induction process

and toolbox talks.

Management reviews will also be undertaken as part of the continual improvement process.

They will occur as a minimum quarterly and will include the participation of the ERG and

Roads and Maritime. The management reviews will focus on:

A review of the aspects and impacts register, legal register and environmental

induction

Analysis of the causes of non-conformities and deficiencies, including those identified

in environmental inspections and audits

Consideration of incidents and any lessons learnt

Consideration of any new regulatory issues

A review of the effectiveness of erosion and sediment controls

Highlighting any changes in procedures resulting from process improvement

Consideration of changes in operational needs such as resourcing

Feedback from other management reviews

Verification of the effectiveness of corrective and preventative actions

Identification of areas for improvements in environmental performance.

The outcomes of the management reviews could include amendments to this CEMP and

related documentation, revision to the Project’s environmental management system, risk

assessment review, re-evaluation of the Project objectives and targets as well as feeding into

other Project documents.

GEJV’s ESR will also attend Environment group meetings quarterly and Executive review

meetings annually.

6.8.1 Project Refinements

Refinements to the Project may result from detailed design refinement or changed

circumstances throughout Construction. Roads and Maritime is responsible for formally

seeking approval for any Project modifications and for documenting refinements that are

consistent with the approved Project.

The Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager (or delegate) is responsible for the

assessment of Project refinements and management of the consistency assessment

process. The GEJV ESR is responsible for assessing any new environmental impacts and/or

new statutory approval requirements and incorporating the required changes into the

appropriate environmental management documentation as directed by the Roads and

Maritime Project Manager.



Any design changes or changes in scope of works will be communicated to the GEJV ESR.

GEJV's ESR will undertake an environmental assessment and consistency review for the

proposed changes in consultation with the Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager (or

delegate) to determine if a Project modification may be required.

Should the consistency review determine that a Project modification may be required i.e. the

impacts are of a nature and scale that it is not considered consistent with the Project

approval, the ER will be informed immediately and a modification application under Section

115ZI of the EP&A Act will be prepared and submitted to the Secretary for determination.

The Roads and Maritime Senior Project Manager and Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager (or delegate) will approve all refinements that are deemed consistent with the Infrastructure Approval. Endorsement will be sought from the ER.



Appendices



Section A: EMS Documentation



Appendix A1

Legal and Contractual Requirements



This Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and sub plans have been developed in accordance with the Overarching Construction Environmental Management Plan (OACEMP), conditions of approval (CoA), management measures detailed in the EIS, SPIR, relevant Roads and Maritime QA Specifications and the Guideline for the Preparation of Environmental Management Plans (DIPNR, 2004).

Act Aspect Requirement Division 5.2 applicability Phase

All Comply with the terms Minister for Planning’s approval for the project.

Obtain the Minister’s approval for any project modifications that are not

consistent with the planning approval.

Yes

All To examine and take into account to the fullest extent possible all

matters affecting or likely to affect the environment by reason of the

activity.

Yes

Protection of the Environment

Operations Act 1997

Site licensing Do not carry out or allow an activity listed in Schedule 1, or carry out

work to enable such an activity, unless the premises are licensed by the

EPA. This applies to

• ‘road construction’ meaning the construction, widening or re-routing

of roads if it results in the existence of 4 or more traffic lanes (other

than bicycle lanes or lanes used for entry or exit) for 1 km of their

length in the metropolitan area, or 5 km in length in any other area,

where the road is classified, or proposed to be classified, as a freeway

or tollway under the Roads Act 1993

• ‘crushing, grinding and separating’ and ‘extractive activities’. (and

any other scheduled activity undertaken for the Project).

Yes (an EPL will be required for road

construction)

Land Acquisition (Just Terms

Compensation) Act 1991

Property acquisition Applies to the acquisition of any land required for the project. Yes

Roads Act 1993N/a Prior to construction, a notice must be placed in the local newspaper

allowing for any submissions to be made by any person.

Yes

Harming the environment Do not risk harming the environment by wilfully or negligently:

• disposing of waste unlawfully.

• causing any substance to leak, spill or otherwise escape (whether or

not from a container); or

• emitting an ozone depleting substance

Yes

Control equipment Properly and efficiently maintain and operate any installed pollution

control equipment (including monitoring devices).

Yes

Notification of pollution incidents Notify the EPA immediately of pollution incidents where material harm

to the environment is caused or threatened.

Yes

Water access and use. Do not take water from a water source (a lake, river or estuary or place

where water occurs naturally on or below the surface of the ground, and

includes coastal waters) without an access licence. Do not use of water

on land (unless supplied by a water utility, irrigation corporation etc. or

in accordance with basic landholder rights) without a water use

approval.

No

This table should be reviewed regularly to reflect current legislation and the legislative requirements specific to the project

Relevent Legislation - Compliance Tracking Matrix

Environmental Planning and

Assessment Act, 1979

General

Water Management Act 2000

Pollution


Operations Act 1997

Water

Water management works Do not construct/use a water supply work, drainage work or flood work

without the appropriate approval.

No

Waterfront land Do not deposit material, excavate, or remove material within a

watercourse bank, shore or bed, or on land 40 metres inland, or

interfere

with the likely flow of water to such a body, without a controlled

activity approval.

No

Surface water Obtain a licence or permit for construction or use of ‘work’ for purposes

including the taking and using of water

Yes

Groundwater Obtain a licence where interference with groundwater is likely to occur.

Roads and Maritime being a department of NSW government and as

defined within the Water Act 1912 as the Crown is exempt from the

prevision of obtaining a licence.

N/A

Floodplains Obtain an approval for controlled works. These include works which

occur on a designated floodplain, which can prevent land from being

flooded or which can affect water flow to or from a river or lake.

N/A

Water pollution Do not cause water pollution (other than to a sewer), except in

accordance with the conditions of any EPA licence.

Yes

Plant maintenance and operation Do not operate plant if it emits noise caused by poor maintenance or

operation.

Yes

Materials management Do not cause noise by failing to properly and efficiently deal with

materials.

Yes


Operations Act 1997

Land pollution Do not cause or permit land pollution other than under authority of a

licence or regulation. (However it is not a land pollution offence to

place virgin excavated natural material or lawful pesticides and

fertilisers on land, or by placing matter on land that has been notified

to the EPA as an unlicensed landfill and which is operated in accordance

with the regulations.)

Yes

Contaminated Land Management Act

1997

Reporting

contamination

Notify the EPA if:

• Contaminants exceed thresholds contained in guidelines or the

regulations where contamination has entered or will foreseeably enter

neighbouring land, the atmosphere, groundwater or surface water.

• Contaminants in soil are equal to or exceed guideline levels with

respect to the current or approved use of the land.

• Contamination meets other criteria that may be prescribed by the

regulations.

Water Management Act 2000

Water Act 1912

Noise


Operations Act 1997

Contaminated material

Biodiversity

Noxious Weeds Act 1993

Weed control As a public authority occupier of land, control noxious weeds on the

land as required under the control category or categories specified in

relation to the weeds concerned.

Notify relevant control authority within 3 days of becoming aware that a

notifiable weed (W1 weed) is on land. (or ought reasonably to have

known).

Must not scatter or cause to scatter notifiable weed material.

Yes

Do not harm any animal that is of a threatened species population or

ecological community, or its habitat except in accordance with a

planning approval.

Yes

Do not harm critical habitat except as in accordance with a planning

approval.

Yes

Do not harm native fauna (other than listed unprotected fauna) except

in accordance with a planning approval or licence.

Yes

Biodiversity Conservation Act 2016 Biodiversity

Conservation

Do not cause a significant impact to listed threatened species,

populations or ecological communities, or their habitats.

Yes

Threatened Species Conservation Act

1995

(repealed)

Flora and fauna

conservation

Do not cause a significant impact to listed threatened species,

populations or ecological communities, or their habitats.

No

Native Vegetation Act 2003

Flora and native

vegetation

conservation

Only clear native vegetation in accordance with a planning approval or

property vegetation plan.

No

National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974 Flora and native vegetation

conservation

Do not pick protected native plants without a licence No

Dredging or

reclamation

A permit to authorise dredging or reclamation work must be obtained

from the Minister

No

Mangroves,

seagrasses and

marine vegetation

Do not harm any mangroves, seagrasses or other marine vegetation on

public water land protected by the regulations without a permit

No

Fish passage Do not block fish passage without a permit No

Do not undertake an action that will or is likely to have a significant

impact on a listed threatened species or threatened ecological

community

Yes

Do not undertake an action that will or is likely to have a significant

impact on the environment on Commonwealth land

Yes

Compliance Do not take any action to contravene any conditions of approval

attached to the project approval

Yes

Littering Do not litter in a public place or an open private place. Do not litter

from a vehicle.

Only deposit advertising material in receptacles provided for mail or

newspapers or under the door of the premises.

Do not deposit advertising material on or in vehicles.

Yes

Native fauna

National Parks and Wildlife

Act 1974

Fisheries Management Act 1994

Environment Protection Biodiversity

Conservation Act, 1999

(Commonwealth)

Flora and fauna

conservation

Waste


Operations Act 1997

Do not undertake a scheduled waste activity unless in accordance with

an

environmental protection licence.

A licence must be obtained when construction and demolition wastes

are applied to land under certain circumstances. This includes the

reincorporation of crushed road base material back into roads and the

placing of excess fill material onto properties. A licence is not required

if the material:

• Is VENM.

• Does not exceed 200 tonnes in the Sydney, Newcastle and Wollongong

areas, or 20,000 tonnes outside these areas.

• Is covered by a “general exemption”. Current exempted materials are

ENM, recycled aggregates and raw mulch. These exemptions are

conditional and require some chemical testing of materials before they

are placed onto land.

A licence must be obtained if more than 2,500 tonnes (or cubic metres)

is stored on a stockpile site at any one time, or more than 30,000 tonnes

of waste is received per year from off site.

Yes

Only transport waste to a facility that can lawfully accept the waste. Yes

Do not dispose of waste in a manner that harms or is likely to harm the

environment.

Yes

Comply with general requirements for the transport of waste. For

example, any vehicle used by the person to transport waste must be

kept in a clean condition and be maintained so as to prevent spillage of

waste. For some wastes, only licensed transporters can be used.

Yes

Comply with record keeping requirements in relation to the transport of

certain types of waste.

Yes

National heritage Do not take an action that will or is likely to have a significant impact on

the National Heritage values of a National Heritage place

Yes

National heritage Do not undertake an action that will or is likely to have a significant

impact on the environment on Commonwealth land

Yes

Compliance Do not take any action to contravene any conditions of approval

attached to the project approval

Yes

Do not undertake an activity that will affect a place, building, work,

relic, moveable object or precinct which is subject to an Interim

Heritage Order or is listed on the State Heritage Register without

approval from the Heritage Council.

No

Do not disturb or excavate land with knowledge or reasonable cause to

suspect that the disturbance or excavation will or is likely to result in a

relic being discovered, exposed, moved, damaged or destroyed; or

Do not disturb or excavate land on where a relic has been discovered or

exposed.

No

Waste and

transportation


Operations Act 1997

Heritage


Operations (Waste) Regulation 2005

Waste and transportation

Environment Protection

Biodiversity Conservation Act,

1999 (Commonwealth)

Heritage Act 1977

Heritage

Notify the heritage Council on discovery of a relic Yes

Do not harm or desecrate an Aboriginal object or Aboriginal place

without consent.

No

Notify the NPWS within reasonable time of becoming aware of the

location or discovery of certain Aboriginal objects.

Yes


Regulation 2009

Aboriginal

consultation

Consult with Aboriginal parties on the methodology and draft cultural

heritage assessment report

Yes

Report any discovery of Aboriginal remains to the Federal Minister for

the Environment and Heritage.

Yes

Comply with the provisions of any declaration in relation to a significant

Aboriginal area or object

Yes

Environmentally Hazardous

Chemicals Act, 1985

Hazards and

risks

Obtain a licence to undertake prescribed activities involving

environmentally hazardous chemicals or declared chemical wastes.

Yes

Dangerous Goods (Road and

Rail Transport) Act 2008

Hazards and

risks

Ensure that dangerous goods are transported in a safe manner. Yes

Pesticides Act 1999

Hazards and

risks

Use pesticides in an environmentally sensitive manner.

Do not use an unregistered pesticide without a permit.

Read the label or permit for the pesticide.

Use registered pesticides in accordance with instructions on the label.

Do not use any restricted pesticide unless authorised by a certificate of

competency or a pesticide control order under the Act.

Compliance with pesticide codes of practice is required.

Yes

National Greenhouse and Energy

Reporting Act, 2007 and Regulations

2008

Greenhouse gas

emissions

Accounting and reporting of greenhouse gases produced and energy

consumed during construction. Applicability dependent on thresholds.

Yes (applicability dependant on

thresholds)

Heritage Act 1977

Heritage

Greenhouse gas emissions


Act 1974

Aboriginal and Torres Strait

Islander Heritage Protection

Act 1984 (Commonwealth)

Aboriginal places

and objects

Protection of

areas and objects

Hazards and risks

Reference Sub Ref. Comment/Obligation Responsibility Phase Compliance Status Comment/Evidence

A1

The CSSI must be carried out in accordance with the terms of this approval and generally in

accordance with the description of the CSSI in the EIS as amended by the SPIR.

A2

The CSSI must be carried out generally in accordance with all procedures, commitments,

preventative actions, performance criteria and mitigation measures set out in the EIS as

amended by the SPIR unless otherwise specified in, or required under, this approval.

A3

In the event of an inconsistency between the documents listed in Condition A1 and any

other

document required under this approval, the terms of this approval prevail to the extent of

the

inconsistency.

The Proponent must comply with all requirements of the Secretary in relation to:

a the environmental performance of the CSSI;

b any document under this approval or correspondence to the Secretary;

c any notification given to the Secretary under the terms of this approval;

d any audit of the Construction or Operation of the CSSI;

e compliance with the terms of this approval (including anything required to be done under

this approval); and

f the carrying out of any additional monitoring or mitigation measures.

A5In the event that there are differing interpretations of the terms of this approval, including

in relation to a condition of this approval, the Secretary’s interpretation is final.

Where the terms of this approval require a document to be prepared or a review to be

undertaken in consultation with identified parties, evidence of the consultation undertaken

must be submitted to the Secretary with the document. The evidence must include:

a documentation of the engagement with the party(ies) identified in the condition of approval

that has occurred prior to submitting the document for approval;

b log of the points of engagement or attempted engagement with the identified party(ies)

and a summary of the issues raised by them;

c documentation of the follow-up with the identified party(ies) where feedback has not been

provided to confirm that they have none or have failed to provide feedback after repeated

requests;

d outline of the issues raised by the identified party(ies) and how they have been addressed;

and

e a description of the outstanding issues raised by the identified party(ies) and the reasons

why they have not been addressed.

A7

Without limitation, all strategies, plans, programs, reviews, audits, report

recommendations, protocols and the like required by the conditions of this approval must

be implemented by the Proponent in accordance with all requirements issued by the

Secretary from time to time in

respect of them.

Conditions of Approval - Compliance Tracking Matrix PART A - ADMINISTATIVE CONDITIONS

A4

A6

General

A8

Where the conditions of this approval require consultation with identified parties, details of

the consultation undertaken, matters raised by the parties, and how the matters were

considered must accompany the strategies, plans, programs, reviews, audits, protocols and

the like submitted to the Secretary.

A9This approval lapses five (5) years after the date on which it is granted, unless works for the

purpose of the CSSI are physically commenced on or before that date.

A10

The Proponent is responsible for any breaches of the conditions of this approval resulting

from the actions of all persons that it invites onto any site, including contractors, sub-

contractors and visitors.

A11

The CSSI may be delivered and operated in stages. Where staged delivery or Operation is

proposed, a Staging Report (for either or both delivery and Operation as the case requires)

must be prepared and submitted to the Secretary for information. The Staging Report must

be submitted to the Secretary no later than one month prior to the commencement of

Construction of the first of the proposed stages of Construction (or if only staged Operation

is proposed, one month prior to the commencement of Operation of the first of the

proposed stages of Operation), or within another timeframe agreed with the Secretary.

The Staging Report must:

a if staged delivery is proposed, set out how the delivery of the whole of the CSSI will be

staged, including general details of work and other activities to be carried out in each stage

and the general timing of when Construction of each stage will commence;

b if staged operation is proposed, set out how the operation of the whole of the CSSI will be

staged, including general details of work and other activities to be carried out in each stage

and the general timing of when operation of each stage will commence;

c specify the relevant conditions of approval that apply to each stage and how compliance

with those conditions will be achieved across and between each of the stages of the CSSI;

and

d set out mechanisms for managing any cumulative impacts arising from the proposed

staging.

A13The CSSI must be staged in accordance with the Staging Report, as submitted to the

Secretary.

A14

Where staging is proposed, the terms of this approval that apply or are relevant to the

works or activities to be carried out in a specific stage must be complied with at the

relevant time for that stage.

Ancillary facilities that are not identified by description and location in the documents

listed in Condition A1 must meet the following criteria, unless otherwise approved by the

Secretary:

a the facility is development of a type that would, if it were not for the purpose of the CSSI,

otherwise be exempt or complying development; or

Pre-construction

the facility is located as follows:

i. at least 50 metres from any waterway unless an erosion and sediment control plan is

prepared and implemented so as not to adversely affect water quality in the waterway in

accordance with Managing Urban Stormwater series;

Pre-construction

ii. within or adjacent to land upon which the CSSI is being carried out; Pre-construction

iii. with ready access to a road network; Pre-construction

Staging

A12

Ancillary facilities

A15

b

iv. to prevent heavy vehicles travelling on local streets or through residential areas in order

to access the facility, except as identified in the documents listed in Condition A1;

Pre-construction

v. so as to be in accordance with the Interim Construction Noise Guideline (DECC 2009) or

as otherwise agreed in writing with affected landowners and occupiers;

Pre-construction

vi. so as not to require vegetation clearing beyond the extent of clearing approved under

other terms of this approval except as approved by the ER as minor clearing;

Pre-construction

vii. so as not to have any impact on heritage items (including areas of archaeological

sensitivity) beyond the impacts identified, assessed and approved under other terms of

this approval;

Pre-construction

viii. so as not to unreasonably interfere with lawful uses of adjacent properties that are

being carried out at the date upon which construction or establishment of the facility is to

commence;

Pre-construction

ix. to enable operation of the ancillary facility during flood events and to avoid or minimise,

to the greatest extent practicable, adverse flood impacts on the surrounding environment

and other properties and infrastructure; and

Pre-construction

x. so as to have sufficient area for the storage of raw materials to minimise, to the greatest

extent practicable, the number of deliveries required outside standard construction hours.

Pre-construction

Before establishment of any ancillary facility (other than minor ancillary facilities described

in Condition A17), the Proponent must prepare an Ancillary Facilities Management Plan

which details the management of the ancillary facilities. The Ancillary Facilities

Management Plan must be prepared in consultation with the EPA and the relevant council(s)

and submitted to the Secretary for approval one month prior to installation of ancillary

facilities. The Ancillary Facilities Management Plan must detail the management of the

ancillary facilities and include:

a a description of activities to be undertaken during Construction (including scheduling of

construction);

Pre-construction

b a program for ongoing analysis of the key environmental risks arising from the activities

described in subsection (a) of this condition, including an initial risk assessment undertaken

prior to the commencement of Construction of the CSSI; and

Pre-construction

c details of how the activities described in subsection (a) of this condition will be carried out

to:

i. meet the performance outcomes stated in the documents listed in Condition A1; and

ii. manage the risks identified in the risk analysis undertaken in subsection (b) of this

condition.

Pre-construction

Minor ancillary facilities comprising lunch sheds, office sheds, and portable toilet facilities,

that are not identified in the documents listed in Condition A1 and which do not satisfy the

criteria set out in Condition A15 of this approval must satisfy the following criteria:

a have no greater environmental and amenity impacts than those that can be managed

through the implementation of environmental measures detailed in the CEMP required

under

Pre-construction

A15

b

A16

A17

b have been assessed by the ER to have:

i. minimal amenity impacts to surrounding residences and businesses, after consideration of

matters such as compliance with the ICNG, traffic and access impacts, dust and odour

impacts, and visual (including light spill) impacts;

ii. minimal environmental impact with respect to waste management and flooding; and

iii. no impacts on biodiversity, soil and water, and heritage items beyond those already

approved under other terms of this approval.

Pre-construction

A18

Boundary fencing must be erected around all ancillary facilities that are adjacent to

sensitive

receivers for the duration of Construction unless otherwise agreed with the affected

receivers(s).

Pre-construction

A19Boundary fencing required under Condition A18 of this approval must minimise visual, noise

and air quality impacts on adjacent sensitive receivers.

Pre-construction

A20Works must not commence until an ER has been approved by the Secretary and engaged by

the Proponent.

Pre-construction

A21The Secretary’s approval of an ER must be sought no later than one (1) month before the

commencement of Works, or within another timeframe agreed with the Secretary.

Pre-construction

A22

The proposed ER must be a suitably qualified and experienced person who was not involved

in

the preparation of the EIS or SPIR, and is independent from the design and construction

personnel for the CSSI.

Pre-construction

A23

The Proponent may engage more than one ER for the CSSI, in which case the functions to be

exercised by an ER under the terms of this approval may be carried out by any ER that is

approved by the Secretary for the purposes of the CSSI.

Pre-construction

For the duration of the Works until the completion of Construction, the approved ER must:

a receive and respond to communication from the Secretary in relation to the environmental

performance of the CSSI;

Construction

b consider and inform the Secretary on matters specified in the terms of this approval; Construction

c consider and recommend to the Proponent any improvements that may be made to work

practices to avoid or minimise adverse impact to the environment and to the community;

Construction

d review documents identified in Conditions C1, C4 and C9 and any other documents that

are identified by the Secretary, to ensure they are consistent with requirements in or under

this approval and if so:

i. make a written statement to this effect before submission of such documents to the

Secretary (if those documents are required to be approved by the Secretary); or

ii. make a written statement to this effect before the implementation of such documents

(if those documents are required to be submitted to the Secretary / Department for

information or are not required to be submitted to the Secretary/Department);

Construction

e regularly monitor the implementation of the documents listed in Conditions C1, C4 and C9

to ensure implementation is being carried out in accordance with the document and the

terms of this approval;

Construction

f as may be requested by the Secretary, help plan, attend or undertake audits of the

development commissioned by the Department including scoping audits, programming

audits, briefings and site visits, but not independent environmental audits required under

Condition A35 of this approval;

Construction

A17

Environment Representative

A24

g as may be requested by the Secretary, assist the Department in the resolution of community

complaints;

Construction

h review the assessment of the impacts of minor ancillary facilities comprising lunch sheds,

office sheds and portable toilet facilities as required by Condition A17 of this approval;

Construction

i consider any minor amendments to be made to the CEMP, CEMP sub-plans and monitoring

programs that comprise updating or are of an administrative nature, and area consistent

with the terms of this approval and the CEMP, CEMP sub-plans and monitoring programs

approved by the Secretary and, if satisfied such amendment is necessary, approve the

amendment. This does not include any modifications to the terms of this approval; and

Construction

j prepare and submit to the Secretary and other relevant regulatory agencies, for

information,

an Environmental Representative Monthly Report providing the information set out in the

Environmental Representative Protocol under the heading “Environmental Representative

Monthly Reports.” The Environmental Representative Monthly Report must be submitted

within seven (7) calendar days following the end of each month for the duration of the ER’s

engagement for the CSSI, or as otherwise agreed with the Secretary.

Construction

The Proponent must provide the ER with all documentation requested by the ER in order for

the ER to perform their functions specified in Condition A24 (including preparation of the ER

monthly report), as well as:

a the complaints register (to be provided on a daily basis); and

b a copy of any assessment carried out by the Proponent of whether proposed work is

consistent with the approval (which must be provided to the ER before the commencement

of the subject work).

The Secretary may at any time commission an audit of an ER’s exercise of its functions

under

Condition A24. The Proponent must:

a facilitate and assist the Secretary in any such audit; and

b make it a term of their engagement of an ER that the ER facilitate and assist the Secretary

in any such audit.

A27

A Compliance Tracking Program to monitor compliance with the terms of this approval must

be prepared, taking into consideration any staging of the CSSI that is proposed in a Staging

Report submitted in accordance with Condition A11 and Condition A12 of this approval.

Pre-construction

A28

The Compliance Tracking Program must be endorsed by the ER and then submitted to the

Secretary for information prior to the commencement of Construction or within another

timeframe agreed with the Secretary.

Pre-construction

A29

The Compliance Tracking Program in the form required under Condition A27 of this approval

must be implemented for the duration of Construction and for a minimum of one (1) year

following commencement of Operation, or for a longer period as determined by the

Secretary based on the outcomes of independent environmental audits, Environmental

Representative Reports and regular compliance reviews submitted through Compliance

Reports. If staged operation is proposed, or operation is commenced of part of the CSSI, the

Compliance Tracking Program must be implemented for the relevant period for each stage

or part of the CSSI.

Constructiion

A24

A25

A26

Compliance tracking program

Construction compliance reporting

A Pre-Construction Compliance Report must be prepared and submitted to the Secretary for

information no later than one month before the commencement of Construction or within

another timeframe agreed with the Secretary. The Pre-Construction Compliance Report

must include:

a details of how the terms of this approval that must be addressed before the commencement

of Construction have been complied with; and

Pre-construction

b the proposed commencement date for Construction. Pre-construction

A31Construction must not commence until the Pre-Construction Compliance Report has been

submitted for information to the Secretary.

Construction Compliance Reports must be prepared and submitted to the Secretary for

information every six (6) months from the date of the commencement of Construction or

within another timeframe agreed with the Secretary, for the duration of Construction. The

Construction Compliance Reports must include (as applicable):

a a results summary and analysis of environmental monitoring; Construction

b the number of any complaints received, including a summary of main areas of complaint,

action taken, response given and proposed strategies for reducing the recurrence of such

complaints;

Construction

c details of any review of, and minor amendments made to, the CEMP as a result of

construction carried out during the reporting period;

Construction

d a register of any consistency assessments undertaken and their status; Construction

e results of any environmental audits and details of any actions taken in response to the

recommendations of an audit;

Construction

f a summary of all incidents notified in accordance with Condition A40 and Condition A43

of this approval; and

Construction

g any other matter relating to compliance with the terms of this approval or as requested by

the Secretary.

Construction

A Pre-Operation Compliance Report must be prepared and submitted to the Secretary for

information no later than one month before the commencement of operation or within

another timeframe agreed with the Secretary. The Pre-Operation Compliance Report must

include:

a details of how the terms of this approval that must be addressed before the commencement

of Operation have been complied with; and

Pre-construction

b the commencement date for Operation. Pre-construction

A34Operation must not commence until the Pre-Operation Compliance Report has been

submitted for information to the Secretary.

Pre-construction

A35

An Environmental Audit Program for independent environmental auditing against the terms

of this approval must be prepared in accordance with AS/NZS ISO 19011:2014 - Guidelines

for Auditing Management Systems and submitted to the Secretary for information no later

than one month before the commencement of works or within another timeframe agreed

with the Secretary.

Pre-construction

A36The Environmental Audit Program, as submitted to the Secretary, must be implemented for

the duration of Construction

Construction

All independent environmental audits of the CSSI must be conducted by a suitably qualified,

experienced and independent team of experts in auditing and be documented in an

Environmental Audit Report which:

A30

A32

Pre-operation compliance report

A33

Auditing

A37

a assesses the environmental performance of the CSSI, and its effects on the surrounding

environment;

Construction

b assesses whether the project is complying with the terms of this approval; Construction

c reviews the adequacy of any document required under this approval; and Construction

d recommends measures or actions to improve the environmental performance of the CSSI,

and improvements to any document required under this approval.

Construction

A38

The Environmental Audit must be carried out within 12 months of works commencing and

annually thereafter during the delivery of the CSSI, and within 12 months of the

commencement of Operations and then as required by the Secretary.

Construction

A39

The Proponent must submit a copy of the Environmental Audit Report to the Secretary with

a response to any recommendations contained in the audit report within six (6) weeks of

completingthe audit, or within another timeframe agreed with the Secretary.

Post-

construction

A40The Secretary must be notified as soon as possible and in any event within 24 hours of any

Incident associated with the delivery of the CSSI.

Pre-construction,

Construction

A41

Notification of an incident under Condition A40 of this approval must include the time and

date

of the Incident, details of the Incident and must identify any non-compliance with this

approval.

Pre-construction,

Construction

A42

Any requirements of the Secretary or relevant government authority (as determined by the

Secretary) to address the cause or impact of an Incident reported in accordance with

Condition A40 of this approval, must be met within the timeframe determined by the

Secretary

or relevant government authority.

Pre-construction,

Construction

A43

If statutory notification is given to the EPA as required under the POEO Act in relation to

the

CSSI, such notification must also be provided to the Secretary within 24 hours after the

notification was given to the EPA.

Pre-construction,

Construction

A37

Incident notification


B1

A Community Communication Strategy must be prepared to facilitate

communication between the Proponent, and the community (including relevant

Council(s), adjoining affected landowners and businesses, and others directly

impacted by the CSSI), during the design and Construction of the CSSI and for a

minimum of 12 months following the completion of the CSSI.

All phases

The Community Communication Strategy must:

a identify people or organisations to be consulted during the delivery of the Pre-construction

b set out procedures and mechanisms for the regular distribution of accessible

information about or relevant to the CSSI;

Pre-construction

c identify opportunities to provide accessible information regarding regularly

updated site construction activities, schedules and milestones at each

construction site

Pre-construction

d identify opportunities for the community to visit construction sites (taking into

consideration workplace, health and safety requirements);

Pre-construction

e involve construction personnel from each construction site in engaging with the

local community;

Pre-construction

f provide for the formation of issue or location-based -based community forums

that focus on key environmental management issues of concern to the relevant

community(ies) for the CSSI; and

Pre-construction

g set out procedures and mechanisms:

i. through which the community can discuss or provide feedback to the

Proponent;

ii. through which the Proponent will respond to enquiries or feedback from the

community; and

iii. to resolve any issues and mediate any disputes that may arise in relation to

Pre-construction

B3

The Community Communication Strategy must be submitted to the Secretary for

approval no later than one (1) month before commencement of any works, or

within another timeframe agreed with the Secretary.

Pre-construction

B4

Work for the purposes of the CSSI must not commence until the Community

Communication Strategy has been approved by the Secretary, or within another

timeframe agreed with the Secretary.

Pre-construction

B5

The Community Communication Strategy, as approved by the Secretary, must be

implemented for the duration of the works and for 12 months following the

completion of Construction.

Construction,

Post-construction

Conditions of Approval - Compliance Tracking Matrix PART B - COMMUNITY INFORMATION AND REPORTING

Community information, consultation and involvement

B2

Complaints Management System

B6

A Complaints Management System must be prepared and submitted to the

Secretary for information prior to the commencement of any works in respect of

the CSSI and be implemented and must be maintained for the duration of works

and for a minimum for 12 months following completion of Construction of the

CSSI.

All phases

The Complaints Management System must include a Complaints Register to be

maintained recording information on all complaints received about the CSSI

during the carrying out of any works associated with the CSSI and for a minimum

of 12 months following the completion of Construction.

The Complaints Register must record the:

a number of complaints received; All phases

b number of people affected in relation to a complaint; and All phases

c nature of the complaint and means by which the complaint was addressed and

whether resolution was reached, with or without mediation.

All phases

B8The Complaints Register must be provided to the Secretary upon request, within

the timeframe stated in the request.

All phases

The following must be available within one (1) month from the date of this

approval, or within another timeframe agreed with the Secretary, and for 12

months following the completion of Construction:

a a 24 hour telephone number for the registration of complaints and enquiries

about the CSSI;

All phases

b a postal address to which written complaints and enquires may be sent; All phases

c an email address to which electronic complaints and enquiries may be

transmitted; and

All phases

d a mediation system for complaints unable to be resolved. All phases

B10

The telephone number, postal address and email address required under

Condition B9 of this approval must be published in a newspaper circulating in the

local area and on site hoarding at each Construction site before commencement

of Construction and published in the same way again prior to the commencement

of operation. This information must also be provided on the website required

under Condition B11 of this approval.

Pre-construction,

Post-construction

A website providing information in relation to the CSSI must be established

before

commencement of works and maintained during the delivery of the CSSI, and for

a minimum of 12 months following the completion of Construction or within

another timeframe as agreed with the Secretary. The following up-to-date

information (excluding confidential, private and commercial information) must

be published and maintained on the website or dedicated pages:

a information on the current implementation status of the CSSI; All phases

b a copy of the documents listed in Condition A1 of this approval, and any

documentation relating to any modifications made to the CSSI or the terms of

this approval;

All phases

B11

Provision of electronic information

B7

B9

c a copy of this approval in its original form, a current consolidated copy of this

approval (that is, including any approved modifications to its terms), and copies

of any approval granted by the Minister to a modification of the terms of this

approval;

All phases

d a copy of each statutory approval, licence or permit required and obtained in

relation to the CSSI; and

All phases

e a current copy of each document required under the terms of this approval and

any endorsements, approvals or requirements from the ER and Secretary, all of

which must be published prior to the commencement of any works to which they

relate or before their implementation as the case may be.

All phases

B11


C1

A Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) must be prepared in accordance

with the Department of Infrastructure, Planning and Natural Resources Guideline for the

Preparation of Environmental Management Plans (DIPNR; 2004) to detail how the performance

outcomes, commitments and mitigation measures specified in the documents listed in

Condition A1 will be implemented and achieved during all stages of Construction.

Pre-construction

The CEMP must provide

a a description of activities to be undertaken during Construction (including the scheduling of

construction);

Pre-construction

b details of environmental policies, guidelines and principles to be followed in the Construction

of the CSSI;

Pre-construction

c a schedule for compliance auditing; Pre-construction

d a program for ongoing analysis of the key environmental risks arising from the activities

described in subsection (a) of this condition, including an initial risk assessment undertaken

before the commencement of Construction of the CSSI;

Pre-construction

e details of how the activities described in subsection (a) of this condition will be carried out

to:

i. meet the performance outcomes stated in the the documents listed in Condition A1;

and

ii. manage the risks identified in the risk analysis undertaken in subsection (d) of this

condition;

Pre-construction

f an inspection program detailing the activities to be inspected and frequency of inspections; Pre-construction

g a protocol for managing and reporting any:

i. Incidents; and

ii. non-compliances with this approval and with statutory requirements;

Pre-construction

h procedures for rectifying any non-compliance with this approval identified during compliance

auditing, incident management or at any time during Construction;

Pre-construction

i a list of all the CEMP Sub-plans required in respect of Construction, as set out in

Condition C4. Where staged Construction of the CSSI is proposed, the CEMP must also

identify which CEMP Sub-plan applies to each of the proposed stages of Construction;

Pre-construction

j a description of the roles and environmental responsibilities for relevant employees and their

relationship with the ER;

Pre-construction

k for training and induction for employees, including contractors and sub-contractors, in

relation to environmental and compliance obligations under the terms of this approval; and

Pre-construction

l for periodic review and update of the CEMP and all associated plans and programs. Pre-construction

Conditions of Approval - Compliance Tracking Matrix PART C - CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

Construction environmental management plan

C2

C3

The CEMP must be endorsed by the ER and then submitted to the Secretary for approval no

later than one (1) month before the commencement of Construction or within another

timeframe

agreed with the Secretary.

Pre-construction

The following CEMP Sub-plans must be prepared in consultation with the relevant government

agencies identified for each CEMP Sub-plan and be consistent with the CEMP referred to in

Condition C1:

(** Required CEMP Sub-plan > Relevant government agencies to be consulted for each

CEMP sub-plan)

a Traffic and transport > Relevant Councils Pre-construction

b Noise and vibration > Relevant Councils Pre-construction

c Biodiversity > OEH and DPI Fisheries Pre-construction

d Water, soil and contamination > DoI Water, DPI Fisheries and relevant Councils Pre-construction

e Heritage > OEH, relevant Councils, RAPs Pre-construction

The CEMP Sub-plans must state how:

a the environmental performance outcomes identified in the documents listed in

Condition A1, as modified by these conditions, will be achieved;

Pre-construction

b the mitigation measures identified in the documents listed in Condition A1 as modified by

these conditions will be implemented;

Pre-construction

c the relevant terms of this approval will be complied with; Pre-construction

d the identification of the relevant environmental specific training and induction processes for

construction personnel; and

Pre-construction

e issues requiring management during Construction, as identified through ongoing

environmental risk analysis, will be managed.

Pre-construction

C6

The CEMP Sub-plans must be developed in consultation with relevant government agencies

identified in Table 3 of Condition C4 Where an agency(ies) request(s) is not included, the

Proponent must provide the Secretary justification as to why. Details of all information

requested

by an agency to be included in a CEMP Sub-plan as a result of consultation, including copies of

all correspondence from those agencies, must be provided with the relevant CEMP Sub-Plan.

Pre-construction

C7

Any of the CEMP Sub-plans may be submitted to the Secretary along with, or subsequent to,

the submission of the CEMP but in any event, no later than one (1) month before

commencement

of Construction.

Pre-construction

C8

Subject to the provisions in this condition relating to staging Construction must not commence

until the CEMP and all CEMP Sub-plans have been approved by the Secretary. The CEMP and

CEMP Sub-plans, as approved by the Secretary, including any minor amendments approved by

the ER must be implemented for the duration of Construction. Unless otherwise agreed by the

Secretary where the CSSI is being staged, Construction of a stage is not to commence unless

the CEMP and the CEMP Sub-plans referred to above cover those stages or the Secretary has

approved a specific CEMP and sub-plans for that stage.

Pre-construction

C5

Construction monitoring programs

C4

The following Construction Monitoring Programs must be prepared in consultation with the

relevant government agencies identified for each Construction Monitoring Program to

compare actual performance of construction of the CSSI against performance predicted

performance.

(** Required Construction Monitoring Programs > Relevant government agencies to be

consulted for each Construction Monitoring Program)

a Air quality > … Pre-construction

b Noise and vibration > … Pre-construction

c Water, soil and contamination > DPI, DoI and relevant Councils Pre-construction

Each Construction Monitoring Program must provide:

a details of baseline data available;

b details of baseline data to be obtained and when;

c details of all monitoring of the project to be undertaken;

d the parameters of the project to be monitored;

e the frequency of monitoring to be undertaken;

f the location of monitoring;

g the reporting of monitoring results;

h procedures to identify and implement additional mitigation measures where results of

monitoring are unsatisfactory; and

i any consultation to be undertaken in relation to the monitoring programs.

C11

The Construction Monitoring Programs must be developed in consultation with relevant

government agencies as identified in Condition C9 of this approval and must include, to the

written satisfaction of the Secretary, information requested by an agency to be included in a

Construction Monitoring Programs during such consultation. Details of all information

requested by an agency including copies of all correspondence from those agencies, must be

provided with the relevant Construction Monitoring Program.

C12

The Construction Monitoring Programs must be endorsed by the ER and then submitted to

the Secretary for approval at least one (1) month before commencement of Construction or

within

another timeframe agreed with the Secretary.

Pre-construction

C13

Construction must not commence until the Secretary has approved all of the required

Construction Monitoring Programs, and all relevant baseline data for the specific construction

activity has been collected.

Pre-construction

C14

The Construction Monitoring Programs, as approved by the Secretary including any minor

amendments approved by the ER, must be implemented for the duration of Construction and

for

any longer period set out in the monitoring program or specified by the Secretary, whichever

is

Construction,

Post-construction

C15

The results of the Construction Monitoring Programs must be submitted to the Secretary, and

relevant regulatory agencies, for information in the form of a Construction Monitoring Report

at the frequency identified in the relevant Construction Monitoring Program.

Post-construction

C16Where a relevant CEMP Sub-plan exists, the relevant Construction Monitoring Program may

be incorporated into that CEMP Sub-plan.

Pre-construction

C9

C10


D1

An Operational Management Plan (OEMP) must be prepared in accordance with

the Department’s Guideline for the Preparation of Environmental Management

Plans to detail how the performance outcomes, commitments and mitigation

measures made and identified in the documents listed in Condition A1 will be

implemented and achieved during Operation. This condition (Condition D1)

does not apply if Condition D2 of this approval applies.

An OEMP is not required for the CSSI if the Proponent has an Environmental

Management System (EMS) or equivalent as agreed with the Secretary, and can

demonstrate, to the written satisfaction of the Secretary, that through the

EMS:

a the performance outcomes, commitments and mitigation measures, made and

identified in the documents listed in Condition A1, and these conditions of

approval can be achieved;

b issues identified through ongoing risk analysis can be managed; and

c procedures are in place for rectifying any non-compliance with this approval

identified during compliance auditing, incident management or any other time

during operation.

D3

The OEMP or EMS or equivalent as agreed with the Secretary, must be

submitted to the Secretary for information no later than one (1) month before

the commencement of operation unless another timeframe is agreed with the

Secretary.

Where an OEMP is required, the Proponent must include the following OEMP

Sub-plans in the OEMP:

(** Required OEMP Sub-plan > Relevant government agencies to be

consulted for each OEMP sub-plan)

a Flooding, water quality and drainage > Directly affected landowners, OEH, DoI

Water, SES and relevant Councils

D5Each of the OEMP Sub-plans must include the information set out in Condition

D2 of this approval.

D6

The OEMP Sub-plans must be developed in consultation with relevant

government agencies as identified in Condition D4. Where an agency(ies)

request(s) is not included in an OEMP subplan, the Proponent must provide to

the Secretary justification as to why. Details of all information requested by

an agency to be included in an OEMP Sub-plan as a result of consultation,

including copies of all correspondence from those agencies, must be provided

with the relevant OEMP Sub-Plan.

Pre-

construction

Operational environmental management

Conditions of Approval - Compliance Tracking Matrix PART D - OPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

D2

D4

D7 The OEMP Sub-plans must be submitted to the Secretary as part of the OEMP.

D8

The OEMP or EMS or equivalent as agreed with the Secretary, as submitted to

the Secretary and amended from time to time, must be implemented for the

duration of operation and the OEMP or EMS must be made publicly available

prior to the commencement of operation.

Construction

Within 12 months of the commencement of Operation of the CSSI, or as

otherwise agreed by the Secretary, the Proponent must undertake monitoring

of operational noise to compare actual noise performance of the CSSI against

the noise performance predicted in the review of noise mitigation measures

required by Condition E36. The Proponent must prepare an Operational Noise

Compliance Report to document this monitoring. The Report must include, but

not necessarily be limited to:

The Operational Noise

Report must be

submitted to the

Secretary and the EPA

within 60 days of

completing the

perational noise

monitoring or within

another timeframe

agreed by the

Secretary, and made

publicly available.

a noise monitoring to assess compliance with the operational noise levels

predicted in the review of operational noise mitigation measures required

under Condition E36

Pre-

construction

b a review of the operational noise levels in terms of criteria and noise goals

established in the NSW Road Noise Policy 2011;

Pre-

construction

c methodology, location and frequency of noise monitoring undertaken,

including monitoring sites at which CSSI noise levels are ascertained, with

specific reference to locations indicative of impacts on sensitive receivers;

Pre-

construction

d details of any complaints and enquiries received in relation to operational

noise generated by the CSSI between the date of commencement of operation

and the date the report was prepared;

Pre-

construction

e any required recalibrations of the noise model taking into consideration

factors such as noise monitoring and actual traffic numbers and proportions;

Pre-

construction

f an assessment of the performance and effectiveness of applied noise

mitigation measures together with a review and if necessary, reassessment of

feasible and reasonable mitigation measures; and

Pre-

construction

g identification of additional feasible and reasonable measures to those

identified in the review of noise mitigation measures required by Condition

E36, that would be implemented with the objective of meeting the criteria

outlined in the NSW Road Noise Policy 2011, when these measures would be

implemented and how their effectiveness would be measured and reported to

the Secretary and the EPA.

Pre-

construction

D9

Operational noise monitoring program


E1

In addition to the performance outcomes, commitments and mitigation

measures specified in the documents listed in Condition A1, all reasonably

practicable measures must be implemented to minimise the emission of dust

and other air pollutants during the Construction and operation of the CSSI.

Construction

E2

The Proponent must develop a Biodiversity Offset Strategy (BOS) to outline how

the ecological values impacted by the CSSI will be offset in perpetuity. The BOS

must be developed from the draft BOS detailed in the documents listed in

Condition A1 and include the threatened ecological communities identified in

The Northern Road, Submissions and Preferred Infrastructure, Biodiversity

Addendum technical memo (Jacobs, 26 October 2017). The BOS must be

submitted for the pproval of the Secretary within 12 months of the

commencement of Construction or within another timeframe agreed with the

Secretary.

Pre-construction

Within 12 months of the approval of the BOS or within another timeframe

agreed with the Secretary, the Proponent must develop and submit to the

Secretary for approval, a Biodiversity Offset Package, consistent with the BOS

approved under condition E2. The Package must be prepared in consultation

with OEH and confirm how the impacts of the CSSI will be offset. The Package

must be consistent with the biodiversity offset strategy requirements of the

NSW Biodiversity Offsets Policy for Major Projects (OEH, 2014), unless

otherwise agreed by OEH. The Package must include, but not necessarily be

limited to:

a identification of the number of biodiversity credits required to offset the

impacts of the CSSI;

Pre-construction

b details on the biodiversity credits identified to offset the impacts of the CSSI

and evidence that they can be attained and secured in accordance with the

NSW Biodiversity Offsets Policy for Major Projects; and

Pre-construction

c for offsets not secured through the retirement of biodiversity credits, details

on the supplementary measures that would be implemented to offset the

residual impacts, in accordance with Appendix B of the NSW Biodiversity

Offsets Policy for Major Projects and the Framework for Biodiversity

Assessment (OEH, 2014).

Pre-construction

d should supplementary biodiversity offset measures be proposed, the

Biodiversity Offset Package must also provide details on the management and

monitoring requirements for compensatory habitat works and other biodiversity

offset supplementary measures proposed to ensure that outcomes of the

package are achieved.

Pre-construction

Conditions of Approval - Compliance Tracking Matrix PART E - KEY ISSUE CONDITIONS

Air Quality

Biodiversity

E3

E4

All required offsets must be secured, in consultation with the OEH, within 12

months of the approval of the Biodiversity Offset Package or within another

timeframe agreed with the Secretary. The Proponent must submit to the

Secretary a copy of the Credit Retirement Report issued by the OEH once the

offsets are secured, within one month of receiving the report.

Pre-construction

E5

During vegetation clearing, timber and root balls must be retained where

practicable for reuse in habitat enhancement and rehabilitation work. The

retained timber and root balls may be used on or off the CSSI site. Prior to the

commencement of vegetation clearing, the Proponent must consult with

community groups, the Mulgoa Valley Landcare Group and relevant government

agencies to determine if retained timber and root balls could be used for

environmental rehabilitation projects, before pursuing other disposal options.

Construction

E6

Measures identified in the documents listed in Condition A1 to maintain or

improve flood characteristics must be incorporated into the detailed design of

the CSSI following consultation with adversely affected landowners and

businesses, DoI Water, DPI Fisheries, SES and relevant Councils. These

measures must be reviewed and endorsed by a suitably qualified person.

E7

Flood information including flood reports, models and geographic information

system outputs, and work as executed information from a registered surveyor

certifying finished ground levels and the dimensions and finished levels of all

structures within the flood prone land, must be provided to the relevant

Council and the SES. The relevant Council and the SES must be notified in

writing that the information is available no later than one month following the

completion of Construction. Information requested by the relevant Council or

the SES must be provided no later than six months following the completion of

Construction or within another timeframe agreed with the relevant Council and

Post-

construction

For property/ies where modelling in the documents listed in Condition A1

predicts that the CSSI will potentially reduce the available stormwater runoff

yield to a farm dam, the Proponent must, in consultation with the affected

landowner:

a calculate the nature and extent of impacts on water supply; Pre-construction

b determine what measures may be implemented to prevent, mitigate or offset a

loss in water supply; and

Pre-construction

c implement the measures agreed with the potentially affected landowner at no

cost to the landowner.

Pre-construction

E9

Impacts to heritage, unless approved, must be avoided and minimised. Where

impacts are unavoidable, works must be undertaken in accordance with the

Construction Heritage Management Sub-plan required by Condition C4(e).

All phases

E10

This approval does not allow the Proponent to harm, modify, or otherwise

impact human remains uncovered during Construction and operation of the

CSSI.

Construction

The Proponent must implement the mitigation measures described in:

a Table 6-1 of the SPIR; All phases

E11

Heritage

Flooding and hydrology

The agreed measures must be

implemented before and during

Construction of any works that may

potentially affect the flow of water

into the farm dams. ln the event that

the Proponent and the relevant

property owner cannot agree on the

measures to mitigate the impact, the

Proponent shall engage a suitably

qualified and experienced independent

E8

b Appendix D of the SPIR – Item 9, Miss Lawson’s Guesthouse Archaeological Site,

Research Design and Excavation Methods dated 9 October 2017, prepared by

EMM; and

All phases

c Appendix D of the SPIR – Item 10, Lawson’s Thistle Inn and Store Archaeological

Site, Archaeological Assessment Research Design dated 16 October 2017,

prepared by EMM,

All phases

* except as required by this approval

E12

A detailed Historical Archaeological Salvage Strategy must be prepared before

any Historical archaeological salvage is undertaken within the CSSI boundary, if

not already included within the EIS or SPIR. Any Salvage Strategy not included

in the EIS or SPIR, must be prepared in consultation with the Heritage Council

of NSW and submitted to the Secretary for information at least one month prior

to the commencement of excavation and salvage works.

Pre-construction

E13

Following completion of all salvage works associated with heritage items, a

Historical Archaeological Excavation Report must be prepared in accordance

with any guidelines and standards required by the Heritage Council of NSW. The

Report must provide details of any archival recording, further historical

research undertaken, and archaeological excavations (which incorporates

artefact analysis, includes archaeological site records and identification of a

final repository for finds) carried out for the CSSI.

E14

The Historical Archaeological Excavation Report must be submitted to the

Secretary, the Heritage Council of NSW, the relevant Council Local Studies

Library, for information no later than 12 months after the completion of the

work referred to in Conditions E9 to E13 or within another timeframe agreed by

the Secretary.

Post-

construction

E15

Prior to conducting acoustic treatment at any heritage item, the advice of a

suitably qualified and experienced built heritage expert must be obtained and

implemented, to ensure any such work does not have an adverse impact on the

heritage significance of the item.

E16

An Unexpected Heritage Finds Procedure must be prepared to manage

unexpected NonIndigenous heritage finds in accordance with any guidelines and

standards prepared by the Heritage Council of NSW. The Procedure must be

prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced heritage specialist in

consultation the Heritage Council of NSW and submitted to the Secretary for

information no later than one month prior to the commencement of

Construction or within another timeframe agreed by the Secretary.

Pre-construction

E17The Unexpected Heritage Finds Procedure, as submitted to the Secretary, must

be implemented for the duration of works.

Construction

E18

A detailed Aboriginal Cultural Salvage Strategy must be prepared before any

Aboriginal cultural salvage is undertaken within the CSSI boundary, if not

already included within the EIS. Any Salvage Strategy not included in the EIS or

SPIR, must be prepared in consultation with OEH and RAPs (as relevant) and

submitted to the Secretary for information at least one month prior to the

commencement of excavation and salvage works.

Pre-construction

Non-Indigenous Heritage

E11

Aboriginal Cultural Heritage

E19

Following completion of all salvage works associated with Aboriginal heritage

items, an Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Report must be prepared in accordance

with any guidelines and standards required by the OEH or RAPs (as relevant).

The Report must provide details of any cultural heritage investigations either

undertaken or to be carried out including analysis of artefacts from excavations

and identification of a final repository for finds carried out for the CSSI.

E20

The Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Report must be submitted to the RAPs for

endorsement, and Secretary for information no later than 12 months after the

completion of the work referred to in Conditions E9 to E11 and E18 to E19 or

within another timeframe agreed by the Secretary.

E21

An Unexpected Human Remains Procedure must be prepared to manage

unexpected human remains finds in accordance with NSW statutory

requirements, any guidelines and standards prepared by the OEH. The

Procedure must outline the process for consulting with the RAPs in the event

that previously unidentified Aboriginal heritage is discovered.

The Procedure must be prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced

heritage specialist in consultation with OEH and submitted to the Secretary for

information no later than one month prior to the commencement of

Construction or within another timeframe agreed by the Secretary.

Pre-construction

E22

The Unexpected Human Remains Procedure, as submitted to the Secretary,

must be implemented for the duration of works.

Construction Note: Human remains that are found

unexpectedly during works are under

the jurisdiction of the

NSW State Coroner and must be

reported to the NSW Police

Works must only be undertaken during the following standard construction

hours:

Construction

a 7:00 am to 6:00 pm Mondays to Fridays, inclusive;

b 8:00 am to 1:00 pm Saturdays; and

c at no time on Sundays or public holidays.

Except as permitted by an EPL, highly noise intensive works that result in an

exceedance of the applicable noise management level at the same receiver

must only be undertaken:

Construction

a between the hours of 8:00 am to 6:00 pm Monday to Friday;

b between the hours of 8:00 am to 1:00 pm Saturday; and

c in continuous blocks not exceeding three hours each with a minimum respite

from those activities and works of not less than one hour between each block.

E25

The Proponent must identify and consult with receivers identified as being

subject to levels that exceed the Highly Noise Affected criteria with the

objective of determining appropriate hours of respite unless an agreement is

reached with those receivers.

Notwithstanding Condition E23 works associated with the CSSI may be

undertaken outside the specified hours in the following circumstances:

a for the delivery of materials required by the NSW Police Force or other

authority for safety reasons; or

Noise and vibration

Hours of work

Variation to hours of work

E23

For the purposes of this condition,

'continuous' includes any period during

which there is less than a one hour

respite between ceasing and

recommencing any of the work the

subject of this condition.

E24

E26

b where it is required in an emergency to avoid injury or the loss of life, to avoid

damage or loss of property or to prevent environmental harm; or

c where it causes LAeq(15 minute) noise levels:

i. no more than 5 dB(A) above the rating background level at any residence in

accordance with the Interim Construction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009), and

ii. no more than the noise management levels specified in Table 3 of the

Interim

Construction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009) at other sensitive land uses, and

iii. continuous or impulsive vibration values, measured at the most affected

residence are no more than those for human exposure to vibration, specified in

Table 2.2 of Assessing Vibration: a technical guideline (DEC, 2006), and

iv. intermittent vibration values measured at the most affected residence are

no more than those for human exposure to vibration, specified in Table 2.4 of

Assessing Vibration: a technical guideline (DEC, 2006); or

d no more than 15 dB(A) above the night time rating background level at any

residence during

the night time period, when measured using the LAeq (1 minute) noise

descriptor; or

e where different hours are permitted or required under an EPL in force in

respect of the works,

in which case those hours must be complied with.

E27

On becoming aware of the need for emergency works in accordance with

Condition E26 the Proponent must notify the ER and the EPA (if an EPL applies)

of the need for those works. The Proponent must also use its best endeavours

to notify all affected sensitive receivers of the likely impact and duration of

those works.

E28

Construction vehicles arriving at the project site and construction compounds

outside the standard construction hours described in Condition E23 must not

queue with idling engines.

Construction

E29

The Proponent must consult with potentially affected community, religious,

educational institutions and noise and vibration-sensitive businesses to identify

periods during which they would be adversely affected by noise generating

works, and must not schedule those works during those periods unless the

Proponent and the potentially affected institution or business have made other

arrangements (at no cost to the affected receiver), or the Secretary has

otherwise approved the works.

Construction

E30

The Proponent must ensure that all works for the delivery of the CSSI are

coordinated with utility works, including those works undertaken by third

parties, to minimise cumulative impacts of noise and vibration and to maximise

respite for affected sensitive receivers.

Construction

E26

Queuing and idling construction vehicles

Respite

Cumulative construction noise impacts

Ancillary facility acoustic barriers

E31

Temporary acoustic barriers (2.4 metres high) are to be installed as soon as site

establishment works at the ancillary facility are completed and before

undertaking any works which are required to be conducted at the facility. The

schedule for installing and removing the acoustic barriers, and justification for

not installing acoustic barriers in certain locations, must be described in the

Ancillary Facilities Management Plan for the project prepared in accordance

with Condition A16. Acoustic barriers must be inspected and maintained to

remain effective throughout the use of the construction compound.

Pre-construction,

Construction

The CSSI must be constructed with the aim of achieving the following

construction vibration goals:

a for structural damage to heritage structures, the vibration limits set out in the

German Standard DIN 4150-3: Structural Vibration – Part 3 Effects of vibration

on structures;

b for damage to other buildings and/or structures, the vibration limits set out in

the British Standard BS 7385-1:1990 – Evaluation and measurement of vibration

in buildings—Guide for measurement of vibration and evaluation of their effects

on buildings (and referenced in Australian Standard 2187.2 – 2006 Explosives –

Storage and use – Use of explosives); and

c for human exposure, the acceptable vibration values set out in Assessing

Vibration: A Technical Guideline (Department of Environment and

Conservation, 2006).

E33

The Proponent must ensure that vibration from construction activities does not

exceed the vibration limits set out in the British Standard BS 7385-2:1993

Evaluation and measurement for vibration in buildings. Guide to damage levels

from groundborne vibration.

Construction

E34

The Proponent must conduct vibration testing before and during vibration

generating activities that have the potential to impact on heritage items to

identify minimum working distances to prevent cosmetic damage. ln the event

that the vibration testing and monitoring shows that the preferred values for

vibration are likely to be exceeded, the Proponent must review the

construction methodology and, if necessary, implement additional mitigation

Pre-construction,

Construction

E35

The Proponent must seek the advice of a heritage specialist on methods and

locations for installing equipment used for vibration, movement and noise

monitoring of heritage-listed structures.

Pre-construction

A review of the proposed operational noise mitigation measures for the CSSI

must be undertaken by the Proponent. The review must be submitted to the

Secretary for approval prior to commencing Construction which would affect

the identified receivers, or within another timeframe agreed by the Secretary.

The review must:

a confirm the operational noise predictions of the CSSI based on detailed design.

The operational noise assessment shall be based on an appropriately calibrated

noise model (which has incorporated additional noise monitoring, where

necessary for calibration purposes);

Pre-construction

Operational noise mitigation report

E32

E36

Construction vibration

b review the suitability of the operational noise mitigation measures identified in

the documents listed in Condition A1. The review must take into account the

detailed design of the CSSI and where necessary, refine the proposed measures

with the objective of meeting the criteria outlined in the NSW Road Noise

Policy (DECCW 2011), based on the operational noise performance of the CSSI

predicted under (a) above; and

Pre-construction

c where necessary, investigate additional or alternative noise mitigation

measures to achieve the criteria outlined in the NSW Road Noise Policy

(DECCW, 2011).

Pre-construction

E37

Operational noise mitigation measures as identified in Condition E36 (such as at-

property architectural treatments), that will not be damaged or compromised

by construction works, must be implemented within six (6) months of the

commencement of Construction which would affect the identified receivers or

within another timeframe agreed with the Secretary. These measures, and a

schedule that outlines the timing for their delivery, must be detailed in the

Noise and Vibration CEMP Sub-plan for the CSSI required by Condition C4(b).

Where early implementation of noise mitigation measures is not proposed, the

Proponent must submit to the Secretary a report providing justification as to

why, along with details of temporary measures that would be implemented to

reduce construction noise impacts, until such time that the operational noise

mitigation measures identified in Condition E36 are implemented. The report

must be provided to the Secretary for approval prior to the commencement of

Construction which would affect the identified receivers.

Construction

E38All operational noise mitigation measures identified in Condition E36 must be

implemented prior to Operation.

E39

The CSSI must be constructed in a manner that minimises intrusion and

disruption to agricultural operations/activities in surrounding properties (e.g.

stock access, access to farm dams, etc.), unless otherwise agreed by the

landowner.

Construction

E40

Where the viability of existing agricultural operations are identified to be

impacted by the land requirements of the CSSI, the Proponent must, at the

request of the landowner(s), employ a suitably qualified and experienced

independent agricultural expert, to assist in identifying management measures

to address the identified impacts. Where the Proponent has commenced the

requirements of this condition prior to the date of this Approval, the Proponent

may rely on these activities to fulfil the requirement.

E41

Unencumbered access to private property must be maintained during

Construction unless otherwise agreed with the landowner in advance. A

landowner’s access that is physically affected by the CSSI must be reinstated to

at least an equivalent standard, in consultation with the landowner.

E36

Property and land use

Agricultural and other land

Building condition survey

E42

Prior to commencement of any works, a suitably qualified person must

undertake building and structure condition surveys of all buildings and

structures identified in the documents listed in Condition A1 as being at risk of

damage. The results of the surveys must be documented in a Building Condition

Survey Report for each building and structure surveyed. Copies of Building

Condition Survey Reports must be provided to the landowners of the buildings

and structures surveyed and, if agreed by the landowner, the relevant Council

within three weeks of completing the surveys, and no later than one month

prior to the commencement of works.

Pre-construction

E43

After completion of the works, condition surveys of all buildings and structures

for which pre-Construction condition surveys were undertaken in accordance

with Condition E42 of this approval must be undertaken by a suitably qualified

person. The results of the surveys must be documented in a Building Condition

Survey Report for each building surveyed. Copies of Building Condition Survey

Reports must be provided to the landowners of the buildings surveyed and, if

agreed by the landowner, the relevant Council within three weeks of

completing the surveys, and no later than three (3) months following the

completion of works.

Post-

construction

E44

Any damage caused to property as a result of the CSSI must be rectified or the

landowner compensated, within a reasonable timeframe, with the costs borne

by the Proponent.

All phases Note: This condition is not intended to

limit any claims that the landowner

may have against the Proponent.

E45

Erosion and sediment controls must be installed and appropriately maintained

to minimise any water pollution. When implementing such controls, any

relevant guidance in the Managing Urban Stormwater series must be

considered.

E46

A Site Contamination Report, documenting the outcomes of Stage 1 and Stage 2

contamination assessments of land upon which the CSSI is to be carried out,

that is suspected, or known to be, contaminated must be prepared by a suitably

qualified and experienced person in accordance with guidelines made or

approved under the Contaminated Land Management Act 1997 (NSW).

If a Site Contamination Report prepared under Condition E46 concludes that

specified land is contaminated such that it is and will remain unsuitable for the

CSSI, even after completion of all physical works required to construct the

CSSI, then:

a a Remediation Action Plan must be prepared in relation to the specified land,

by a suitably qualified and experienced person and in accordance with all

guidelines made or approved under the Contaminated Land Management Act

(NSW);

b the Remediation Action Plan must be approved in writing by a NSW EPA

Accredited Site Auditor, and that approval must state that the specified land

can be made suitable for the purpose approved by this approval, if the works

described in the Remediation Action Plan are carried out; and

c the specified land must be remediated in accordance with the Remediation

Action Plan, as approved by the Site Auditor.

Soils

Contaminated sites

E47

E48

A copy of the Site Audit Statement and the associated Site Audit Report must

be submitted to the Secretary and the relevant Council for information no later

than one (1) month before the commencement of Operation.

E49

An Unexpected Contaminated Land and Asbestos Finds Procedure must be

prepared and must be followed should unexpected contaminated land or

asbestos be excavated or otherwise discovered during Construction.

Pre-construction

E50The Unexpected Contaminated Land and Asbestos Finds Procedure must be

implemented throughout Construction.

Construction

E51

A Sustainability Strategy for the Construction of the CSSI must be prepared in

accordance with the Infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia

infrastructure rating tool or other justified sustainability rating mechanism to

achieve an equivalent ‘As Built’ rating of Excellent.

The Sustainability Strategy must be submitted to the Secretary for information

prior to the commencement of Construction, or within another timeframe

agreed with the Secretary, and must be implemented throughout the

Construction of the CSSI. The Sustainability Strategy must include:

a details of the sustainability objectives and targets for the design and

Construction of the CSSI;

Pre-construction

b details of the sustainability initiatives which will be investigated and / or

implemented; and

Pre-construction

c a description of how the strategy will be implemented for the CSSI. Pre-construction

E53

The CSSI must be designed and operated to meet relevant road design

standards, and ensure it does not adversely impact network connectivity, or

the safety and efficiency of the road network in the vicinity of the CSSI.

Pre-construction

E54

Vehicles used in the delivery of the project must not use local roads unless no

suitable alternatives are available. Where the use of local roads is proposed,

these must be identified in a Traffic and Transport CEMP Sub-plan.

Construction

E55

A Road Dilapidation Report must be prepared by a suitably qualified person for

local roads (and associated infrastructure) proposed to be used by construction

vehicles for works associated with the CSSI before the commencement of use

by such vehicles. Copies of the Road Dilapidation Report must be provided to

the relevant Council within three (3) weeks of completing the surveys and no

later than one (1) month before the use of local roads by project vehicles.

Pre-construction

E56

If damage to roads occurs as a result of the Construction of CSSI, the Proponent

must rectify the damage so as to restore the road to at least the condition it

was in pre-works, unless otherwise agreed by the relevant Councils.

Construction

E57

During delivery of the CSSI, measures must be implemented to maintain

pedestrian and vehicular access to, and parking in the vicinity of, businesses

and affected properties. Alternative pedestrian access, vehicular access, and

parking arrangements, and signage to direct customers to these businesses and

affected properties, must be developed in consultation with affected

businesses. Such arrangements must be outlined in the Traffic and Transport

CEMP Sub-plan and implemented prior to the disruption occurring.

Pre-construction,

Construction

E58Signage and directions to businesses must be provided before, and for the

duration of, any disruption during the Construction of the CSSI.

Pre-construction,

Construction

Traffic and transport

E52

Sustainability

E59

Operational signage must be provided along the project alignment to inform

motorists of services and council and community assets within the vicinity of

the CSSI including Luddenham village, community facilities and tourist areas in

accordance with the Guide: Signposting (RTA July 2007) and Tourist Signposting

Guide (RMS and Destination NSW 2012).

Pre-construction,

Construction

E60

The CSSI must be designed to retain as many trees as possible. The planting,

retention and replacement of trees is to be carried out in accordance with the

EIS. Trees removed during construction that are not within an endangered

ecological community are to be replaced at a rate of two trees for every tree

removed. Tree planting must occur within the CSSI boundary unless otherwise

envisaged in the EIS, in consultation with the relevant Council, or otherwise

agreed by the Secretary.

Construction

E61

Tree species selection is to be consistent with the plans and planting palette in

the EIS. Pot sizes of selected tree species are to be consistent with part 3.2.1

(Rural road reserves) in the RMS Landscape Guideline (April 2008), subject to

the long-term viability of the plant.

E62

An Urban Design and Landscape Plan must be prepared based on the detailed

design, and in accordance with the commitments made in the documents listed

in Condition A1.

E63

The Urban Design and Landscape Plan must incorporate monitoring and

maintenance procedures for the built elements, rehabilitated and replacement

vegetation and landscaping (including visual screening and weed control) and

performance indicators, responsibilities, timing and duration and contingencies

where rehabilitation of vegetation and landscaping measures fail.

E64

The Urban Design and Landscape Plan must be finalised following consultation

with the relevant Councils and the community. The Urban Design and

Landscape Plan shall incorporate evidence of consultation on the proposed

urban design and landscape measures and the monitoring and maintenance

E65

The Urban Design and Landscape Plan must be made publicly available and

submitted to the Secretary for information prior to the commencement of

works for which the Urban Design and Landscape Plan requires community

consultation under the Plan, or within another timeframe agreed by the

Secretary.

Pre-construction Note: Works that are subject to

community consultation include those

design and landscaping details that are

not required to eet the other

requirements of this approval and/or

specific technical criteria. For

example, it does not include structures

or landscaping works associated with

E66

Utilities, services and other infrastructure potentially adversely affected by the

delivery of the CSSI must be identified before works affecting them commence,

to determine the requirements for access to, diversion protection, and/or

support of such services. The relevant owner and/or provider of services must

be consulted to make suitable arrangements for access to diversion,

protection, and/or support of the affected infrastructure as required. The

Proponent must ensure that disruption to any service is minimised and be

responsible for advising local residents and businesses affected before any

planned disruption of service occurs.

Urban design and visual amenity

Utilities and services

Waste generated in the delivery of the CSSI must be dealt with in accordance

with the following priorities:

a waste generation is to be avoided and where avoidance is not reasonably

practicable, waste generation is to be reduced;

b where avoiding or reducing waste is not possible, waste is to be re-used,

recycled, or recovered; and

c where re-using, recycling or recovering waste is not possible, waste is to be

treated or disposed of at a waste management facility or premises lawfully

permitted to accept the materials.

E68

Waste generated outside the site must not be received at the site for storage,

treatment, processing, reprocessing, or disposal on the site, except as

expressly permitted by a licence or waste exemption under the POEO Act, if

such a licence is required in relation to that waste.

E69

All waste materials removed from the CSSI site must only be directed to a

waste management facility or premise lawfully permitted to accept the

materials or in accordance with a Resource Recovery Exemption or Order issued

under the Protection of the Environment Operations (Waste) Regulation 2014,

or to any other place that can lawfully accept such waste.

E70

All waste must be classified in accordance with the EPA’s Waste Classification

Guidelines, with appropriate records and disposal dockets retained for audit

purposes.

E71

Where available and practicable, and of appropriate chemical and biological

quality, stormwater, recycled water or other water sources shall be used in

preference to potable water for the delivery of the CSSI, including dust control.

E72

Drainage feature crossings (permanent and temporary watercourse crossings

and stream diversions) and drainage swales and depressions must be designed

and constructed in accordance with relevant guidelines and designed by a

suitably qualified and experienced person in consultation with DPI Fisheries.

Waste

E67

Water

Heading Section (G36) Statement Compliance

in CEMP

Section Notes Review

required?

Review due

date

Review

due date

Review

due date

Review

due date

Review

due date

Review

due date

Review

due date

Compliant

(Yes/No)

Notes

General Scope 1.1 When carrying out the Work Under the Contract, apply:

(a) your corporate Contractor’s Environmental Management System (CEMS) (refer to Clause 2);

(b) your project specific Contractor’s Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) (refer to Clause

3) in accordance with State Tender Baseline Condition of Approval (C1-C8) and Federal Tender

Baseline Condition of Approval (29-38);

which must be developed in accordance with this Specification, and guided by AS/NZS ISO

14001

Annexure A. General Requirements 2 Develop, implement and maintain for the duration of the Contract, a Contractor’s

Environmental

Management System (CEMS) that meets the requirements of ISO 14001 and the NSW

Government

Environmental Management System Guidelines and the Department of Planning and

Environment

Draft Post Approvals Environmental Management Plan Guidelines.

Contractors CEMP -

Preperation and

Submission of CEMP

3.1 The Principal will prepare an Over Arching Construction Environmental Management Plan

(OACEMP) in accordance with (SSI-7127) Condition of Approval C1 and C2 and Federal

Conditions of Approval (CoA) 29-38. The OACEMP will also be prepared in accordance with NSW

Department of Infrastructure, Planning and Natural Resources (DIPNR) publication “Guideline

for the Preparation of Environmental Management Plans” and Department of Planning and

Environment “Environmental Management Plan” (Draft 2017).

Contractors CEMP -

Preperation and

Submission of CEMP

3.1 Prepare a Contractor’s Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) for the Work Under the

Contract.

The CEMP must be prepared in accordance with the Principal’s approved OACEMP. Your CEMP

must be consistent with, and incorporate, all relevant elements of your CEMS.Contractors CEMP -

Preperation and

Submission of CEMP

3.1 Your CEMP must:

(a) include an Environmental Policy that contains a commitment to the principles of

Ecologically

Sustainable Development as detailed in the Protection of the Environment Administration Act

1991 (NSW);

(b) describe all relevant elements of, and include references to, the CEMS documentation and

how

these will apply to the Work Under the Contract;

(c) address all aspects and stages of the Work Under the Contract;

(d) address the requirements of all relevant environmental legislation and the Conditions of

Approval relevant to your work, including the Conditions of Approval;

(e) address the strategies, management plans and programs that have been prepared by the

Principal to address the Conditions of Approval;

Contractors CEMP -

Preperation and

Submission of CEMP

3.1 Include in your CEMP all relevant management measures set out in the approved OACEMP,

including Sub-plans to ensure:

(i) consistency and standardisation of wording and environmental management practices;

(ii) consistency in the management of construction impacts;

(iii) consistency in the application of mitigation and management measures; and,

(iv) a streamlined approval process for the approval of the CEMP.

Contractors CEMP -

Preperation and

Submission of CEMP

3.1 The OACEMP and associated construction management Plans contain:

(a) standard and generic construction management systems and processes; and,

(b) management and mitigation measures that generally apply to The Northern Road Upgrade

between Mersey Road, Bringelly and Glenmore Parkway Glenmore Park.

Contractors CEMP -

Preperation and

Submission of CEMP

3.1 The OACEMP and associated Construction Management Plans are working documents for you

which must be:

(i) used as the base for the preparation of your CEMP;

(ii) amended to suit project and site specific conditions and details; and,

(iii) amended to address any comments by the Principal, Environmental Representative,

regulatory Authorities or the DP&E.

Contractors CEMP -

Preperation and

Submission of CEMP

3.1 You must highlight all changes that you make to the OACEMP in all versions of the CEMP that

you present to the Principal for information, review, comment or approval.

Submission of your CEMP and associated management Plans must comply with the following

procedure:

1. Review and comment by the Principal on the draft CEMP;

2. Resubmission of the amended draft CEMP to the Principal addressing the Principal’s

comments;

3. Review of the amended draft CEMP by the Principal to check that comments raised on the

draft CEMP have been satisfactorily addressed. If comments have not been satisfactorily

addressed by you, further updates must be carried out by you. This step can be repeated as

many times as necessary until all the comments have been satisfactorily addressed. You will

not be entitled to claim for additional costs or an extension of time for Completion to address

the comments on the amended draft CEMP;

Auditing

Northern Road Upgrade Stage 4 - Compliance Tracking Matrix

G36 - Environmental Protection

3.1Contractors CEMP -

Preperation and

Submission of CEMP

CEMP Preperation

4. Following closeout of the Principal’s comments, submit the final CEMP to the Principal;

CEMP and sub-plan submission and re-submissions must provide:

(a) 1 x MS Word version original document;

(b) 1 x MS Word version with tracked changes showing edits or markups since previous

submission;

(c) 1 x MS Word version updated clean version, no track changes;

(d) 1 x PDF final with all appendices; and

(e) a spreadsheet showing how RMS comments have been addressed and status – Open /

Contractors CEMP -

Preperation and

Submission of CEMP

3.1 You must respond to all issues and comments raised by the Principal, in the above described

spreadsheet at every stage of review. To aid in the approval process for the CEMP and all

supplementary Plans, provide the tabulated responses for each issue or comment to the

Principal when submitting the revised CEMP.

Contractors CEMP -

Preperation and

Submission of CEMP

3.1 The time period you must allow for the review of a complete submission for the stage of works

covered by your CEMP by the Principal is twenty (20) working days per submission or re-

submission.

Contractors CEMP -

Preperation and

Submission of CEMP

3.1 The time period you must allow for review by the Principal of a complete submission for the

stage of works covered by your amended CEMP to ensure that all comments received on the

previous draft CEMP have been satisfactorily addressed by you is five (5) working days per

submission or re-submission.

Contractors CEMP -

Preperation and

Submission of CEMP

3.1 The CEMP must also include the following elements:

Incorporation of environmental hazard and risk management planning, which may include

items

such as:

(i) Details of the environmental hazards and risks associated with construction activities;

(ii) Environmental risk management measures;

(iii) Procedures to comply with all relevant legislative and industry standard requirements;

HOLD POINT Process Held: Commencement of Work not previously addressed by CEMS and CEMP documents

and authorised by earlier Hold Point release.

Submission Details: At least four (4) weeksprior to the proposed commencement of the stage of

Work Under the Contract nominated in the submission by you in accordance with the above

submission procedure, submit the CEMP and associated Sub-Plans and/or EWMS, as well as the

CEMS documents listed in Clause 3.1.

Planning - Environmental

Risk Assessment Workshop

3.2.1 Nominated in Annexure G36/A and prior to commencement of any work on Site, carry out an

environmental risk assessment workshop to identify all the environmental constraints

associated with the Work Under the Contract and address the environmental risks associated

with the constraints and activities you propose to undertake.



3.2.1 Use the environmental risk assessment workshop to develop risk mitigation and management

strategies to eliminate or reduce the risk exposure. These risk mitigation strategies must be

consistent with the environmental safeguards and management measures listed in the

Environment Assessment documents listed in Annexure G36/A3 and with the RMS Biodiversity

Guidelines. Incorporate these risk mitigation strategies into your CEMP.



3.2.1 Use the workshop to raise general awareness of good environmental management practices

among your staff and subcontractors working on the Site and to develop ideas and actions to

improve environmental practices and to develop an audit and inspection program for the

works. Planning - Environmental


3.2.1 Participants must include your site management staff, your Environmental Site Representative

(refer Clause 3.3), representatives from all relevant regulatory agencies, the Environmental

Representative and any other personnel including subcontractors who will be performing the

Work Under the Contract. Agree the list of attendees with the Principal. Provide the Principal

and all invitees at least fifteen (15) working days prior to the workshop with an agenda and

any supporting information to allow for representatives of the Principal to also attend the



3.2.1 Submit a final workshop report to the Principal within five (5) working days from the date of

the workshop.



3.2.1 Review the environmental risk assessment regularly to ensure it remains relevant for the

duration of the Work Under the Contract.

Planning - Regulatory

Requirements and

Compliance

3.2.2 The CEMP must identify your obligations under environmental legislation that are relevant to

the

Work Under the Contract, including those listed in Annexure G36/M.


Requirements and

Compliance

3.2.2 Planning approvals under the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (NSW) and the

Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Commonwealth) will be

obtained


Requirements and

Compliance

3.2.2 The following approvals, licences and permits will be obtained by the Principal:

(a) Environmental Protection Licence (EPL) under Section 48 of the Protection of the

Environment Operations Act 1997.


Requirements and

Compliance

3.2.2 Ascertain from the appropriate authorities what other approvals, licences and permits are

required for the Work Under the Contract.


Requirements and

Compliance

3.2.2 You are required to hold an Environment Protection Licence (EPL) for the Work Under the

Contract. The Principal has been issued with an EPL prior to award of the Contract. You must

not commence work on site until the EPL has been transferred to your name. The Hold Point

in Clause 14.2 of Specification RMS G2 applies.


Requirements and

Compliance

3.2.2 Obtain each necessary approval, licence and permit not obtained by the Principal prior to the

commencement of any work which relates to that approval, licence, notification or permit.

Include copies of such approvals, licences and permits in the CEMP.

3.1Contractors CEMP -

Preperation and

Submission of CEMP


Requirements and

Compliance

3.2.2 Include in your CEMS a compliance tracking program and keep the program up to date. Prior to

commencement of the Compliance Tracking program, submit draft template to the Principal

for endorsement.

HOLD POINT Process Held: Commencement of any activity requiring an approval, licence and/or permit

from an appropriate authority.

Submission Details: At least five (5) working days prior to the activity, provide to the Principal

evidence of receipt of the approval, licence and/or permit from the relevant

authority.


Objectives and Targets

3.2.3 Include in the CEMP environmental objectives and targets for the Work Under the Contract

which



3.2.3 The environmental objectives and targets must be measurable where practicable, are realistic

and relevant to the Work Under the Contract, and include a commitment to continuous

improvement of your CEMS.

When establishing environmental objectives and targets, take into account the following:

(a) the environmental outcomes for the project as described in the Environment Assessment

documents listed in Annexure G36/A3;

(b) the results of the environmental risk assessment workshop;

(c) any applicable legal and other requirements;

(d) any technological, operational or other constraints or limitations.

In addition to those specified elsewhere in Specifications RMS G36, G38 and/or G40, prepare

EWMS and implement them as part of the Work Under the Contract for the following activities:

Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal heritage sites including Lawson’s Inn and Miss Lawson’s Guest

House archaeological sites;

protocols for the management of materials containing asbestos;

example:

- Construction and operation of sediment basins and/ or buffer swales and connecting drainage

for the associated catchment area;

- Construction of culverts, including associated staging, flow diversions, any dewatering, short

and long term stabilisation and removal of existing structures;

- Vegetation clearing and grubbing;

- Activities where construction water may be discharged into natural waterways;

- Construction and operation of concrete wash out areas;

receptors); and

and filling.


Work Method Statement

3.2.4 The EWMS must include at least the following elements:

(a) Description of the work activity, including any plant and equipment to be used;

(b) Outline of the sequence of tasks for the activity, including interfaces with other

construction activities (for example: the interface between cut and fill areas, stabilisation of

exposed areas, excavation for installation or upgrade of culverts, creek diversion works and

dewatering requirements);

(c) Maps (including an aerial background) identifying Identification work areas and of any

environmental and/or socially sensitive areas, sites or places (such as threatened species or

heritage items), likely potential environmental impacts including exclusion zones;

(d) Identification of potential environmental risks/impacts due to the work activity;

(e) Mitigation and management measures to reduce the identified environmental risk,

including assigned responsibilities to site management personnel;

(f) Process for assessing the performance of the implemented mitigation and management

measures including progressive review;

(g) Identification of practical cost-effective measures to reduce environmental risks/impacts

(consistent with the outcomes from the Environmental Risk Assessment Workshops (refer

Clause 3.2.1));

(h) A process for resolving environmental issues or conflicts; and

(i) Any safeguards resulting from consultation with public authorities and other stakeholders,

where appropriate.



3.2.4 Develop the EWMS in consultation with the relevant site management personnel to ensure that

all issues are addressed, methods and activities are practical and all personnel are aware of

their commitments and responsibilities. Review the EWMS periodically to ensure its

effectiveness and proper implementation and incorporate any improvements or changes

identified into subsequent revisions.



3.2.4 In accordance with the approach outlined in the OACEMP, each Environmental Work Method

Statement must be forwarded to the appropriate regulatory Authority (for high risk activities),

the Environmental Representative and Principal for review at least 21 working days prior to

commencement of the Works and any Temporary Work referred to in the Environmental Work

Method Statement. Proposed changes to Environmental Work Method Statements must be

advised

to the appropriate regulatory Authority, the Environmental Representative and Principal



3.2.4 Consult the Principal to determine which Environmental Work Method Statement(s) are high

risk



3.2.4 Include in your CEMP a schedule of proposed EWMS for your activities.



3.2.4 EWMS must be submitted to the Principal under a separate HOLD POINT to that for the CEMP.

3.2.3Planning - Environmental




3.2.4



3.2.4 EWMS may be submitted progressively to suit the construction stages.

HOLD POINT Process Held: Commencement of work activities not previously addressed by EWMS documents

and authorised by earlier Hold Point release.

Submission Details: At least twenty one working days prior to the proposed commencement of

each applicable work activity, submit the EWMS documents, addressing the issues listed in

Clause 3.2.4 for the nominated work activity.

Planning-Resources,

Responsibilities and

Authority

3.3 The CEMP must indicate the names, responsibilities and authority of your site management

personnel who have primary responsibility for developing, implementing and maintaining the

CEMS and the CEMP for the Work Under the Contract, and rectifying any environmental

nonconformities identified by you or the Principal.

Planning-Resources,


Authority

3.3 Nominate in the CEMP a full-time Environmental Site Representative (ESR) as a member of

your on-sitemanagement team, who will be the authorised contact person for communications

with the Principal and the EPA on all environmental matters.

The ESR must have tertiary qualification in Environmental Science, Environmental Engineering

orequivalent, and a minimum of 5 years experience in environmental management on road

construction or other equivalent works.

Where your designated Environmental Management Representative will be based mainly off-

site, detail in the CEMP the relationship between the Environmental Management

Representative and the ESR.

Planning-Resources,


Authority

3.3 The ESR’s responsibilities and authority include the following:

(a) advising on environmental matters specified in this Specification and compliance with all

other relevant statutory approvals, licences, permits and authorisations;

(b) liaison with the Principal, the Environmental Representative and with all relevant

authorities on environmental matters;

(c) maintaining a register of all environmental management documents for the Contract;

(d) ensuring that the CEMP is established, implemented and maintained in compliance with

this Specification, including all Sub-Plans, procedures and supplementary EWMS, and upgrades

to these documents (as needed) to remain current with the progress of the Works;

(e) overall responsibility for the establishment, management, monitoring and maintenance of

erosion and sediment controls within the Site;

(f) carrying out regular daily inspections and auditing of the works at least every fortnight to

ensure that environmental safeguards are being followed;

(g) identifying where the implemented environmental measures are not meeting the targets

set, and identifying areas where improvement can be achieved;

(h) preparing monthly reports outlining the works that have been undertaken and the

achievements that have been met, as well as identifying those areas where improvements

were made and detailing environmental performance (see Clauses 3.11 and 3.12), including all

noncompliances with the requirements of the EPL and any other environmental reporting

requirements;

(i) facilitating environmental induction and toolbox talks for all site personnel;

(j) specific authority to stop work on any activity where the ESR deems it necessary to prevent

environmental nonconformities;

(k) notification to the relevant parties of any environmental incidents.

Planning-Resources,


Authority

3.3 The ESR must immediately advise you, the Principal and the Environmental Representative of

any environmental incidents relevant to the Project Approval resulting from the works that

are not dealt with expediently or adequately by you in accordance with your CEMP.

Planning-Resources,


Authority

3.3 The CEMP must include details of the role, qualifications and responsibilities of the ESR and

any critical site activities that require the presence of the ESR.

Planning - Soil

Conservationist

3.3.1 You must engage, and retain until Completion, a suitably experienced external Certified

Practicing Erosion and Sediment Control Professional (CPESC) as your Soil Conservationist.

Planning - Soil

Conservationist

3.3.1 All erosion, sediment and water pollution Plans, controls and measures must be reviewed by

your Soil Conservationist prior to installation. Your Soil Conservationist must assist in project

training in regards to project erosion and sediment control issues.

Planning - Soil

Conservationist

3.3.1 Your Soil Conservationist must liaise on a regular basis with any soil conservationist appointed

for the project by the Principal.

Planning - Soil

Conservationist

3.3.1 The CEMP must include details of the role, qualifications and responsibilities of the Soil

Conservationist and any critical site activities that require the presence of the Soil

Conservationist.

Planning - Community

Relations Manager

3.3.2 Provide a Community Relations Manager in accordance with RMS G1 Clause 10.11.

Planning - Sustainability

Manager

3.3.3 Provide a Sustainability Manager in accordance with RMS G1 Clause 10.15.

Planning - Selection and

Management of

Subcontractors

3.4 When complying with the purchasing requirements of RMS Q, include environmental

management

requirements in the planning, selection and management of subcontractors.


Management of

Subcontractors

3.4 Include a requirement to comply with the CEMP in all contractual arrangements with your

subcontractors.


Management of

Subcontractors

3.4 For subcontracted work, include in the CEMP the procedures that you will implement for

ensuring subcontractor compliance, including details of:

(a) the duties of each subcontractor for planning, implementing and monitoring environmental

protection measures and for keeping environmental records;

(b) the duties you will retain for environmental protection of subcontracted work;

(c) how environmental protection measures on subcontracted work interact with adjacent

work areas, as applicable;

(d) your surveillance program to monitor the effectiveness of each subcontractor’s

environmental protection measures together with the relevant project documentation.


Management of

Subcontractors

3.4 You must monitor subcontractors to ensure compliance is achieved with the CEMP and

associated Plans.

Planning - Competence,

training and awareness

3.5

Planning -

Communications Training

3.5.1 Ensure that all your staff (including plant operators and truck drivers) and subcontractor

personnel

working on the Site behave in a courteous and professional manner when in dialogue with any

community member. All of your personnel must be:

(a) trained on how to respond to community queries;

(b) aware of and abide by the requirements for the release of information; and

(c) advised on the identity of the community within which they are working, by the

Contractor

Planning -


3.5.1 Community involvement obligations must be included in the site induction of all personnel

working

on the Site.

Planning -


3.5.1 Establish and maintain a register of communications training carried out, including dates,

names


Training

3.5.2 Provide to all your staff (including plant operators and truck drivers) and subcontractor

personnel working on the Site with environmental training to achieve a level of competence

and awareness appropriate to their assigned activities before they commence their assigned

activities. Do not permit anyone who has not undergone the appropriate environmental


Training

3.5.2 The CEMP must include a site-specific environmental induction and training plan that

describes the minimum level of training, experience and/or qualifications required for staff

and subcontractors working on the Site, the names of the persons to be trained, the proposed

frequency of training and the procedures for training.

Environmental induction training must cover all elements of the CEMP and must include, as a

minimum, the following:

(a) purpose and objectives of the CEMP;

(b) requirements of due diligence and duty of care;

(c) conditions of environmental licences, permits and approvals;

(d) potential environmental emergencies on Site and the emergency response procedures;

(e) reporting and notification requirements for pollution and other environmental incidents

including identification of contaminated land, and for damage and maintenance to

environmental controls;

(f) high-risk activities and associated environmental safeguards, e.g. earthworks, vegetation

clearing, night works, operation and maintenance of concrete washouts, and washing,

refuelling and maintenance of plant and equipment;

(g) working in or near environmentally sensitive areas;

(h) site specific issues including:

· Site flagging protocol as outlined in Specification RMS G40 Annexure G40/F;

· erosion and sediment controls, water quality controls and sediment basin management;

· management of contaminated material (including asbestos impacted material);

· groundwater and surface water;

· environmentally sensitive locations and no-go/exclusion zones;

· obligation to report and the process for reporting environmental issues on site including

damaged environmental controls;

· your obligations under the Noxious Weeds Act 1993 to prevent the spread of noxious weeds

during construction;

· your responsibilities under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974, including the need to

cease work immediately and report any object of potential Aboriginal heritage unearthed

during clearing, grubbing and earthworks operations (refer Clause 4.9);

· your responsibilities under the Heritage Act 1977 if an object of potential Non-Aboriginal

heritage is uncovered during construction (refer Clause 4.10);

· your responsibilities under the Contaminated Land Management Act 1997;

· noise, vibration and air quality management controls (refer Clauses 4.6, 4.7, and 4.4);

· your requirement to maintain surrounding property access for residences, business owners,

and their visitors, and to minimise disruptions to these properties for the duration of

construction;

· location of refuse bins, washing, refuelling and maintenance of vehicles, plant and

equipment;

· waste minimisation principles;

· boundaries for vegetation clearing, fauna and fauna habitat management, including


Training

3.5.2 Establish and maintain a register of environmental training carried out, including dates,

names of


Training

3.5.2 Undertake refresher environmental awareness training as required, but not less than 6

monthly

intervals, based on environmental risk assessment and turnover of project personnel. Include

3.5.2Planning - Environmental

Training


Training

3.5.2 Hold toolbox talks which identify environmental issues and controls when works commence in

a new area of the Site or a new activity as well as when environmental issues arise on site.

The toolbox talk must include but not be limited to:

(a) A description of the activity and the area;

(b) Identification of the environmental issues and risks for the area (including fauna or flora);

and,

HOLD POINT Process Held: Induction and training of staff and contractors working on site.

Submission Details: Drafts of all environmental induction and environmental training materials

must be provided to the Principal at least two weeks before it is planned to be used.

Planning - Working Hours 3.6 In the context of this clause, normal working hours are from Monday to Friday between 7.00

am to 6.00 pm and Saturday between 8.00 am to 1.00 pm inclusive, but excluding public

Planning - Working Hours 3.6 The CEMP must include a procedure for notifying the Principal, all relevant Authorities and the

community, in advance of any proposal to work outside of these working hours. Such changes

in working hours must comply with all licences, permits, approvals, consents, notification,

statutory requirements, etc and have been appropriately justified and assessed.

Planning - Working Hours 3.6 Any approval by the Principal to work outside the normal working hours detailed above is

conditional on you liaising with the community (refer to Clause 3.7), and complying with the

requirements of Clause 4.6, relevant CoA and the EPL.

Planning - Working Hours 3.6 Work outside of normal working hours is permitted without prior approval by the Principal in

the following circumstances:

(a) delivery of materials outside of normal working hours, where delivery at such times is

required by the Police or other authorities for reasons of safety or otherwise; or

(b) work during an emergency, where such work is necessary to avoid the loss of lives,

property and/or prevent environmental harm.

Planning - Communication 3.7 You must, as a minimum, comply with the requirements of the NSW State Government and

RMS

guidelines, policies and the following reference documents (refer to Annexure G36/A3) in

relation

to its community relations obligations:

(i) Privacy and Personal Information Protection Act 1998; (NSW);

(ii) NSW (Government) Advertising Handbook, March 2017;

(iii) RMS Communications and Stakeholder Engagement Toolkit which contains communications

templates that are kept up to date with the latest RMS branding and style guides;

(iv) Roads and Maritime Services brand guidelines, August 2017 (or subsequent edition);

(v) Roads and Maritime Services Editorial Style Guide, March 2014 (or subsequent edition);

(vi) Transport for NSW Use of Social Media Policy, 18 November 2013; and Planning - Communication 3.7 Comply with the relevant Tender Baseline Conditions of Approval for internal and site

communication, external communication and government authority consultation, stakeholder

and community communication and communication with subcontractors in relation to

notification of environmental problems and environmental incidents.

Planning - Communication 3.7 You must not release any information, in any form, regarding the Works, the temporary work

or

Planning - Communication 3.7 You must refer all enquiries from Federal, State and/or local government representatives to

the

Planning - Communication 3.7 You must recognise and identify the Principal’s role in any promotional material or award

submissions that you develop in relation to your work, the Works or the temporary works. All

written material on the project that you produce, including award submissions, must be

approved by the Principal prior to publication or release.

Planning - Communication 3.7 If you propose to produce a professional video on or set in the project, then video objectives,

format and content must be as agreed with the Principal. All proposed video content requires

approval by the Principal prior to starting the video production.

Planning - Communication 3.7 Describe in the CEMP the processes for external and internal communication in relation to the

environmental aspects of the Work Under the Contract.

Planning - Communication 3.7 Make all staff and subcontractors working on the Site aware of these external and internal

communications procedures and are properly trained in their application.

Planning - Liaison with

EPA and/or Other

Relevant Agencies

3.7.1 The CEMP must identify at least two persons (together with their contact telephone numbers)

who will be available to be contacted by the EPA on a 24 hour basis and who have authority to

take immediate action to shut down any activity, or to effect any pollution control measure,

as directed by the Principal, an authorised officer of the EPA and/or other relevant agencies.

Planning - Liaison with

EPA and/or Other

Relevant Agencies

3.7.1 Immediately notify the Principal of any visit to the Site by the EPA and/ or other relevant

agencies. Prepare a report for each occasion when the Site is visited by the EPA and/ or other

relevant agencies, notifying the Principal of the purpose and outcome of the EPA and/ or other

relevant agencies visit, and of all actions taken by you in response to the EPA visit and/ or

other relevant agencies. Submit this report to the Principal within one (1) working day of the

EPA and/ or other relevant agencies site visit.

To facilitate consultation with environmental regulatory agencies and the community, an

Environmental Review Group (ERG) will be established by the Principal. The purpose of this

ERG will be to ensure prompt and effective consultation and resolution of environmental

issues raised by or affecting Government agencies, Council, the Principal, the community and

you. It is anticipated that the ERG will meet once a week or as otherwise agreed by the

regulatory agencies and the Principal.

At least 1 week prior to each ERG you must prepare and provide information to the Principal

for review prior to you disseminating this information to the wider ERG, including:

(a) current and upcoming issues;

(b) inspection and monitoring results;

(c) environmental nonconformance issues;

3.7.1.1Environmental Review

Group

(d) community concerns;

(e) new or revised work method statements;

(f) upcoming works, particularly in sensitive areas;

(g) any design issues relevant to environmental impacts and/or management;

(h) training requirements; and,

(i) other issues relevant to environmental impacts and/or management.

You must ensure your relevant personnel as requested by the Principal, including the Project

Manager, and Environmental Management Representative or ESR, attend each ERG

meeting.


Liaison and/or

3.7.2 Develop and implement a Community Involvement Plan complying, as a minimum with the

Principal’s Community and Stakeholder Engagement Plan, RMS, May 2016.

The Community Involvement Plan must ensure that your community involvement meets the

desired outcomes detailed in the delivery section of the RMS Communications and Stakeholder

Engagement Toolkit.


Liaison and/or

Notification'

3.7.2 You must meet the reasonable needs and desires of the community and provide:

(i) information on the project objectives, scope and timeframe and opportunities for input on

the construction of the project;

(ii) information on any of the construction investigations and activities that may affect them

including work required outside the nominated working hours and noisy work;

(iii) information regarding the issues raised in discussions with stakeholders and indirectly or

directly affected landowners;

(iv) information on the progress of the Work Under the Contract, significant milestones, design

changes, changed traffic conditions including temporary detours and temporary road closures,

and other matters that could either affect or concern the community; and

(v) your contact information including a 24 hours toll-free telephone number and postal

address.

The Community Involvement Plan must provide specific information in relation to community

3.7.2 The Community Involvement Plan must also include:

(i) a listing of the community stakeholders potentially affected by the Work Under the

Contract

and the potential impacts the Work Under the Contract may have on the identified

stakeholders, including the timing of those impacts. The list of community stakeholders must

include, as a minimum, relevant councils, State and Federal Members of Parliament,

emergency services, relevant public transport operators, relevant taxi services, freight and

transport unions, local chambers of commerce, local businesses, local residents, property

(ii) the level of involvement and engagement of community stakeholders for all of the Work

Under the Contract which may have impacts in the community, including the level of

information to be provided and consultation activities to be undertaken by you;

(iii) a map that indicates the locations of all properties that are potentially impacted on by

the Work Under the Contract, which must identify all potential impacts the Work Under the

Contract may have on the identified community stakeholders, including the timing of those

(iv) a risk assessment and proposed actions to mitigate or minimise the impact of the Work

Under the Contract on these stakeholders;

(v) the external (i.e. community stakeholders) and internal communication protocols and

procedures to manage and implement the Community Involvement Plan to Completion;

(vi) procedures for consulting and engaging with local businesses to ensure the concerns and

issues of local businesses are identified, addressed and reviewed regularly as part of the risk

assessment referred in section (iv) above, and your strategy for resolving these concerns and

issues and the controls to be implemented during the Work Under the Contract;

(vii) procedures for dealing with complaints and enquiries, including out of hours complaints

and enquiries, and response requirements;

(viii) procedures for early notification to the community, and the Principal of Work Under the

Contract that may impact on the identified community stakeholders;

(ix) procedures for publicising the details of the Work Under the Contract;

(x) procedures for training employees and subcontractors on the requirements of the

Community

(xi) a crisis communications sub-plan;

(xii) guiding principles for the overall approach to community and stakeholder involvement;

(xiii) identification of stakeholders to be consulted as part of the Community Involvement

Plan, including affected and adjoining landowners;

(xiv) progress of the Work Under the Contract and matters associated with environmental

management;

(xv) procedures and mechanisms through which stakeholders can discuss or provide feedback

to you and/ or the Principal in relation to the environmental management and delivery of the

(xvi) procedures and mechanisms through which you can respond to enquiries or feedback from

stakeholders in relation to the environmental management and delivery of the Work Under

the Contract;

(xvii) procedures and mechanisms to resolve complaints, issues and disputes that may arise

between

parties on the matters relating to environmental management and the delivery of the Work

Under the Contract. This may include the use of an appropriately qualified and experienced

independent mediator;

(xviii) business impact risk register to identify and manage the specific impacts associated

with

(xix) contact names and details;

(xx) identification of opportunities for the community to visit construction sites (taking into

consideration workplace, health and safety requirements);

3.7.1.1Environmental Review

Group


Liaison and/or

Notification'

(xxi) involvement of construction personnel in engaging with the local community; and

(xxii) identification of opportunities to provide accessible information regarding regularly

updated site construction activities, schedules and milestones at each construction site

including use of construction hoardings to provide information regarding construction, specific


Liaison and/or

Notification'

3.7.2 You are responsible for overall management and coordination of community information and

involvement.

The Principal reserves the right to amend any public document generated by you.

The Community Involvement Plan must ensure that:

(i) the local community is informed of decisions taken on the details of the Work Under the

Contract which will affect the community;

(ii) all relevant Authorities are informed of planned construction activities;

(iii) users of the affected road network are informed of planned traffic arrangements,

including

any temporary traffic switches or other activities resulting in likely delays. Users of the

affected road network include emergency services, the road transport industry, public

(iv) affected and concerned local residents and local businesses are informed of all

investigation

(v) unless otherwise advised by the Principal, you must arrange and facilitate all group and

public meetings and workshops relating to the Work Under the Contract;

(vi) the Principal is informed of all community issues, consulted on all decisions affecting the

local and wider (including driving) community, and invited to all sessions attended by

members of the community. You must not commit to a specific date for a presentation or site

tour to a community group without prior approval of the Principal;

(vii) the Principal must be contacted immediately in relation to planned or unplanned local

community protests that may arise during the Work Under the Contract;

(viii) any information is not released, in any form, regarding the Work Under the Contract to

any

(ix) all enquiries from Federal, State and/or local government representatives are referred to

the

(x) the Principal’s role is recognised and identified in any promotional material or award

submissions that it develops in relation to the Work Under the Contract. All written material,

including award submissions, on the Work Under the Contract must be approved by the

Principal prior to publication;

(xi) if you produce a professional video, the video objectives, format and content must be

approved by the Principal. All proposed video content requires approval by the Principal prior

to commencing the video production;

(xii) you provide a 24 hour toll free telephone service, for the period from eight weeks after

the

Date of the Contract until Completion, for the community to report incidents and register

complaints. You must also provide a continuously operated working hours telephone service

(xiii) during the period detailed in (xii) above, staff must receive and respond to telephone

calls

(xiv) the Community Relations Manager, and/or support staff, is available during construction

hours and after hours, if work is scheduled out of hours, from the Date of the Contract until

Completion.


Liaison and/or

3.7.2 All communications activities are subject to the Principal’s approval according to the

timeframes


Liaison and/or

Notification'

3.7.2 Key issues that must be addressed in the Community Involvement Plan include (but not

necessarily

be limited to):

(i) traffic management (including property access, pedestrian access);

(ii) environmental matters;

(iii) construction activities;

(iv) noise and vibration mitigation and management;

(v) ongoing consultation with local business owners, including owners of agricultural

businesses, located close to the Works about the timing, duration and likely impact of

construction activities on their business operations; and

(vi) relocation and/or removal of farm infrastructure, including farm dams, as required and in

consultation with affected land owners.

You must maintain, implement and monitor the Plan throughout duration of the Works. (a) The Principal will provide a copy of RMS’s community contacts database (Consultation

Manager TM), in electronic format. You must maintain and input into this database

from eight weeks after the Date of Contract through to Completion. (b) You must ensure that all affected and concerned local residents and businesses,

property owners adjacent to the Works Under the Contract, emergency services,

relevant public transport operators, relevant road transport operators, and other key

stakeholders are included in the database.

(c) All interactions with stakeholders and the community including registers at staffed or

public displays, letters, phone calls, emails or conversations in person must be recorded

in the contact database within 24 hours of the interaction taking place.

(d) You must provide registers at any staffed or public display locations and on the project

website to enable the community to be included on the community contacts database.

(e) You must provide stakeholder contact data to the Principal upon request in a

manageable format, such as MS Word or MS Excel. The data provided must analyse

and identify trends including but not limited to:

(i) the frequency and location of issues and complaints raised by the community and

stakeholders; and

(ii) the frequency, type and location of communication and community engagement activities.

3.7.2Planning - Community

Liaison and/or

Notification'

3.7.2.1Planning - Community

Contacts Database


Liaison and/or

Notification'

(a) You must keep the community informed of the Work Under the Contract.

Information to be provided to the community must as a minimum include:

(i) information on the progress of the Work Under the Contract;

(ii) work required outside the nominated working hours;

(iii) noisy works;

(iv) traffic information including any traffic disruptions and restrictions including temporary

detours and the temporary road closures;

(v) a general description of the traffic information provided by TMC and the methods for

accessing this information.

(vi) the toll-free, 24 hour telephone number;

(vii) your postal address; and

(viii) your email address.

(b) Methods to keep the community informed must be appropriate for the level of information

to be provided and the timeframe for the delivery of this information.

Methods may include, but are not limited to:

(i) notifications and flyers;

(ii) door knocking;

(iii) advertisements in local and metropolitan newspapers and online;

(iv) radio advertisements;

(v) Australian Traffic Network alerts;

(vi) variable Message Sign (VMS) boards including your temporary VMS and

Transport Management Centre permanent VMS;

(vii) the project website;

(viii) visualisation tools (including artist’s impressions)

(ix) emails to persons and entities on community contacts database;

(x) social media developed in accordance with the Transport for NSW Social Media

Management Policy (January 2013) and approved by the Principal;

(xi) banners on approved overhead structures; and

(xii) via traffic alerts on livetraffic.com.

(c) You must notify and consult local residents and businesses about construction activities

that will affect access or otherwise significantly disrupt use of their residences and premises.

(d) Notice must be given at least 5 working days before commencing work affecting the

residences and premises and must advise the nature of the work, why it is necessary, indicate

the expected duration plus any changes to arrangements for traffic, property access or parking

arrangements. In addition to the project’s toll-free, 24 hour telephone service, contact details

for your staff responsible for particular activities may also be provided.

(e) Communication packages relating to key project milestones or major impact construction

work involving traffic-switches, 24 hour, high-impact work or other work involving significant

impact to the traffic network and nearby community must be submitted to the Principal at

least 20 working days before the commencement of work.

Unless specified by the Principal, these communication packages must include:

(i) a work/event specific communication implementation plan including a description of the

work/event, the key impacts and issues, key messages, key stakeholder and community

audiences and the communication activities and material that will be used to communicate

with these audiences; and

(ii) final drafts of all communication material prepared for the work/event including web-text

updates, flyers, advertising artwork and scripts, door-knockingscripts, stakeholder letters, VMS

scripts and signage.

(f) Unless stated otherwise, all material proposed to be used for community information must

be submitted to the RMS Representative as a final draft for approval a minimum of 10 working

days prior to the proposed print date in the case of printed media, and a minimum of 10

working days prior to the proposed distribution date for other types of media. Proposed

distribution dates and background information must be provided on covering information

accompanying each approval submission.

(g) You are responsible for the print and distribution of printed communication materials.

Planning - New or

Changed Construction

Activities

3.7.2.3 Notify local residents and businesses about any new or changed construction activities which

will affect access to their properties or otherwise disrupt the residents’ use of their premises,

at least 5 working days before commencing work affecting residents.

Planning - New or


Activities

3.7.2.3 Such notification must state the nature of the work, why it is necessary, the expected

duration, details of any changes to the traffic arrangements or property access and the name

and contact telephone number of your representative who can respond to any resident

Planning - New or


3.7.2.3 Address any concerns raised by residents in accordance with the complaints procedure as

required under Clause 3.7.3, or in accordance with any licence or approval held by you.

Planning - Extended

Working Hours

(Environment Protection

License Held by

3.7.2.4 Inform the Principal, and the residents of the proposed work outside normal working hours in

accordance with the Environment Protection Licence held by you.

Planning - Project

Website

3.7.2.5 The Principal will maintain and operate the existing project website to assist in disseminating

community information, receiving feedback and providing generic responses to common

enquiries. You must not maintain or operate any other website accessible to the public

relating to the Contract.

3.7.2.2Planning - Community

Information

Planning - Project

Website

3.7.2.5 Provide the Principal with material for the website including updated material as new

information becomes publicly available, and in any event at least monthly unless advised

otherwise by the Principal. All material for the website must comply with requirements of the

WC3 Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.0 Level AA. Documents must be optimised

for the web and supplied in both MS Word 2003.doc and PDF format. Utilise the following RMS

accessibility checklists, contained within Project Communication Templates, to ensure content

compliance:

(i) Accessibility checklist for content;

(ii) Accessibility checklist for MS Word documents; and

Planning - Project

Website

3.7.2.5 The Principal will upload all website material at its discretion. You must submit all proposed

website material to the Principal for approval at least 10 working days prior to your planned

date for the Principal to upload the material.

Planning - Project

Website

3.7.2.5 You must, as a minimum, provide the following to the Principal for the project website:

(i) notifications and community updates before they are distributed to the community and

stakeholders

(ii) background information on the Work Under the Contract;

(iii) a monthly photo gallery containing images of current and recent construction, community

and environmental management activities associated with the Work Under the Contract;

(iv) current and past display information, community updates, advertisements, and other

publications;

(v) PDFs of reports that are relevant to the Work Under the Contract, including documents on

environmental investigations;

(vi) information for the driving community, including road transport operators and public

transport operators and users, which includes predicted periods of delay and alternative

routes. This information must be updated weekly or more often when traffic conditions

change;

(vii) a document of frequently asked questions and responses as agreed with the Principal;

(viii) the project’s toll-free, 24 hour staffed telephone service number;

(ix) your email address;

(x) your postal address;

(xi) any other relevant items or information of interest; and

(xii) a means of allowing people to apply to be included on the community contacts database

Planning - Project 3.7.2.5 Continue to submit the required website material to the Principal until Completion.

(a) Consultation periods with community feedback must be outlined in the Community

Involvement Plan.

(b) As a minimum, a two week period must be allowed for community feedback when

community involvement is possible.

(c) Following consultation periods, you must prepare a Consultation Outcomes Report to:

(i) outline community feedback and issues raised;

(ii) respond to each of the issues raised during consultation;

(iii) provide information on any changes to the proposal resulting from

consultation; and

(iv) articulate the decision about the element of the project consulted on.

(d) Consultation Outcomes Reports must be available on the project website and must be

provided to community members and stakeholders who provided feedback,

accompanied by a personalised letter.

(e) A notification must be issued to the community advising of the availability of the

Consultation Outcomes Report.

(a) During construction, you must advertise significant issues that will affect the

community including detours, significant traffic disruptions, significant changes to

traffic arrangements and work outside of the working hours at least 7 days before the

commencement of that disruption, detour or change.

(b) You must prepare the content of all advertisements and submit this to the Principal.

(c) The principal will place all advertisements, including radio advertisements and online

advertisements.

(d) In consultation with the Principal, identify the appropriate media outlets for the

placement of advertisements including newspapers that are read and used by the

community and stakeholders identified in the Community Involvement Plan, including,

but not limited to: the local community, road transport industry, public transport

operators, the driving community, cyclists and pedestrians.

(e) Printed advertisements must conform to NSW (Government) Guidelines for

Advertising. Draft advertisements, including text and line drawings, and must be

provided to the Principal for approval a minimum of 20 working days prior to the

proposed printing copy deadline, unless otherwise agreed with the Principal.

(f) You must provide all electronic media advertisements, including draft radio scripts, to

the Principal for approval at least 20 working days prior to when the subject matter of

the advertisement is forecast to occur, unless otherwise agreed with the Principal.

(g) Advertising via social media must be developed in accordance the Transport for NSW

Social Media Management Policy (January 2013) and approved by the Principal and

the advertising content forwarded to the Principal at least 20 working days prior to

when the subject matter of the advertisement is forecast to occur, unless otherwise

agreed with the Principal.

(h) Where you become aware that any part of the Works Under the Contract that is the

subject of an advertisement is to be changed or varied so as to make the advertisement

substantially incorrect, you must immediately advise the Principal.


Involvement

3.7.2.6

3.7.2.7Planning - Advertising

(a) During construction, you must prepare and distribute colour notifications providing

details of each event that will impact the local community and businesses. This would

include any changes (or potential changes) to local traffic, out of hours working, noise,

or other local issues as a consequence of the Work Under the Contract, in keeping with

a ‘no surprises’ approach to communications.

(b) The notifications must include maps, diagrams, illustrations and photos which enhance

the reader’s understanding of the event or work. You are responsible for any graphic

design required to produce customer-friendly maps, diagrams or artists impressions.

(c) The notifications must adhere to RMS templates, style and branding guidelines and

must be written in plain English. The notifications must accommodate the needs of

members of the community from non-English speaking backgrounds through the

inclusion of information on translation services.

(d) The notifications must be distributed to all local residents, local businesses and other

community stakeholders assessed as being potentially affected by the activities

described in the notice. The notification delivery must occur at least 5 working days

prior to the proposed activity described in the leaflets.

(e) The final draft of all proposed leaflets, and proposed leaflet distribution ranges, must

be submitted to the Principal for approval a minimum of 10 working days prior to the

proposed print date. Distribution dates and background information must be provided

on covering information accompanying each approval submission.

(f) You are responsible for the print and distribution of the notifications.

(a) You must provide information on forecasted changes to traffic conditions, as a

consequence of the Work Under the Contract to the Principal, to facilitate traffic alerts

for major traffic changes or disruptions.

(b) For Work Under the Contract involving major traffic changes or disruptions, you must

prepare and submit a communication package to the Principal at least 20 working days

before the commencement of the work. Unless specified by the Principal, the

communication package must include:

(i) a work specific communication implementation plan including a

description of the work, the key impacts and issues, key messages, key

stakeholder and community audiences and the communication activities,

communication materials and methods for distribution;

(ii) specific radio, print, electronic media organisations and other outlets identified for

distribution to be agreed with the Principal;

(iii) range of distribution for each type of media; and

(iv) final drafts of all communication materials prepared for the work/event

including notifications, door knocking scripts, advertising artwork and

scripts, stakeholder letters, traffic alerts, VMS scripts and signage.

(c) Advertising must be managed in accordance with Clause 3.7.2.7.

(d) Where you become aware that any part of the Work Under the Contract that is the

subject of the traffic alert is to be changed or varied so as to make the traffic alert

substantially incorrect, it must immediately advise the Principal.

(a) Register and track progress of all forms of representation from the community using

the contacts database as stipulated in Clause 3.7.2.1.

(b) Make customer feedback forms available at all staffed and public displays to enable

members of the community to provide comments.

(c) Representations received by the Principal and forwarded to you must be recorded and

monitored by you, together with any representations received directly by you.

(d) Acknowledge all representations within 5 working days of receipt.

(e) Respond to representations within 10 working days of receipt.

(f) Maintain a register of all representations, written, electronic and verbal, concerning

the Work Under the Contract. Provide a report on the status of responses to

representations in your monthly progress reports. The report must include the average

and maximum times taken to respond to representations.

Planning - Complaints

Management

3.7.3 Within one working day of receiving a complaint about any environmental issue, including any

pollution incidents, arising from the Work Under the Contract, submit a written report to the

Principal detailing the complaint and the action taken to remedy the problem. A final report

together with your proposed measures to prevent the recurrence of such incidents must be

submitted to the Principal within 5 working days.


Management

3.7.3 Keep a register of all complaints, which must include the following details:

(a) date and time of complaint;

(b) method by which the complaint was made (telephone, letter, meeting, etc);

(c) name, address, contact telephone number of complainant (if no such details were

provided, a note to that effect);

(d) nature of complaint;

(e) action taken in response including follow up contact with the complainant.;

(f) any monitoring to confirm that the complaint has been satisfactorily resolved;

(g) if no action was taken, the reasons why no action was taken by you.

A complaint is defined as an

expression of dissatisfaction

made to the Principal or

you, related to the Work

Under the Contract,

services, or the complaints-

handling process itself,

where a response or

resolution is explicitly or

3.7.2.8Planning - Notification

Planning - Notification of

Traffic Conditions

3.7.2.9

3.7.2.9Planning - Responding to

Community

Representations


Management

3.7.3 Provide for community enquiries and complaints handling and investigation 24 hours per day 7

days per week for the period from eight weeks after the Date of Contract until Completion,

ensuring the following are available:

(i) The toll-free, project specific phone number as stipulated in Clause 3.7.2 on which

complaints and enquiries may be registered;

(ii) a postal address to which complaints and enquiries may be sent; and

(iii) an email address to which electronic complaints and enquiries may be transmitted; and

The telephone number, postal address and email address must be published in newspaper(s)

circulating in the local area prior to the commencement of construction and prior to the

commencement of operation.


Management

3.7.3 Ensure that the Community Relations Manager, or a person delegated by the Community

Relations Manager, is available 24 hour per day 7 days per week when work is being

undertaken to receive, manage and take appropriate action in relation to community

enquiries and complaints.

Ensure that the community is adequately informed about the project’s toll-free, 24 hour


Management

3.7.3 Record all complaints in the database Consultation Manager TM and the record must include

the following:

(i) date, time and nature of complaint;

(ii) type of communication (telephone, letter, meeting, other);

(iii) name, address and contact number of complainant;

(iv) nature of the complaint;

(v action taken in response, including follow up contact with the complainant;

(vi) details of whether resolution was reached;

(vii) details of whether mediation was required or used; and

(viii) any monitoring to confirm that the complaint has been satisfactorily resolved.


Management

3.7.3 Report on the receipt and responses to complaints in your monthly progress report.


Management

3.7.3 Expeditiously address and seek the early resolution of all complaints and claims, directed

against you, or any persons engaged on the Work Under the Contract, by members of the

community in relation to the Work Under the Contract. You must make use of dispute

resolution mechanisms and procedures to enable the prompt resolution of any claims that are


Management

3.7.3 Notwithstanding the requirement to expeditiously address and seek early resolution of all

complaints and claims, your Complaints Management System must receive, record, track and

respond to all complaints and enquiries within the specified timeframe.


Management

3.7.3 All complaints received must be acknowledged within 24 hours. When a complaint or enquiry

cannot be resolved immediately, a follow-up verbal response on what action is proposed must

be

provided to the complainant/enquirer within 7 working days of a complaint or enquiry being


Management

3.7.3 Your Complaints Management System must also include a process for the provision of a written

response to the complainant/enquirer within 10 working days, if the complaint or enquiry

cannot be resolved by the initial or follow-up verbal response.

(a) Contribute to public displays organised by the Principal as requested.

(b) The Community Relations Manager and your other relevant personnel must staff the public

displays as required by the Principal.

(c) Participate with the Principal in promotional displays associated with key local events and

activities, including local fairs, festivals and exhibitions, as required by the Principal. You

must not participate in any promotional displays, local events or activities without prior

approval of the Principal.

(d) Provide material for display purposes as required. The Principal will print all displays.

(a) Immediately notify the Principal of any approach by the media (including industry

magazines).

(b) You must not contact, respond to enquiries or release information about the Work

Under the Contract to the media, political representatives or their staff.

(c) Ensure that all of your personnel and all personnel engaged on the Work Under the

Contract are aware of, and abide by, these requirements. Evidence of compliance with

this requirement must be provided to the Principal in your monthly progress reports.

(a) On-going discussions must be held with the Principal regarding dates, commencing at

least 3 months prior to the anticipated occurrence of the event, for major milestones,

including traffic switches and the opening of the Works or any stage of the Works to

traffic.

(b) Give the Principal at least 8 weeks written notice of the date for commencement of

construction and at least 8 weeks written notice of the date of opening of the Works or

any stage of the Works to traffic, to enable the Principal to organise any associated

official media/community events.

(c) Plan for and provide resources for any events notified by the Principal associated with

the opening of the Works to traffic. The Principal will organise any events associated

with opening the Works to traffic. You must develop and provide collateral in support

of the event/s as required by the Principal.

(d) You must not announce the proposed opening of the Works and/or any stage of the

Works to traffic without the prior approval of the Principal. The announcement of

proposed opening of the Works or any stage of the Works will be carried out by the

Principal in conjunction with the Federal and/or NSW State governments.

(e) You must anticipate a high level of interest in the project opening and must facilitate

and assist with the coordination of an opening event for the community. The event is

likely to include a public walk-through of the Works.

3.7.4Planning - Displays

3.7.5.1Planning - Media Liaison

3.7.5.2Planning -

Media/Community Events

(f) Other opportunities for media events, including the achievement of other project

milestones and the opening of local roads to traffic must be discussed with the

Principal at least four weeks prior to the expected event.

(g) The Principal will manage all official media events and will be responsible for

coordinating community, media and political participation in such events, in

consultation with you.

(h) Cooperate with the Principal in the running of the media events and must provide

information on the logistics associated with any event.

(i) You must not erect or display company specific promotional banners during media

events.

(a) Use “RMS project communication templates” for the preparation of community information

to be published. These templates provide clear instruction on logo placement and visual style.

(b) Your logo must not appear on any public project communications, including project

publications, display material, website, project videos, non-moving plant (including

containers) or roadside signage without prior approval of the Principal.

(c) Your logo or banners must not appear on structures on the Site or areas where the Work

Under the Contract is being undertaken without the prior approval of the Principal.

(d) Provide access to suitable fencing, hoardings and buildings for the purposes of display of

RMS’s promotional material.

(e) Confirm with the Principal that the most recent templates are being used for

communication materials.

(f) Install shadecloth around construction sites, as required. This shadecloth must be designed

in (a) Take, and provide the Principal with, quarterly photographs (digital) of the progress of the

Work Under the Contract. The photographs must be of a professional quality (minimum 300

dpi) suitable for RMS and your use in publications, project communications and promotions

of a broader nature and for enlargement to use in display materials. Photographs must be

provided on a monthly basis of all substantial works.

(b) Facilitate access to your work sites for the installation of infrastructure for time-lapse

photography, remote controlled cameras or other project documentation devices at the

Principal’s request.

(d) Provide the Principal with monthly forecasts of predicted significant events (forecasting

three months in advance). The forecast must include detailed information about upcoming

activities that may create media attention, or that require pro-active communication tools to

accompany the activities or events including media releases, traffic alerts or advertising.

Planning - Emergency

Planning

3.8 The CEMP must include details of:

(a) your key emergency response personnel, their respective responsibilities and contact

details including all-hours contact telephone numbers;

(b) emergency services (e.g. ambulance, fire brigade, spill clean-up services);

(c) your communication strategy, both internal and external (refer to Clause 3.7), during

emergencies;

(d) any identified potential environmental emergencies and/or incidents that may occur on

Site, and the response procedures for these emergencies;

(e) frequency of tests of the emergency response procedures;

(f) location on site of the register of, and information on, hazardous materials including

Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS); and

(g) your Pollution Incident Response Management Plan (PIRMP), required for sites requiring an

EPL in accordance with section 5.7A of the POEO Act 1997.


Planning

3.8 Induct all staff and subcontractors working on the Site about the potential environmental

emergencies, and provide training in implementing the relevant environmental safeguards and

risk mitigation measures.


Planning

3.8 A construction incident emergency spill plan must be developed and incorporated into the

CEMP. The plan must include measures to avoid spillages of fuels, chemicals, and fluids onto

any surfaces or into any adjacent waterways. An emergency spill kit must be kept onsite at all

times. Planning - Contractor's

Monitoring, Inspection

and Auditing

3.9 Include in the CEMP procedure(s) to monitor and measure, on a regular basis, your

environmental management performance and to evaluate compliance with this Specification.

This includes any monitoring required outside of normal working hours and days. The

procedures must contain the scope, methodology and responsibilities for its implementation.

Planning - Contractor's


and Auditing

3.9 Undertake regular site environmental inspections to assess the adequacy and effectiveness of

your environmental controls.The site environmental inspections must cover the following:

(a) high risk activities and processes;

(b) work in environmentally sensitive areas;

(c) site preparedness for adverse weather conditions, including adequacy of environmental

controls and availability of emergency equipment.

3.7.5.2Planning -

Media/Community Events

3.7.6Planning - Project

Branding

3.7.7Planning - Project

Documentation



and Auditing

3.9 Prepare a Construction Monitoring Program in consultation with relevant agencies and

undertake regular construction monitoring of noise and vibration.

Include in the Program:

(a) details of baseline data available;

(b) details of baseline data to be obtained and when;

(c) details of all monitoring of the project to be undertaken;

(d) the parameters of the project to be monitored;

(e) the frequency of monitoring to be undertaken;

(f) the location of monitoring;

(g) the reporting of monitoring results;

(h) procedures to identify and implement additional mitigation measures where results of

monitoring are unsatisfactory;

(i) any consultation to be undertaken in relation to the monitoring programs; and

(j) provision to provide any survey or monitoring data to Government agencies and

Departments within 30 working days of the request or as agreed to with the agency or

Department.



and Auditing

3.9 Undertake regular inspections to ensure that all retained vegetation and fauna habitat are

clearly

marked and exclusion zones and fencing are maintained.



and Auditing

3.9 Undertake attended compliance noise and vibration monitoring following the receipt of a

complaint and report the results of the monitoring to the Principal as soon as possible. Where

noise and / or vibration exceedances are detected, review your procedures in order to identify

means to minimise the impacts to residences.

The Principal will undertake periodic inspections of the Site. Where these inspections identify

environmental nonconformities, you must address them within the time specified by the



and Auditing

3.9 Include in the CEMP an environmental risk-based auditing program to verify that the Work

Under the Contract meets the requirements of this Specification plus the Conditions of

Approval and that environmental control measures are effective. The program must specify

the type of audits to be conducted, their scope and their frequency (minimum frequency is



and Auditing

3.9 Submit a copy of each audit report to the Principal within 10 working days of the audit.

Review the

risk-based auditing program following your initial audit and amend it if needed. The auditing



and Auditing

3.9 Conduct all your internal and external environmental audits for the Work Under the Contract

in

accordance with AS/NZS ISO 19011.


Nonconformities

3.10 Promptly resolve any environmental nonconformities in accordance with your Environmental

Management System.


Nonconformities

3.10 Identify and control environmental nonconformities in accordance with RMS Q6.


Nonconformities

3.10 If you fail to meet your environmental obligations under the Contract, including:

(a) failure by you or your subcontractors to conform to any requirements of this Specification,

your CEMS, and CEMP and the EPL; or

(b) failure by you to act promptly when you, the Principal, or any statutory authority having

jurisdiction over the Work Under the Contract, observe that the implemented environmental

controls are not effective; or

(c) failure by you to provide safeguards against a Category 1 environmental incident as

detailed in the RMS “Environmental Incident Classification and Reporting Procedure”, or

(d) nonconformities (including recurring issues from checklists, reviews, improvement notices,

inspections, audits and surveillance),

a Hold Point may apply.

HOLD POINT Process Held: Any activity that causes or has the potential to cause harm to the environment

due to your failure to meet your environmental obligations under the Contract (including

recurring issues from checklists, reviews, improvement notices, inspections, audits and

surveillance).

Submission Details: Verification that the failure has been rectified, and details of the

Planning - Records of

Environmental Activities

3.11 Maintain, as part of the project records in accordance with RMS Q Annexure Q/E, legible

environmental records of all environmental activities associated with Work Under the

Contract to demonstrate compliance with the CEMS and CEMP. The records must include:

(a) site environmental inspection reports;

(b) environmental monitoring data and reports;

(c) internal and external audit reports;

(d) reports of environmental incidents, environmental complaints, associated actions taken,

and follow-up actions;

(e) minutes of management review meetings;

(f) induction and training records;

(g) all records required to demonstrate compliance of your activities with the conditions of

approval associated with the Works under Contract;

(h) all records required under the EPL;

(i) monthly reports of environmental performance (see Clause 3.11.1), including all non-

compliances with the requirements of the EPL, CoA, CEMP and OACEMP; and

(j) details of consultation with Councils, Government Agencies, community groups and other

parties as a result of the CoA requirements.

The data must be provided in drawings and spatial format ie DXF/DWG/Shape Files

Planning - Pre-

Construction Compliance

Report

3.11.1.1 You must prepare a Pre-Construction Compliance Report and submit it to the Principal at

least 4 weeks prior to the commencement of construction. The Pre-Construction Compliance

Report must include:

(a) Details of how the project commitments required to be addressed before construction

were complied with.

(b) The time when each relevant commitment was complied with, including dates of

submission of any required reports and/or approval dates.

(c) Details of any approvals or licences required to be issued by relevant Government

Departments before construction commences.

You must prepare and submit to the Principal environmental reports for each month by the

10th day of the following month. The monthly environmental report must include the

following:

(a) all complaints/ enquiries received and actions taken to resolve issues;

(b) all discharges from licensed points and any other dewatering activities including dates,

times, monitoring results and volumes released;

(c) all information regarding any incident that has occurred on site;

(d) construction updates for high risk activities;

(e) status of approvals;

(f) all information of any potential breaches of the Protection of the Environment

Operation Act 1997, including runoff from site, noise exceedances and air monitoring

exceedances;

(g) opportunities for continual improvement of your environmental management processes

and practices in conformance with Clause 3.12;

(h) all environmental monitoring data including but not limited to rainfall, dust, noise and

vibration, and water quality; and

(i) the following information:

For items a, b, c, f, h and i above the data collected in terms of physical locations must also

be provided in a spatial format ie DXF/DWG / Shape File suitable for inclusion in the Project

GIS.

Planning - Construction

Compliance report

3.11.1.3 You must provide the Principal with Construction Compliance Reports for inclusion in the

Principal’s Construction Compliance Report for submission to the Department of Planning

and Environment and bring to the Principal’s attention any shortcoming.


Compliance report

3.11.1.3 You must prepare a report at the following times:

(a) Six months after the start of construction and thereafter at six monthly intervals or at

other such periods as directed by the Principal.

(b) No sooner than six weeks prior to Completion.


Compliance report

3.11.1.3 The report(s) must include, but not be limited to, information on:

(a) compliance with the OACEMP, CEMP and the Conditions of Approval;

(b) compliance with any approvals or licences issued by relevant Government Departments for

the construction of the Works;

(c) the implementation and effectiveness of environmental controls, assessed on a comparison

of actual impacts against performance criteria identified in the CEMP;

(d) environmental monitoring results, presented as a results summary and analysis;

(e) the number and details of any complaints and enquiries, including a summary of main

areas of complaint, action taken, response given and intended strategies to reduce complaints

of a similar nature;

(f) details of any review and amendments to the CEMP resulting from the Works during the

reporting period;

(g) any other matter relating to compliance with the Conditions of Approval or as requested by

the Principal;

(h) register of any consistency assessments undertaken and their status;

(i) results of any independent audits, including actions relating to any audit;

recommendations;

(j) evidence of implementation of any management strategies

(k) summary of all incidents notified in accordance the CoA; and,

(l) any other matters relating to compliance with the CoA or requested by the Secretary or


Compliance report

3.11.1.3 Include the following:


Compliance report

3.11.1.3 You must provide copies of the reports to the Principal by the 10th day of the month following

the reporting period. You must provide WCAG2.0 compliant copies of all the Reports to the

Principal for distribution to the Environment Protection Authority (EPA), DP&E, the

relevant Council and any other relevant government agency nominated by the Principal. The

Report(s) must also be made publicly available.


Compliance report

3.11.1.3 As part of your Monthly Report you must provide an accurate representation of progressive

compliance with OACEMP, CEMP and the Conditions of Approval and pro-actively identify

any risks of non-compliance.

3.11.1.2Planning - Monthly

Environmental Report

Three months prior to Completion provide input to the Principal’s Pre-Operational

Compliance Report detailing compliance and evidence of compliance with the CoA for the

Work Under the Contract. The Principal’s Pre-Operation Report will include:

(a) Details of how the commitments required to be addressed before operation were

complied with.

(b) The time when each relevant commitment was complied with, including dates of

submission of any required reports and/or approval dates.

(c) Details of any approvals or licences required to be issued by relevant Government

Departments before operation commences.

You must hold these records for at least five years after the Actual Completion Date, and must

make these records available to the Principal and authorised EPA officers upon request.

Planning - Management

Review

3.12 Develop a documented process to periodically review the effectiveness and proper

implementation of the CEMP. The management review process must identify opportunities for

continual improvement of your environmental management processes and practices, and

ensure that the CEMS and CEMP remain relevant to the Work Under the Contract.

Planning - Management

Review

3.12 The management reviews must be undertaken at least quarterly and must include the

Principal’s

participation. The management reviews must comprise as a minimum the following:

(a) identification of areas of opportunity for improved environmental performance;

(b) analysis of the causes of nonconformities and deficiencies, including those identified in

environment inspections and audits;

(c) verification of the effectiveness of corrective and preventative actions;

Operational Control - Soil

and Water Management

4.1 Comply with the requirements of Specification RMS G38 for soil and water management.

Operational Control -

Contaminated land

Management Sub-Plan

4.2.2 Include in your CEMP a Contaminated Land Management Sub-Plan, which must comply with the

Contaminated Land Management Act 1997 (NSW), RMS publication “Contaminated Land

Management Guideline”, RMS “Environmental Incident Classification and Reporting

Procedure”, and EPA guidelines on contaminated land management and the OACEMP.


Contaminated land

Management Sub-Plan

4.2.2 The Contaminated Land Management Sub-Plan must provide for dealing with:

(a) areas of known contamination (if applicable);

(b) unexpected contamination finds;

(c) any land contamination caused by you.


Contaminated land

Management Sub-Plan

4.2.2 The Contaminated Land Management Sub-Plan must include:

(i) investigations in the vicinity of moderate risk areas including service stations (operational

and non-operational), stockpiles and market gardens;

(ii) contaminated land legislation and guidelines including any relevant licences and approvals

to

be obtained;

(iii) identification of locations of known or potential contamination and preparation of a map

showing these locations;

(iv) identification of rehabilitation requirements, classification, transport and disposal

requirements of any contaminated land within the Site;

(v) measures to manage stockpiled potentially contaminated soil in accordance with the

requirements of NSW EPA Waste Guidelines;

(vi) contamination management measures including waste classification and reuse procedures

and unexpected finds procedures for unanticipated discovery of contaminated material

during construction; and

(vii) asbestos handling and disposal requirements in accordance with NSW EPA guidelines and


Unexpected

Contamination Find

4.2.3 Promptly notify the Principal of any suspected or potential contamination exposed during

construction activities, and cease all work activities within the vicinity of actual or suspected

contaminated land.

The Principal may at its discretion choose to take over the investigation and management of

an unexpected contamination find, and directly appoint an EPA accredited contaminated site


Remediation Action Plan

4.2.4 Where the contamination is known or an unexpected contamination find has been identified, a

Remediation Action Plan may be provided by the Principal.

If a Remedial Action Plan is not provided by the Principal, prepare a Remediation Action Plan

for remediating the known areas of contamination or an unexpected contamination find, and

areas of potential contamination in their immediate vicinity.



4.2.4 The Remediation Action Plan must be prepared in accordance with EPA guidelines on

contaminated

land management, and must include the following:

(a) testing requirements for any contaminated material prior to its disposal off site;

(b) validation plan, which must include the area in the immediate vicinity of (both below and

adjacent to) the known contamination;

(c) implications of the validation results on the waste classification for material that may be

HOLD POINT Process Held: Activities within the vicinity of actual or suspected contaminated land.

Submission Details: At least 5 working days prior, submit your Remediation Action Plan to be

prepared by you, and relevant procedures.



4.2.4 Carry out remediation of the contaminated material, or its removal and disposal, in

accordance with the Remediation Action Plan. Any changes to the Plan must be agreed to by


Surface Runoff

4.2.5 Implement relevant control measures to divert any surface runoff away from the

contaminated land, and capture and treat any surface runoff contaminated by exposure to the

Planning - Pre-

Operational Compliance

Report

3.11.1.4


Asbestos

4.2.6 Prepare an Asbestos Management Sub-Plan (reviewed and approved by a suitably experienced

and accredited Environmental Scientist/Engineer) as part of the CEMP. The Asbestos

Management Sub-Plan must be completed in accordance with relevant NSW EPA endorsed

guidelines (including the waste guidelines) and relevant industry codes of practice and must

include:

(i) Identification of potential asbestos on site, including advance work options to assess and

manage or mitigate the risk prior to commencing other works;

(ii) Measures to remove visible asbestos containing materials prior to disturbance of soils;

(iii) Appropriate measures to characterise in situ soil and fill material for the presence of

asbestos prior to and during ground disturbance activities in order to characterise existing

ground conditions and minimise the volume of potentially asbestos impacted spoil requiring

ongoing management and/or disposal;

(iv) Detailed material handling procedures designed to manage and handle any asbestos

including adopting work practises that ensure asbestos is not mixed with non-asbestos

materials;

(v) A draft Asbestos Removal Control Plan including a methodology for the identification and

disposal of asbestos containing materials;

(vi) Procedures for disposal of asbestos in accordance with NSW EPA guidelines (including the

Operational Control - Site

Contamination

Assessment

4.2.7 Carry out a Stage 2 Site Contamination Assessment in accordance with the findings and

recommendations of the Stage 1 contamination assessment carried out for the EIS and in

accordance with the Contaminated Land Management Act Guidelines available at

http://www.epa.nsw.gov.au/your-environment/contaminated-land/managing-contaminated-

land/statutory-guideline.

Operational Control - Site

Contamination

4.2.7 Engage a consultant accredited by the EPA under the Contaminated Land Management Act to

carry out the Stage 2 site contamination assessment.

Section (G36) Hold Point Completed? Notes 3.1 Process Held: Commencement of Work not previously addressed by CEMS and CEMP documents and authorised by earlier Hold Point

release.

Submission Details: At least four (4) weeks prior to the proposed commencement of the stage of Work Under the Contract nominated

in the submission by you in accordance with the above submission procedure, submit the revised CEMP and associated Sub-Plans

and/or EWMS, as well as the CEMS documents listed in Clause 3.1.

Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the documents prior to authorising the release of the Hold Point. The Principal may

request additional information for inclusion in the revised CEMP before authorising the release of the Hold Point. 3.2.2 Process Held: Commencement of any activity requiring an approval, licence and/or permit from an appropriate authority.

Submission Details: At least five (5) working days prior to the activity, provide to the Principal evidence of receipt of the approval,

licence and/or permit from the relevant authority.

Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the submitted documents prior to authorising the release of the Hold Point. 3.2.4 Process Held: Commencement of work activities not previously addressed by EWMS documents and authorised by earlier Hold Point

release.

Submission Details: At least twenty one working days prior to the proposed commencement of each applicable work activity, submit the

EWMS documents, addressing the issues listed in Clause 3.2.4 for the nominated work activity.

Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the documents prior to authorising the release of the Hold Point for the nominated

work. The Principal may release the Hold Point for work covered by the EWMS progressively, consistent with your program for the

Work. The Principal may request additional information for inclusion in the EWMS before release of Hold Point. 3.5.2 Process Held: Induction and training of staff and contractors working on site.

Submission Details: Drafts of all environmental induction and environmental training materials must be provided to the Principal at least

two weeks before it is planned to be used.

Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the submitted documents prior to authorising the release of the Hold Point. 3.10 Process Held: Any activity that causes or has the potential to cause harm to the environment due to your failure to meet your

environmental obligations under the Contract (including recurring issues from checklists, reviews, improvement notices, inspections,

audits and surveillance).

Submission Details: Verification that the failure has been rectified, and details of the measures implemented to prevent recurrence.

Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the submitted documents and may inspect the relevant work prior to authorising the

release of the Hold Point. The Principal may request additional information in respect of the submitted documents.

Northern Road Upgrade Stage 4G36 Hold Points

4.2.4 Process Held: Activities within the vicinity of actual or suspected contaminated land.

Submission Details: At least 5 working days prior, submit your Remediation Action Plan to be prepared by you, and relevant procedures.

Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the submitted documents prior to authorising the release of the Hold Point. The

Principal may request additional information in respect of the submitted documents.

4.2.7 Process Held: Clearing and grubbing

Submission Details: At least 10 working days prior, submit your Stage 2 Contamination Assessment Report.

Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the submitted documents prior to authorising the release of the Hold Point. 4.7 Process Held: Commencement of pile driving, excavation by hammering or ripping, dynamic compaction, demolition operations, or any

other activity which may cause damage through vibration or airblast.

Submission Details: At least ten (10) working days prior, submit to the Principal a copy of the Building Condition Inspection Reports and

the VibrationManagement Sub-Plan or the combined Noise and Vibration Management

Sub-Plan (where blasting is not required).

Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the submitted documents prior to authorising the release of the Hold Point. The

Principal may request additional information in respect of the proposal and/or submitted documents. 4.9 Process Held: Engagement of the archaeological consultant

Submission Details: At least 5 working days prior to your proposed engagement of the consultant, provide details of your proposed

archaeological consultant and the proposed salvage excavation methodology.

Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the documents prior to authorising the release of the Hold Point.4.9 Process Held: Commencement of construction in the vicinity of the partially and totally impacted sites

Submission Details: The archaeological consultant’s salvage excavation report with confirmation that the salvage excavation is

complete.

Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the documents prior to authorising the release

of the Hold Point.

Heading Section

(G38)

Statement Compliance in CEMP Section Notes Review

required?

Review due

date

Review due

date

Review

due date

Review

due date

Review

due date

Review

due date

Review

due date

Compliant

(Yes/No)

Notes

General - Qualified

Personnel

1.2.7 Personnel who prepare your Soil and Water Management Plan, Erosion and

Sediment Control Plans (including Stabilisation Sub-Plans and Stockpile

Management Sub-Plans) and who carry out erosion and sediment control

inspections in accordance with Clause 4, must have completed training in Blue

Books 1 and 2D and Erosion and Sedimentation Control (with a certificate as proof

of training) and who have suitable on site, hands on experience in preparing such

plans, including refresher training as appropriate.

Key personnel who control construction work at each worksite must also have

completed a training course in Erosion and Sedimentation Control. HOLD POINT Process Held: Commencement of construction work.

Submission Details: List of personnel who will be working on the Contract, with

evidence of pertinent qualifications, to satisfy the requirements of this clause.

Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the submitted documents prior

to the release of the Hold Point.

Management Plans -

Soil and Water

Management Plan:

General

2.1.1 If specified in Annexure G38/A, prepare and implement a Soil and Water

Management Plan (SWMP) for the Work Under the Contract. The SWMP will form

part of the Contractor’s Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) specified in RMS

G36, and incorporates the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP) (refer Clause

2.2).

The SWMP must be prepared by a person with demonstrated skills and experience

in preparing the SWMP in accordance with the guidelines in the publication

“Managing Urban Stormwater: Soils and Construction Volumes 1 and 2d” (the BLUE Management Plans -

Soil and Water

Management Plan

2.1.1 The SWMP must be reviewed by a soil conservationist registered with the RMS at

category S1 or higher. You must respond to the review and incorporate any

recommendations or justify decisions for not incorporating recommendations.

Management Plans -

Soil and Water

Management Plan:

Plan Requirements

2.1.2 The Soil and Water Management Plan (SWMP) must identify all risks relating to soil

erosion, and pollution caused by sediments and other materials, and describes how

these risks will be addressed during construction.

Management Plans -

Soil and Water

Management Plan:

Plan Requirements

2.1.2 The SWMP must also address:

(i) RMS Code of Practice for Water Management;

(ii) RMS Erosion and Sedimentation Procedure;

(iii) The NSW Soils and Construction – Managing Urban Stormwater Volume 1 “the

Blue Book” (Landcom, 2004) and Volume 2 (DECC, 2008);

(iv) RMS Technical Guideline: Temporary Stormwater Drainage for Road

Construction (2011); and,

(v) RMS Technical Guideline: Environmental Management of Construction Site

Dewatering (2011).

The SWMP must include details of the following, where relevant:

(a) Purpose and objectives of SWMP.

(b) Approvals, licence requirements and relevant legislation.

(c) Site investigation and assessment of the following:

(i) soil properties (including dispersion properties and presence of acid sulphate

soils);

(ii) rainfall records and design parameters;

(iii) waterways and other water related sensitive environments;

(iv) groundwater;

(v) possibilities of, and limitations on, water extraction.(d) Environmental control measures, including:

(i) responsibility for its implementation, including the names and contact details of

the person(s) responsible;

(ii) resources required for its construction, monitoring, maintenance and removal;

(iii) implementation schedule for the measures, related to construction activities;

(iv) monitoring and maintenance of the environmental controls;

(v) minimising the area of disturbance in riparian zones by clearly marking out

work zones in riparian areas and protection of areas with fencing or similar

material;

(vi) implementation of adequate sediment and erosion control in works near

riparian zones.(e) Other associated plans, Environmental Work Method Statements (EWMS) and

procedures.

Northern Road Upgradge Stage 4 - Compliance Tracking Matrix

G38 - Soil and Water Compliance

Management Plans -

Soil and Water

Management Plan:

Plan Requirements

2.1.2

(f) Construction sediment retention basins, including details of the following:

(i) design of the construction sediment retention basins, including any temporary

modifications to the operational basins, providing details of the approach,

standards, criteria and references used in the design of the basins;

(ii) management of the basins;

(iii) procedures for testing, treatment and discharge of water from the basins;

(iv) procedures for the periodic removal and disposal of the sediment collected

within the basins.

(g) Training, including:

(i) site induction;

(ii) environmental training;

(iii) toolbox training.

(h) Inspection and auditing.

(i) An emergency spill incident plan which includes measures to manage and avoid

spillages of fuels, chemicals and fluids onto any surfaces or into any nearby

waterways; (j) A wet weather rain event plan which includes a process for monitoring

potential wet weather

and identification of controls to be implemented in the event of wet weather;

(k) A review process by your Soil Conservationist and a process for updating the

SWMP to

address any recommendations; and (l) A farm dam dewatering plan including:

(i) a map showing locations of farm dams to be dewatered;

(ii) Fisheries Permits and animal care and ethics requirements;

(iii) methodology for dewatering dams with consideration to aquatic ecology

including the

capture, storage, relocation, release of fish and other aquatic fauna;

(iv) euthanisation procedure (as required);

(v) location of any offsite discharge points; and

(vi) requirements to manage encounters of contaminated water.

In addressing items (g) and (h) above, refer to RMS G36. Management Plans -

Erosion and Sediment

Control Plan: General

2.2.1 Prepare and implement an Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP) for the Work

Under the Contract. The ESCP will form part of the CEMP, and where a SWMP is

also required, the ESCP will be incorporated in the SWMP.

Management Plans -



2.2.1 Include progressive site specific ESCPs for each construction stage, showing

contours, drainage paths, extent of disturbance and location of all erosion and

sediment controls and identifying any constraints to ensuring that drainage paths

function at each construction stage.

Management Plans -



2.2.1 Revise the ESCP whenever the Contract Program or work methods change, and

whenever the work methods and control structures are found to be ineffective or

are no longer required. Have available at each fortnightly environmental

inspection copies of the current relevant ESCPs.

Management Plans -



2.2.1 The ESCP must be prepared by a person with demonstrated skills and experience in

preparing the ESCP in accordance with the BLUE BOOK guidelines.

Management Plans -


Control Plan: Plan

Requirements

2.2.2 The ESCP must identify all erosion and sediment control risks and describe how

these will be addressed during construction.

Management Plans -


Control Plan: Plan

Requirements

2.2.2 The ESCP must include details of the following where relevant:

(a) erosion and sediment control measures required:

(i) before clearing and grubbing of the Site;

(ii) before removal of topsoil and commencement of earthworks within the

catchment area;

(b) how upstream water will be managed and diverted around disturbed areas so it

is not polluted by the construction activities;

(c) method of tree removal in intermittent watercourses, leaving grasses and small

understorey species undisturbed wherever possible;

(d) scour protection measures for haul roads and access tracks when these are an

erosion hazard due to either their steepness, soil erodibility or potential for

concentrating runoff flow;

(e) measures for promptly stabilising disturbed areas and temporary drains;

(f) measures to minimise erosion during construction of embankments;

(g) measures to minimise erosion and control sedimentation from stockpiles;

(h) methods of constructing batters to assist the retention of topsoil on the batter

slopes;

(i) measures to temporarily trap sediment in median areas at regular intervals;

(j) controls in runoff flow paths to reduce flow velocities and minimise the

potential for erosion;

(k) measures for controlling waste water discharge on or around the Site from

dewatering (refer to Clause 3.5), surface washing, grit blasting, saw cutting,

drilling, washing vehicles and plant and any other activities which add pollutants

to water;

(l) measures to be put in place during an extended shut-down of the Site or when

Management Plans -

Soil and Water

Management Plan:

Plan Requirements

2.1.2

Management Plans -


Control Plan: Plan

Requirements

2.2.2 (m) maintenance of erosion and sediment control structures including measures to

restore their capacity;

(n) inspection and auditing program for all erosion and sediment controls to ensure

that no disturbed area is left without adequate erosion and sediment controls;

(o) mapping and description of locations of construction sediment retention basins,

their catchments and drainage structures directing water to the basins;

(p) controls to be implemented at entry and exit points to minimise tracking of soil

and particulates onto pavement surfaces;

(q) removal of any materials transported onto adjacent road pavement surfaces

such as sweeping as soon as practical or at a minimum at the end of each working

day;

(r) additional controls to be implemented ahead of forecast rainfall events and

ahead of site shutdown of greater than two calendar days;

(s) staged plans for construction over minor waterways where culverts and/ or

bridges will be constructed; and,

(t) measures to manage contaminated soil and/or water that may be present

and/or identified during the implementation of erosion and sediment control

measures.

Management Plans -


Control Plan: Plan

Preparation

2.2.3 When preparing the ESCP, subdivide the site into sections based on the separate

catchment areas, or

alternatively into high risk areas, that will be affected by Work Under the

Contract.

Management Plans -


Control Plan: Plan

Preparation

2.2.3 Progressively, before work begins on any section of the Site, prepare a drawing for

that section showing all controls required to avoid erosion and sedimentation of

the Site, surrounding areas, watercourses, drainage systems, water bodies and

wetlands.

Update each drawing regularly as the site conditions changes during the progress

of Work Under the Contract. Include as part of the ESCP a procedure for updating

the drawings, and keep a register of all such drawings with the dates of

Management Plans -


Control Plan: Plan

Preparation

2.2.3 Include on the drawings locations of all ancillary activities and/or areas that may

impact on water quality, such as:

(a) access and haulage tracks;

(b) borrow pits;

(c) stockpile and storage areas;

(d) temporary work areas;

(d) materials processing areas;

(e) compound areas;

(f) concrete and asphalt batching areas and location(s) of concrete washouts;

(g) known (or discovered areas) of contamination.

Management Plans -

Water Quality

Monitoring

2.3 Prepare a Water Quality Monitoring Program (WQMP), as a supplement to the

ESCP, in accordance with the RMS Guideline for Construction Water Quality

Monitoring and EPA publication “Approved Methods for the Sampling and Analysis

of Water Pollutants in NSW.”.

Management Plans -

Water Quality

Monitoring

2.3 The Principal will carry out the water quality monitoring program. Provide access

at all times for the Principal to implement the program.

Management Plans -

Water Quality

Monitoring

2.3 Include the following in the WQMP:

(a) objectives of the monitoring (including EPA licence requirements);

(b) map showing the water sampling locations;

(c) sampling protocol, including sample collection, chain of custody information

and sample preservation;

(d) parameters to be monitored;

(e) method for interpretation of field results and identifying exceedance of water

quality criteria;

(f) accountabilities, responsibilities and training required the meet the monitoring

objectives;

(g) method of comparison of results between sampling locations (e.g. upstream and

downstream) and any water quality criteria and/or targets;

(h) reporting and recording of the monitoring results;

(i) responsibility for planning, implementing, checking and reviewing each element

of the monitoring;

(j) methodology for using monitoring results to assess and manage identified

problems;

(k) reporting requirements in the case the monitoring results exceed the set

Management Plans -

Water Quality

Monitoring

2.3 Laboratories used in the monitoring program must be accredited by the National

Association of Testing Authorities (NATA).

Management Plans -

Design Guide

2.4 In preparing the SWMP and/or ESCP, be guided by the BLUE BOOK.

Comply with the following requirements:

(i) estimate peak flows and other parameters needed to design drains and drainage

structures using the methods described in Australian Rainfall and Runoff;

(ii) use the Average Recurrence Interval (ARI) shown in Annexure G38/E for the

design of erosion and sediment control measures, unless site conditions or risks to

life, property or the environment suggest that other values are applicable;

(iii) superimpose the drawings accompanying the plans on A3 sized drainage

drawings of the Works.

Management Plans -

Design Guide

2.4 You do not need to submit the calculations carried out during preparation of the

SWMP or ESCP with the plan, but you must retain them as an Identified Record.

You must forward a copy to the Principal upon request.

Management Plans -

Management Review

2.5 Develop a documented process to periodically review the effectiveness and proper

implementation of the SWMP and ESCP. The management review process must

identify opportunities for continual improvement of your environmental

management processes and practices, and ensure that the SWMP and ESCP remain

current and relevant to the Work Under the Contract.

Soil and Water

Management

Measures - Erosion

and Sediment

Control:

Implementation

3.1.1 In addition to the erosion and sediment control measures stated in Clause 2.2,

implement the following:

(i) placing the locations of site compounds, access tracks, stockpile sites and

temporary work areas to minimise erosion;

(ii) staging of work and programming of construction activities to minimise the

duration and extent of soil that is left exposed. This includes minimising the time

between clearing and initial earthworks and commencement of subsequent works

in intermittent and permanent watercourses;

(iii) temporary modification of operational basins during the construction period

for additional capture of stormwater runoff;

(iv) installing and lining catch drains and diversion banks in accordance with the

requirements of Specification RMS R11 before earthworks commence;

(v) installing scour protection at the base of permanent and temporary drainage

outlets;

(vi) constructing drains to direct runoff from disturbed areas to sediment basins or

to areas with adequate sediment trapping/filtering devices and away from

watercourses;

(vii) filtering of sediment prior to water entering any pit and management of

stormwater discharge through any pit;

(viii) staged re-vegetation of the Site as work proceeds, progressively undertaking

Soil and Water

Management

Measures - Erosion

and Sediment

Control:

Implementation

3.1.1 (ix) procedure for diverting upstream water flow around or through the site with

adequate controls to prevent the mixing of upstream water and water originating

or discharging from the site;

(x) procedure for collecting, treating and disposing of any wastewater or water

generated on the site during construction processes;

(xi) procedure for maintaining, regularly trimming and compacting access tracks,

road formations and the edge of small batters to ensure durable surfaces and

minimise erosion;

(xii) procedure for compacting disturbed surfaces at the end of each work day to

reduce the erosion potential;

(xiii) providing hardstand material or rumble grids at exit points from stockpile

sites and construction areas onto public roads to minimise the tracking of soil and

particulates onto public roads;

(xiv) designing disturbed areas not directed to construction sediment retention

basins to comply with the requirements of the Blue Book to ensure potential

sediment load is less than 150m3 per year (refer section 6.3.2 in the Blue Book);

(xv) immediately after forming swales and catch drains and any temporary drains,

installing and maintaining temporary lining to the satisfaction of the Principal in

the swales and catch drains and temporary drains until permanent lining or

vegetation is applied;

Soil and Water

Management

Measures - Erosion

and Sediment

Control:

Implementation

3.1.1 (xvi) providing designated impervious bunded washdown facilities for concrete

trucks and other vehicles at least 100 metres from areas prone to flash flooding or

50 metres away from other natural and built drainage lines;

(xvii) promptly using jute mesh or similar to provide scour protection for any

earthen areas of waterways that have been disturbed and that do not have a

permanent vegetative or water cover and are likely to experience flows of a

minimum 1:5 year flow event until long-term stabilisation measures are

established as shown on the Drawings;

(xviii) procedure for monitoring Bureau of Meteorology forecast heavy rainfall

events in order to allow sufficient time to vacate and prepare the site prior to the

commencement of heavy rainfall events and flood events and also to allow for

programming of construction work to minimise the risk of erosion and

sedimentation; and

(xix) staging of work and programming of high risk soil and erosion activities to

HOLD POINT Process Held: Commencement of work in each catchment or sub-catchment

requiring the installation of erosion control and sediment capture measures not

previously addressed by ESCP and authorised by earlier Hold Point release.

Submission Details: Drawings prepared progressively for sections of the Site where

work is to commence. The drawing(s) must be signed and approved by your ESR,

Construction Superintendent and Project Manager before being submitted at least

ten working days before disturbance of the surface of the section of the Site.

Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the submitted drawing(s) prior to

authorising the release of the Hold Point.

WITNESS POINT Process Witnessed: Disturbance of the existing surface on a section of the Site

(catchment or sub-catchment), other than for the installation of erosion and

sediment capture measures.

Submission Details: Written advice, including signed approval by your ESR and

Construction Superintendent, that the measures described in the ESCP and

included on the drawing submitted progressively for that section of the Site,

including sediment basins and other water quality structures together with

associated temporary or permanent connecting stormwater drainage lines and/or

catch drains, have been implemented or the date by which implementation will be

completed. The advice must be forwarded at least five working days before the

works are to commence. Soil and Water

Management

Measures - Erosion

and Sediment

Control:

Implementation

3.1.1 Sediment fencing must be woven polypropylene and cotton / geotextile thread

with a flow rate > 110 litres/m2/sec to AS 3706.9.

Identify the construction boundaries in accordance with RMS G40.

Erosion and sedimentation controls must remain in place until 70% of the disturbed

area beyond the pavement is stabilised or as otherwise agreed with the Principal.

Soil and Water

Management

Measures - Erosion

and Sediment

Control:

Implementation

3.1.1 In the event of forecast storm events, heavy rainfall or flooding events:

(a) inspect the site to ensure that all erosion/sedimentation and stabilisation

controls are in place and in effective working order; and,

(b) cease all work in the vicinity of flood-prone areas and collect all loose

materials and wastes, and if there is a possibility that work sites could be flooded,

take action to prevent any environmental incidents such as potential pollution

incidents and protecting disturbed ground from erosion, including relocating all

materials that could cause harm onto higher ground and away from flood prone

Soil and Water

Management

Measures - Erosion

and Sediment

3.1.2 Maintain a register of inspection and maintenance of erosion control and sediment

capture measures, dates of discharge, water treatment (flocculation) performed,

discharge water quality as defined in Clause 2.3, volumes of sediment removed

from each device, method of disposal of the sediment and daily rainfall.

Soil and Water

Management

Measures - Stockpile

Management

3.2 Establish erosion control and sediment capture measures, and maintain them

regularly, to divert offsite stormwater, manage onsite stormwater runoff and

stabilise stockpiles in accordance with RMS Technical Guideline EMS-TG-010:

Stockpile Site Management and the BLUE BOOK guidelines.

Soil and Water

Management


3.2 Design, establish, operate and decommission all stockpiles in accordance with the

RMS Draft Stockpile Management Procedures, 2011. Manage stockpiles in

accordance with RMS Stockpile Site Management Guideline, RMS G36 and RMS

Soil and Water

Management


Management

3.2 Include a Stockpile Management Sub-Plan in your ESCP which includes, but is not

limited to:

(i) Locations of stockpile sites;

(ii) Quantities and types of materials to be stockpiled;

(iii) Measures to ensure separation of different materials;

(iv) Controls to protect stockpiles from stormwater runoff;

(v) Stabilisation of stockpiles left for more than 20 days; and

(vi) Procedures for the control of other material you propose to place in stockpiles

which may pose environmental risk e.g. recycled bedding sand, lime, gypsum,

stabilised sand etc.

Soil and Water

Management


3.2 Install erosion control and sediment capture measures prior to stockpiling

material.



Appendix A2

Environmental Aspects and Impacts



This Environmental Aspects and Impacts Register summarises the Environmental Risk Analysis conducted as part of the CRAW for the Project. The identification of significant construction activities and associated impacts that could eventuate during construction of the Project is central to the selection of appropriate environmental management measures. The risk management process was undertaken to identify significant environmental risk for the Project specific construction activities and aspects which are anticipated to be undertaken in or near environmentally sensitive areas. The Project Team assigned each potential impact an environmental risk category (as identified in Figure 1) with an inherent risk (pre control) score and a residual risk (post control) score. Any item identified with having an inherent score of extreme is identified as a significant environmental risk for the Project. Figure 1 – Risk Matrix



Title: Risk Register Project: The Northern Road Upgrade Stage 4 Date of last review: 14/09/18

Owner: Jerry Cockburn, Glen Bolton Heading Activity Hazard Aspect Unwanted Event

Uncontrolled Risk Score

Mandatory Controls Project Specific Controls Legal and other References

Controlled Risk Score

Heritage Salvage Works salvage all PADs and

European heritage pre

Construction working

around Heritage areas

'- Working near Indigenous / heritage sites '- Damage/ disturbance to

Indigenous & heritage

sites

- Non-compliance

- Reputation

Extreme

- develop salvage strategy with the appointed heritage consultants for

aboriginal and non aboriginal heritage

- If Indigenous artefacts are located liaise with traditional owners through

appointed consultants

- All work to cease if any suspected bones or artefacts are located

- Inform management of any findings

- Prior to works occurring works occurring

- engage heritage consultants to perform salvage works

- Erect signage and barricading

- Clearly mark items to be protected until salvaged

- follow salvage management plan

- Sign of received from RMS

exclusion fencing where required

- NPWS Act POEO Act

Moderate

Pre-mobilisation Environmental Approvals Environmental approvals not

in place to commence work fine prosecution from the EPA under

the POEO Act

fine / prosecution from NSW office

of water

High

"- Ensure all Construction approvals are in place prior to the

commencement of works '- Use of Legal and Other Obligations

Register in preparation of EMP

- HSE Start-Up Checklist - Legal Compliance Evaluations

'- Use of HSEQ Meeting minutes to manage requirements for permits / licences DPE approval

Consistency assessment approvals

Transfer EPL from RMS to Georgiou, develop Georgiou website to

display monitoring data, develop PIRMP.

Apply and get approval from Water NSW for water supply works

approval

Develop and get CEMP approved RMS

develop and get EWMSs approved by RMS internal compliance tracking register

weekly env inspections daily environmental complaints reporting to the EPA. Complaints

through the Community hotline

Supervisors & Engineers knowledgeable of the EMP requirements.

ESR available to supervise & offer advice to Construction team.

POEO Act

EP&A Act

Water Managem

ent Act

2000

RMS G36

Moderate

Storage of Hazardous

Substances or Dangerous

Substances Use of containers / tanks to

store hazardous substances

or dangerous goods Hazardous substances or dangerous goods Spillage resulting in exposure

to worker & environment

(ground contamination)

Extreme

Storage containers e.g. flammable liquids must be of a good quality, sealed and

suitably labelled indicating compliance with AS 2906:2001. Be marked as

containing flammable liquids. Total flammable liquids stored to not exceed 250tr

(excess will require placarding).

Storage containers not to exceed 30ltr

Flammable liquids to be stored only with compatible substances.

Flammable stores to contain adequate bunding to contain 100% of the volume of

the largest container with an extra 25% of the storage capacity up to 10,000 L

No Smoking or ignition source signs to be displayed

Safety Data Sheet.

ChemAlert database.

Where classified as 'hazardous', Georgiou will complete &

record the chemical risk assessment available within

ChemAlert.

Subcontractors wishing to introduce a 'hazardous' substance

are to provide the Project with a written risk assessment .

SDS Register & file

Work Health & Safety Act 2011

Work Health & Safety

Regulation 2017 (Schedule

11).

Project Safety Management Plan

Project Construction

Environment Management

Plan.

Georgiou Hazardous

Chemicals Procedure.

NSW Code of Practice;

Managing risks of

hazardous chemicals in

the workplace

AS 2906: 2001 - Fuel

Containers, portable,

plastic and metal.

AS 1940:2004 The

storage and handling of

flammable and

combustible liquids.

High

Hazardous Substances - Transportation of

hazardous substances '- Hazardous substances - Spillage and release of

dangerous goods and hazardous

substances from transportation

and storage.

- Fire/explosion

- Injury to person and plant

transporting dangerous goods

or hazardous substances.

- Contamination of land or

nearby water

High

- Licenced contractor to be employed to transport all dangerous good

substances unless an exemption covers the transport, eg

small quantities, single consignments of small receptacles and certain quantities

carried as tools of trade other requirements;

- Adequate storage and restraining devices while in transit (appropriate containers)

as per the Australian Dangerous Goods Code

- All Transportation quantities to be below State regulatory requirements for transportation

- SDS to accompany chemicals transported

- Spill kits/neutralising agents to be on truck

- Adequate relevant signage and placarding for container/truck

- Segregation from other dangerous goods as per the MSDS and dangerous goods

segregation table

- Transportation of goods to be done in accordance to ADG Code.

- Emergency Response Management Plan developed and in the event of a

hazardous substances release identified controls implemented

- Emergency Response Team Leader elected for project

- Emergency Response Team Leader trained in emergency procedure for hazardous

substance release events - Truck contains UHF radio

- Assessment shall be undertaken of any dangerous and

hazardous substances to be transported to determine if

license is required from Department of Consumer and

Employment Protection.

- First aid kit on truck

- Environmental Management Plan - Emergency Spill

Response Sub Plan

POEO Act

Dangerous Goods (Road and

Rail Transport) Act 2008

Workcover NSW

Moderate



Hazardous Substances Plant & Equipment usage Incorrect storage and handling of

hazardous and dangerous goods Spills and leaks. Contamination

of land or nearby waters.

Storage lockers/tanks which

are inadequate to prevent

fire/ explosion, intoxication or

leaks. Detrimental impacts to

personal health

High

Provide SDS and emergency contact numbers

JHA/SWMS to include recommendations including PPE requirements for handling

and storage When storing hazardous substances ensure:

Adequate ventilation

Relevant fire extinguishers are

available Adequate signage and

barricades if required All fuels

stored away from ignition

sources

Segregation as per the dangerous goods segregation table

Have the correct bunding installed. The capacity of the spillage containment

should be at least 110% of the volume of the largest package with an extra 25%

of the storage capacity up to 10,000 L

When storage tanks are installed ensure that fuel storage and refuelling areas will

be designed with;

Bollards installed around fuel

storage facilities. Spill

kits/neutralising agents to be on

truck

Adequate relevant signage and placarding for container/truck /

Secondary containment around containers (lined refuelling area) or

double skinned Bulk chemical storage to be stored in bunded areas

Compound located away from sensitive receptors

Staff trained in the management of chemicals kept on site

Store in low volumes

Environmental Management Plan - Hazardous Chemicals

Management Environmental Sub Plan


Work Health & Safety

Regulation 2017

Emergency Response

Management Plan

WHS Regs 2011

(Schedule 11).

Project Safety Management Plan

Project Construction

Environment Management

Plan.

Georgiou Hazardous

Chemicals Procedure.

NSW Code of Practice;

Managing risks of

hazardous chemicals in

the workplace

RMS QA Spec G22/J Truck & Plant Requirements

Moderate

Hazardous Substances Dangerous Goods /

hazardous substances

storage Failure in the fuel depot from

plant and equipment collision. Contamination of

Environment Fire/explosion

High

Bollards installed around fuel

storage facilities. Spill

kits/neutralising agents made

available

Adequate relevant signage and placarding for

container/truck Preventative maintenance

program

Secondary containment around containers or

double skinned Drive-over bund / lining for

refuelling area

Toolbox talks - Emergency Response

Hydrocarbon spill QHEST -Georgiou

internal reporting system

Compound located away from sensitive receptors

Pollution Incident Response Management Plan and

Emergency Response Management Plan developed and in the

event of a hazardous substances release identified controls

implemented

Emergency Response Team Leader trained in emergency

procedure for hazardous substance release events

Environmental Management Plan -Hydrocarbon & Chemical


POEO Act 1997

Moderate

General - General Works '- Storm water runoff sedimentation of waterways

/ Stormwater drains

High

soil and water management sub plan to

be developed progressive ESCPs

developed

EPL

- Place barriers/bunds around open drains

sediment controls in kerbs around SW pits in work zones.

Street sweeper to be used when dirt on road

dewatering permit (Internal)

clean water diversions to be installed

sediment controls to be installed

basins to be designed and installed in accordance with

Basins to be installed prior to topsoil strip in accordance with

EPL.

POEO Act RMS G36 RMS G38

Moderate



Title: Risk Register

Project: The Northern Road Upgrade Stage 4 Date of last review: 14/09/18

Owner: Jerry Cockburn, Glen Bolton Heading Activity Hazard Aspect Unwanted Event




General - General Works '- Working near Indigenous / heritage sites '- Damage/

disturbance to

Indigenous & heritage

sites

- Non-compliance

- Reputation

Extreme

- Planning in conjunction with Client to identify and then isolate/

demarcate areas of Indigenous & Heritage significance by qualified

surveyor

- If Indigenous artefacts are located liaise with traditional owners through

appointed consultants

- All work to cease if any suspected bones or artefacts are located and follow RMS

unexpected finds procedure

- Inform management of any findings

- Site induction

- Minimise vibrational activities if likely to disturb Indigenous/ heritage buildings/ areas

- Clearly mark items to be protected

- Cultural & Heritage Protection Procedure

- Vibration suppression if activities are likely to disturb

heritage or artefacts structural integrity

- Obtain an impact study on the scope of the works and

methodology on heritage or artefacts

- Use of spotter where required

- Identify Indigenous Management Plan

- Conduct a Condition survey

- Erect signage and barricading

- Refer to Miss Lawson's Guesthouse

- Supervision and clear communication of clearing

- Environmental Management Plan - Cultural Heritage


NPWS Act POEO Act

Moderate

General - General Works '- Dust generation '- Degradation to fauna and flora

- Disturbance to

Residential/ Commercial

- Dust Generation associated

with subgrade stabilisation

(road works)

High

- Water exposed areas when visible dust is observed

- Where required, maintain communication with surrounding residents and business owners

- Visual Dust monitoring

- Adhere to sign posted speed limits

- Air Quality & Dust Management Procedure

Dust bottles to be installed and collected monthly

- Visual dust monitoring to be conducted daily to ensure

controls are adequate

- Dust monitoring will take place if complaints are received

- Air Quality & Dust Management Environmental Sub Plan

- Install wind fences if appropriate

- Conduct regular weather checks

- weather monitor installed on site

- Environmental Management Plan Air Quality & Dust


POEO Act RMS G38, G40

EIS

Moderate

General - General Works '- Noise and vibration - Noise and vibration

disruption to the community

and/or legal non-

compliance.

High

work within allocated hours

- liaise with stakeholders

- Any complaints registered and monitored through QHEST as per RMS System

- Use quietest equipment where practically possible.

- Noise & Vibration

Management Plan

community liaison plan

EPL 21121 requirements & Conditions

- Maintain communication with surrounding residents and

business owners. Advise local residents of commencement

and duration of works, and if any out of hours work will

occur

- Noise and vibration monitoring as set out in the N & V

management plan

- property condition surveys study

- Fit and maintain appropriate mufflers on plant

- Environmental Management Plan - Noise & Vibration


Leadership walks & inspections to monitor standards

POEO Act

DEC interim

construction noise

guidelines EPL

RMS G38

Assessing Vibration a

technical guideline NSW

EPA

Moderate

General '- Wash down / washout of plant water quality '- Contamination of water

Moderate

- Exclusion zones to prevent wash-down in

sensitive areas develop soil and water

management plan

Plant arrives on site clean

develop pollution incident response plan

wash-down only to occur at designated area away from

drainage lines and stormwater pits

- Environmental Management Plan - soil and Water



EIS

Low

General '-Dewatering water quality contamination of waterways

Extreme

- Discharge water onto a stable surface

EPL And conditions (licence discharge points)

- Disperse water where possible to facilitate infiltration through methods such as spraying

- Water Management Procedure

'- Identify regulatory requirements before discharging

- Assess water quality before discharging

- Treat water before discharging where it does not meet the water quality objectives

- Reuse water on site to irrigate, dust suppression etc



'- use a permit to discharge

- Reinfiltrate treated dewatering water

- test pH, Total Suspended Solids & Turbidity

Procedure & general knowledge that all water is measured &

determined suitable prior to discharge


EIS

Moderate



Waste Management - Storage of wastes '- Waste -littering and contamination of Site

Moderate

- Clear signage indicating type of waste receptacle

- Provide sufficient waste receptacles to meet demand and regular pick ups

- All food waste receptacles to have lids

- Periodic inspection to monitor waste onsite

- Use of registered waste removal contractor to remove all waste

Contaminated waste to be transported by a licensed carrier to a licensed

disposal facility Waste carrier licence to be attained when disposing of

contaminated material

Waste receipts to be retained

- Site Induction

- Toolbox Topics

- Waste Management Procedure

- Appropriate segregation, storage and containment

available for waste

- Environmental Management Plan - Waste Management

Environmental Sub Plan

POEO Act

EPA NSW waste classification guidelines

Low

Waste Management

'- Office Administration '- Waste of resources

- Wasteful use of energy

- Excessive paper to be

recycled at a cost to Georgiou

Moderate

'- Recycling of empty ink cartridges

- Turn-off lights at non-critical times

- Where possible print/copy on both sides of paper and purchase printers with

capability to print double sided


'- Paper recycling bins

- Print on lower quality/ no colour to minimise toner usage

- Use of low energy globes where practical



EPA NSW waste

classification

guidelines energy

efficiency

opportunities

Low

Energy and Resource Use '- Office Administration - Natural Resources - Excess use of natural

resources (Fuel & electrical

consumption & waste

generation

Moderate

- Turn-off lights when not required

- Where possible please do not print

- If the event that this can t be avoided print/copy double sided


'- Paper recycling bins

- Print on lower quality/ no colour to minimise toner usage

- Use of low energy globes



NGERs Act

energy efficiency opportunities

Low

Refuelling of Plant & Equipment '- Refuelling plant and equipment '- Hydrocarbons - Contamination of

soil / groundwater

- Degradation to flora & Fauna

High

- Spill kit available with fuel source

- Refuelling devices automatic operating function disabled

- Fire suppression equipment

- Stop engine while refuelling

- no mobile phone use

while refuelling spill

response procedure

PIRMP to be developed

- Operators trained in use of re-fuelling equipment and

informed of approved locations to refuel.

- Designated personnel nominated for refuelling

- Drip trays for field refuelling

- Environmental Management Plan - spill response procedure

EWMS Available for refuelling

POEO Act RMS G36 RMS

G38

Low

Repairs and Maintenance of

Plant & Equipment '- Waste oils and parts '- Uncontrolled dumping at non

approved landfill sites

- Hydrocarbons, degreasers and

detergents contaminating

waterways and soil

'- Hazardous substances

contaminating the

environment

High

- Waste oils to be collected and stored in approved facilities and disposed

of using an approved licenced contractor

- Grease cartridges, oil filters etc to be disposed of in Hydrocarbon bins


-servicing of plant to occur offsite unless breakdown

servicing

-Waste Receptacles to be located centrally on site where

practically possible



No maintained works within 30 metres of waterways & spill

kit available


G38

Moderate

Clearing and Grubbing '- Land Clearing - Clearing of native vegetation

outside of approved boundaries

- Permit conditions of

compliance associated

with work on a project

'- Death/loss of protected

flora / fauna

- Breach of legislation

- Destruction of habitat

- Non-compliance to

Client requirements

Extreme

- Identify and mark areas of protected flora / fauna, with demarcation of

boundaries and illustrate on a map (which is consistent with the clearing

permit)

- Ensure during planning stage to consult with Client to identify and isolate

areas with protected flora / fauna

- Site clearing boundary pegged by qualified surveyor and approved

prior to works commencing

- No access beyond site boundary permitted - Erect signage as

appropriate pre clearing ecological survey and report to be

conducted

- Consult with Client/ relevant authorities or employ

consultants to conduct vegetation survey before works

Approval from the client to undertake clearing and a copy of

the clearing permit on file

FFMP


G36

Moderate



Title: Risk Register Project: The Northern Road Upgrade Stage 4 Date of last review: 14/09/18

Owner: Jerry

Cockburn,

Glen Bolton

Heading Activity Hazard Aspect Unwanted Event




Clearing and Grubbing storage of mulch and topsoil Mulch and Topsoil management Mulch self combustion,

tannins in waterway.

Damage of topsoil to be

used for rehabilitation

High

- Dedicated topsoil stockpile location

- Stockpile location communicated to

work crew stabilise long term

stockpiles as per RMS spec

Mulch stockpiles to be no higher than 3m to minimise

heat build up Mulch to be stored away from waterways

and drainage lines

- Height restrictions (3m)

- Transfer of topsoil directly to area undergoing

- Rehabilitation preferentially over topsoil stockpiling

Mulch stockpiles to be no higher than 3m to minimise heat

build up

- Environmental Management Plan - Flora and fauna

management plan

POEO Act RMS G40

RMS G36

RMS Technical Stockpile Guideline

Moderate

Excavation Stockpile placement & formation Formation of stockpiles leading to

potential environmental incident,

Insufficient controls to contain

pollution. Stockpile stability &

access

Stockpiles exceeding 3m.

Extreme

Stockpiles over 3m to have their locations nominated to the RMS project

delegate. Stockpiles of soil to be seeded/sealed or covered within 14

days of formation.

Fill materials / clay etc. to be compacted and

sealed. Adequate erosion & sediment controls

to contain run-off.

Positioning to consider placement relative to intercepting

sediment basins. Vehicle access paths onto stockpiles to limit

gradient to 30 degs.

Access paths protected with windrows/berms equal to half the diameter of the

vehicle wheel. Operators to monitor & report cracks, evidence of landslide, soft

spots etc. to site supervisor

& stop work until assessed.

Opinion of Geotechnical Eng to be

considered. Experienced operators to form

& maintain stockpiles.

Suitable blending of materials to provide integrity of stockpile.

Stockpile mgt protocol Work Health & Safety Act 2011

Work Health &

Safety Regulation

2017 NSW CoP:

Excavation

NSW CoP: Managing the

risks of plant in the

workplace.

RMS Spec G36

Moderate

Excavations > 1.5 metres - Excavations fauna entrapment '- Trapped fauna resulting in

injury or death to fauna

Moderate

'- Construct ramps on the sides of deep excavations and ramp exit points per 30m of trench

- Contact local authorities / qualified competent fauna handler to remove injured fauna

- Inspect trenches/ excavations for trapped fauna prior to starting work

- Backfill as soon as practicable

- Project to report any injury caused to fauna to Georgiou Environmental Coordinator

- Do not attempt to hurt any fauna unless directly threatening your safety

- Flora & Fauna Protection Procedure

'- Erect barriers

- Environmental Management Plan - Flora & Fauna

Management Environmental Sub Plan POEO Act RMS G40

RMS G36

Low

Excavations > 1.5 metres '-Dewatering water quality contamination of waterways

Extreme

Discharge water onto a stable surface

'- Identify regulatory requirements before discharging

- Assess water quality before discharging

- Treat water before discharging where it does not meet the water quality

objectives Licence discharge points




'- use a permit to discharge

- test pH, Total Suspended Solids & Turbidity and treat to

meet parameters in bluebook

POEO Act

RMS G38, G40 EIS

Moderate

Excavations > 1.5 metres

'- Exposure of in situ hostile

materials (including acid

sulphate soils, asbestos). '- Groundwater / soil contamination

Moderate

'- Characterisation of material

- Develop remedial measures involving experts and stakeholders (where necessary)


- Geotechnical Survey completed pre Construction


Environmental Sub Plan, Contaminated Land Management

Sub Plan

POEO Act RMS G40

RMS G36

Low

Working with Concrete - Wash down / washout of plant water quality '- Contamination of water

Moderate

- impervious concrete washout areas to be

provided Exclusion zones to prevent wash-

down in sensitive areas develop soil and water

management plan

develop pollution incident response plan

wash-down only to occur at designated area away from

drainage lines and stormwater pits



Concrete Truck to wash out back at the depot.

POEO Act RMS G38,

G40 REF

Low

Curing Concrete water runoff '- Contamination of water

Moderate Bund curing compound in 1,000

litre pods Do not store in

waterways Replace 1,000 litre as required

Monitor weather conditions and avoid using curing compound

in the rain POEO Act RMS G38,

G40 REF

Low



Road Construction earthworks '- Dust generation '- Degradation to fauna and flora

- Disturbance to

Residential/ Commercial



(road works)

High

'- Water exposed areas when visible dust is observed

- Where required, maintain communication with surrounding residents and business owners

- Visual Dust monitoring



- Visual Dust monitoring to occur daily to ensure controls are

adequate

- Dust monitoring if complaints are received

- Air Quality & Dust Management Environmental Sub Plan

- Install wind fences if appropriate

- Conduct regular weather checks

- Environmental Management Plan Air Quality & Dust


POEO Act RMS G38,

G40 REF

Moderate

Road construction Plant operating / adjacent

road traffic movements /

earthworks

/residents/Commercial properties

Noise and vibration Noise and vibration leading to

industrial hearing loss /

disruption to the community

and/or legal non- compliance.

High

Plant & equipment maintained and serviced to OEM, defects reports and addressed.

Plant & background noise levels routinely sampled to assess hazard and potential

impact on personnel.

Minimal number of personnel to be within noise affected work areas /

rotate tasks & personnel to account for TWA of exposure.

Work within allocated hours

- liaise with stakeholders

- Any complaints registered and monitored through QHEST/ RMS PROCESS


- Noise & Vibration

Management Plan

community liaison plan

EPL Reporting requirements

Maintain communication with surrounding residents and

business owners. Advise local residents of commencement

and duration of works, and if any out of hours work will

occur

Noise and vibration monitoring as set out in the N & V

management plan

Property conditions Surveys study

Fit and maintain appropriate mufflers on plant

Environmental Management Plan - Noise & Vibration



Work Health & Safety Regulation 2017

NSW CoP: Managing noise and

preventing hearing loss at

work.

NSW CoP: Managing the

risk of plant in the

workplace

- Concrete & Masonry Cutting &

Drilling - Code of Practice 2010

POEO Act

DEC interim

construction noise

guidelines RMS G38

Assessing Vibration a technical guideline NSW

Moderate

Road construction earthworks '- Dust generation '- Degradation to fauna and flora

- Disturbance to Residential/

Commercial



(road works)

Moderate

'- Water exposed areas when visible dust is observed

- Where required, maintain communication with surrounding residents and business owners - Visual Dust monitoring



- Air Quality & Dust Management Environmental Sub Plan -visual dust monitoring

use water carts to provide dust suppression

- Conduct regular weather checks and review wind forecast

- Environmental Management Plan Air Quality & Dust Management Environmental Sub Plan

POEO Act RMS G38,

G40 REF

Low

Road construction earthworks '- Noise and vibration - Noise and vibration disruption to the community and/or legal non-

compliance.

Moderate

-work within allocated hours

- liaise with stakeholders - Any complaints registered and monitored through QHEST


- Noise & Vibration Management Plan

- - Comply with EPL legislative requirements relating to working periods, noise and vibration.

Advise local residents of commencement and duration of works,

and if any out of hours work will occur

- Noise and vibration monitoring as set out in the N & V

management plan

- Condition surveys required as per RMS spec - Fit and maintain appropriate mufflers on plant

- Environmental Management Plan - Noise & Vibration Management Environmental Sub Plan

Leadership walks & inspections to monitor standards

POEO Act

DEC interim construction noise

guidelines EPL

RMS G38 Assessing Vibration a technical guideline NSW EPA

Low

Road construction dewatering sediment basins water quality contamination of waterways

High

- Follow EPL conditions for basin discharge limits and basin management Discharge water onto a stable surface

'- Identify regulatory requirements before discharging - Assess water quality before discharging

- Treat water before discharging where it does not meet the water quality objectives


- Environmental Management Plan - soil and Water Management Environmental Sub Plan

'- use a dewatering permit - test pH, Total Suspended Solids & Turbidity and treat to meets

EPL discharge requirements

POEO Act RMS G36

RMS G38

NSW Blue Book,

Landcom Managing

Urban Stormwater

EPL

Moderate

Hot Works '- Hot works '- Heat/ generation of sparks - Damage to Flora, Fauna and

from fire

Moderate

- Designate an area for hot works free from flammable and combustible items

Prior to any hot works outside of the workshop area, high risk task permit to be

completed and approved (please obtain fire exemption from local authority)

- Fire extinguishers located nearby

- Emergency Response Management Plan developed and in the event of a fire

identified controls implemented

- Emergency Response Team Leader elected for project

- Emergency Response Team Leader trained in emergency procedure for fire events

- Water carts/water tanks on standby

- Create a buffer zone clear of debris

- Fire Warden Training

- Hot works Permit

- Environmental Management Plan - Flora & Fauna


POEO Act NPWS Act

Low



Appendix A3

Environmental Policy



Appendix A4

Ancillary Facility Management Plan

Ancillary Facility Management Plan The Northern Road Upgrade, between Mersey Road and Eaton Road

The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road

Ancillary Facility Management Plan 2

Contents

1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................. 1

1.1 Background............................................................................................................. 1

1.2 Context ................................................................................................................... 1

1.3 Environmental Management System Overview ....................................................... 1

1.4 Consultation ............................................................................................................ 2

2 PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES ....................................................................................... 3

2.1 Purpose .................................................................................................................. 3

2.2 Objectives and Targets ........................................................................................... 4

3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................ 5

3.1 Relevant legislation and guidelines ......................................................................... 5

3.1.1 Minister’s Conditions of Approval ..................................................................... 6

4 ANCILLARY FACILITY DETAIL ...................................................................................... 9

4.1 EIS assessed ancillary facilities .............................................................................. 9

4.2 Main Compound ..................................................................................................... 3

4.3 Activities ................................................................................................................. 5

4.4 Plant and Equipment ............................................................................................... 5

4.5 Timing and Duration ................................................................................................ 1

4.6 Decommissioning and rehabilitation ........................................................................ 3

4.7 Ancillary Facilities not assessed in the EIS ............................................................. 3

5 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT ................................................................................ 4

5.1 EIS assessment of ancillary facilities against CoA criteria ....................................... 4

5.2 Environmental aspects and impacts ........................................................................ 6

5.3 Flora and Fauna ..................................................................................................... 7

5.4 Soil and Water ........................................................................................................ 9

5.5 Flooding ................................................................................................................ 10

5.6 Heritage ................................................................................................................ 10

5.7 Noise .................................................................................................................... 13

5.7.1 Temporary acoustic barriers .......................................................................... 17

5.8 Vibration ............................................................................................................... 20

5.9 Traffic and Access ................................................................................................ 21

5.10 Visual .................................................................................................................... 22

5.11 Air Quality ............................................................................................................. 23

5.12 Community Consultation ....................................................................................... 23

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION MEASURES ............................................................. 24

7 COMPLIANCE MANAGEMENT .................................................................................... 39



7.1 Roles and responsibilities ..................................................................................... 39

7.2 Training ................................................................................................................. 39

7.3 Monitoring and inspections ................................................................................... 39

7.4 Auditing ................................................................................................................. 39

7.5 Incident Management ........................................................................................... 40

7.6 Complaints Management ...................................................................................... 40

7.7 Reporting .............................................................................................................. 40

7.8 Ongoing risk analysis ............................................................................................ 40

8 REVIEW AND IMPROVEMENT .................................................................................... 41

8.1 Continuous improvement ...................................................................................... 41

8.2 AFMP update and amendment ............................................................................. 41

Appendices Appendix A - Roads and Maritime leased land

Appendix B - Ancillary facilities assessment criteria for facilities not assessed in the EIS

Appendix C - Evidence of consultation

Appendix D - Unexpected Discovery of Contaminated Land Procedure

Appendix E - Roads and Maritime Unexpected Heritage Items Procedure



Glossary / Abbreviations

AFMP Ancillary Facilities Management Plan

Ancillary Facility

A temporary facility for construction of the project including an office and amenities compound, construction compound, material crushing and screening plant, materials storage compound, maintenance workshop, testing laboratory and material stockpile area

Where an approved CEMP contains a stockpile management protocol, a material stockpile area located within the construction footprint is not considered to be an ancillary facility

CEMP Construction Environmental Management Plan

CCS Community Communication Strategy

CMS Complaint Management System

Compliance audit Verification of how implementation is proceeding with respect to a environmental management plan (EMP) (which incorporates the relevant approval conditions)

NSW CoA Conditions of approval in the NSW Infrastructure Approval SSI 7127

DoEE Commonwealth Department of the Environment and Energy

DP&E NSW Department of Planning and Environment

DPI NSW Department of Primary Industries

Ecologically sustainable development

Using, conserving and enhancing the community’s resources so that the ecological processes on which life depends are maintained and the total quality of life now and in the future, can be increased (Council of Australian Governments, 1992).

EEC Endangered Ecological Communities

EIS Environmental Impact Statement

EMP Environmental Management Plan

EMS Environmental Management System

Environmental aspect Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2004 as an element of an organisation’s activities, products or services that can interact with the environment.

Environmental impact Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2004 as any change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from an organisation’s environmental aspects.



Environmental incident An unexpected event that has, or has the potential to, cause harm to the environment and requires some action to minimise the impact or restore the environment.

Environmental objective Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2004 as an overall environmental goal, consistent with the environmental policy, that an organisation sets itself to achieve.

Environmental policy Statement by an organisation of its intention and principles for environmental performance.

Environmental target Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2004 as a detailed performance requirement, applicable to the organisation or parts thereof, that arises from the environmental objectives and that needs to be set and met in order to achieve those objectives.

Environmental Representative (ER)

A suitably qualified and experienced person independent of Project design and construction personnel employed for the duration of construction. The principal point of advice in relation to all questions and complaints concerning environmental performance.

EP&A Act Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979

EPA Environment Protection Authority

EPBC Act Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999

EPL Environment Protection Licence under the Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997.

Federal CoA Conditions of approval listed in Commonwealth approval EPBC 2016/7696

GEJV Georgiou, Ertech Joint Venture

GMS Georgiou Management System

Minister, the Minister for Planning NSW

Non-compliance Failure to comply with the requirements of the Project approval or any applicable license, permit or legal requirements.

Non-conformance Failure to conform to the requirements of Project system documentation including this CEMP or supporting documentation.

NOW NSW Office of Water

OACEMP The Northern Road Upgrade – Mersey Road, Bringelly to Glenmore Parkway, Glenmore Park Overarching Construction Environmental Management Plan 2018

OEH NSW Office of Environment and Heritage

OOH Out of Hours (works outside standard work hours)



SPIR Submissions Preferred Infrastructure Report

PoEO Act Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997

Project, the The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road

SAP Sensitive Area Plans

Secretary Secretary of the Department of Planning and Environment

SSI State Significant Infrastructure



1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Background

The project involves the realignment of 5.5km of The Northern Road (TNR) around the Western Sydney Airport site with the construction of a four lane divided road and the adjustment of public utilities. The project is contractually known as between Mersey Road and Eaton Road of the Northern Road upgrade and one of three stages that has been assessed under the same planning approvals (NSW Infrastructure Approval SSI7127 and EPBC 2016/7696). The planning approvals cover a 16km section of The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road, Bringelly and Glenmore Parkway, Glenmore Park.

A single Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) was prepared for the Project to satisfy the environmental assessment requirements of both Part 5.1 of the EP&A Act and Part 8 of the EPBC Act.

An Overarching Construction Environmental Management Plan (OACEMP) has been developed by Roads and Maritime to address the NSW and Federal conditions of approval and the management measures presented in the Final EIS and Submissions and Preferred Infrastructure Report (SPIR).

1.2 Context

This Ancillary Facilities Management Plan (AFMP) forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) for the Northern Road Upgrade, between Mersey Road and Eaton Road Project (the Project).

This Management plan has been prepared to address the requirements of the Minister’s Conditions of Approval (CoA) A16, the Roads and Maritime OACEMP, the mitigation and management measures listed in the EIS and SPIR and all applicable legislation.

Ancillary facilities are defined in the Conditions of Approval (CoA) as:

“A temporary facility for construction of the project including an office and amenities compound, construction compound, material crushing and screening plant, materials storage compound, maintenance workshop, testing laboratory and material stockpile area.”

The definition in the Approval notes that: “Where an approved CEMP contains a stockpile management protocol, a material stockpile area located within the construction footprint is not considered to be an ancillary facility.”

As a stockpile management protocol is a component of the TNR between Mersey Road and Eaton Road CEMP Appendix A1 - Soil and Water management sub plan, material stockpile areas are not included in the definition of Ancillary Facilities for the Project.

1.3 Environmental Management System Overview

The overall Environmental Management System (EMS) for the Project is described in the GEJV Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP).

Mitigation and management measures identified in this plan will be incorporated into site or activity specific Environmental Work Method Statements (EWMS). EWMS will be developed and signed off by environment and management representatives prior to associated works and construction personnel will be required to undertake works in accordance with the identified mitigation and management measures.



Used together, the CEMP, strategies, procedures and EWMS form a project management system that identifies the required environmental management actions for Georgiou/Ertech Joint Venture (GEJV) personnel and contractors.

1.4 Consultation

This AFMP has been developed in consultation with the EPA and local Council (Liverpool

City Council).

In accordance with CoA A6 and A8, evidence of consultation during the preparation of this

AFMP is provided in Appendix C. GEJV will carry out ongoing consultation with the EPA and

Council regarding issues relevant to ancillary facilities throughout Construction of the

Project.

All community consultation will occur in accordance with the Community Communication Strategy (CCS).



2 PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES

2.1 Purpose

The general process for establishing new ancillary facilities in an active construction zone

within the approved Project footprint is described in Section 2.3 of the Construction

Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and is shown in Figure 2-1 below.

Figure 2-1 Ancillary facilities approval pathway

The Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the Project identified a number of compounds

and ancillary facilities that would be required for the construction of the Project, including

locations for hardstand areas, temporary building and offices, parking areas, material

laydown and storage areas. GEJV only intends to use areas that have already been

assessed by the EIS for ancillary facilities.

A description of the ancillary facilities assessed in the EIS is provided in Section 4. Section

5 outlines the aspects and impacts and section 6 the proposed environmental management

measures for the assessed ancillary facilities.

Section 4 details the ancillary facility assessment for ancillary facilities that are not identified by description and location in the EIS.



2.2 Objectives and Targets

The key objective of the AFMP is to ensure that the potential impacts to the environment and community are minimised and within the scope permitted in the specifications and the NSW Infrastructure Approval. To achieve this objective, the following measures will be undertaken:

Ensure appropriate controls and procedures are implemented during construction

activities to avoid or minimise real and potential impacts to the environment and

sensitive receivers along the Project corridor.

Ensure appropriate measures are implemented to address the requirements specified

by Roads and Maritime Services, the Environment Representative, NSW Department

of Planning and Environment and other relevant NSW Agencies.

Ensure appropriate measures are implemented to comply with all relevant legislation

and other requirements as described in Section 3.1 of this plan.

The following targets have been established for the management of impacts resulting from operation of the ancillary facility sites during the Project:

Ensure compliance with the relevant legislative requirements, Ministerial Conditions of

Approval and those contained in the EIS and Roads and Maritime’ QA Specification

G1, G2-C2, G36, G38 and the OACEMP.

Minimise any impacts on the surrounding residents and businesses and other sensitive

receivers.



3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

3.1 Relevant legislation and guidelines

Legislation relevant to the management of ancillary facilities includes:

Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act)

Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act)

Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997 (POEO Act)

Protection of the Environment Operations (General) Regulation 2009

Environmentally Hazardous Chemicals Act, 1985

Pesticide Act 1999

Contaminated Land Management Act 1997 (CLM Act)

Waste Management Waste Avoidance and Resource Recovery Act 2001 (WARR Act)

National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974 (NPW Act)

Biodiversity Conservation Act 2016 (BC Act).

The main guidelines, specifications and policy documents relevant to this Plan include:

Roads and Maritime QA Specification G1 – General requirements.

Roads and Maritime QA Specification G2-C2 – General requirements (major

contracts).

Roads and Maritime QA Specification G36 – Environmental Protection.

Roads and Maritime QA Specification G38 – Soil and Water Management.

Roads and Maritime QA Specification R44 – Earthworks

Stockpile Site Management Guideline, Roads and Maritime 2015.

The Northern Road Upgrade – Mersey Road, Bringelly to Glenmore Parkway,

Glenmore Park OACEMP 2018

Interim Construction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009)

Roads and Maritime Construction noise and vibration guidelines (CNVG) (Roads and

Maritime, 2016)

EPA Waste Classification Guidelines (EPA, 2014)

Biodiversity Guidelines: Protecting and managing biodiversity on RTS Projects (Roads

Traffic Authority, 2011)

Managing Urban Stormwater: Soils and Construction (4th Edition) Volume 1

(Landcom, 2004) (the “Blue Book”)

German Standard DIN 4150-3 4150-3 (1999-02) - Structural vibration - Effects of

vibration on structures (Deutsches Institute fur Normung, 1999)

British Standard BS 7385-2:1993 Evaluation and measurement for vibration in

buildings. Guide to damage levels from ground borne vibration.

Assessing vibration: a technical Guideline (DEC, 2006)

The management of the ancillary facility must comply with the Northern Road Upgrade NSW

CoA relevant for between Mersey Road and Eaton Road.



3.1.1 Minister’s Conditions of Approval

The CoA relevant to this plan are listed in Table 3-1. A cross reference is also included to indicate where the condition is addressed in this assessment or other Project management documents.

Table 3-1 Conditions of Approval relevant to the AFMP

CoA No.

Condition Requirements Compliance / Reference within this document

A15 Ancillary facilities that are not identified by description and location in the documents listed in Condition A1 must meet the following criteria, unless otherwise approved by the Secretary:

(a) the facility is development of a type that would, if it were not for the purpose of the CSSI, otherwise be exempt or complying development; or

Yes. There are currently no proposed ancillary facilities for the project other than those assessed in the EIS. Refer section 4.7.

(b) the facility is located as follows:

i. at least 50 metres from any waterway unless an erosion and sediment control plan is

prepared and implemented so as not to adversely affect water quality in the waterway in accordance with Managing Urban Stormwater series;

ii. within or adjacent to land upon which the CSSI is being carried out;

iii. with ready access to a road network;

iv. to prevent heavy vehicles travelling on local streets or through residential areas in order to access the facility, except as identified in the documents listed in Condition A1;

v. so as to be in accordance with the Interim Construction Noise Guideline (DECC 2009) or as otherwise agreed in writing with affected landowners and occupiers;

vi. so as not to require vegetation clearing beyond the extent of clearing approved under other terms of this approval except as approved by the ER as minor clearing;

vii. so as not to have any impact on heritage items (including areas of archaeological sensitivity) beyond the impacts identified, assessed and approved under other terms of this approval;

viii. so as not to unreasonably interfere with lawful uses of adjacent properties that are being carried out at the date upon which construction or establishment of the facility is to commence;

ix. to enable operation of the ancillary facility during flood events and to avoid or minimise, to the greatest extent practicable, adverse flood impacts on the surrounding environment and other properties and infrastructure; and

x. so as to have sufficient area for the storage of raw materials to minimise, to the greatest extent practicable, the number of deliveries required outside standard construction hours.

Yes. There currently no proposed ancillary facilities for the project other than those assessed in the EIS. Refer section 4.7.

CoA A16

Before establishment of any ancillary facility (other than minor ancillary facilities described in Condition A17), the Proponent must prepare an Ancillary Facilities Management Plan which details the management of the ancillary facilities. The Ancillary Facilities

This AFMP



CoA No.


Management Plan must be prepared in consultation with the EPA and the relevant council(s) and submitted to the Secretary for approval one month prior to installation of ancillary facilities. The Ancillary Facilities Management Plan must detail the management of the ancillary facilities and include:

(a) a description of activities to be undertaken during Construction (including scheduling of construction);

Section 4.3

(b) a program for ongoing analysis of the key environmental risks arising from the activities described in subsection (a) of this condition, including an initial risk assessment undertaken prior to the commencement of Construction of the CSSI; and

Section 4.5

Section 7

OACEMP section 4.3.2

(c) details of how the activities described in subsection (a) of this condition will be carried out to:

i. meet the performance outcomes stated in the documents listed in Condition A1; and

ii. manage the risks identified in the risk analysis undertaken in subsection (b) of this condition.

Section 6

CoA A17

Minor ancillary facilities comprising lunch sheds, office sheds, and portable toilet facilities, that are not identified in the documents listed in Condition A1 and which do not satisfy the criteria set out in Condition A15 of this approval must satisfy the following criteria:

Section 4.7

(a) have no greater environmental and amenity impacts than those that can be managed through the implementation of environmental measures detailed in the CEMP required under Condition C1 of this approval; and

Section 4.7

(b) have been assessed by the ER to have:

i. minimal amenity impacts to surrounding residences and businesses, after consideration of matters such as compliance with the ICNG, traffic and access impacts, dust and odour impacts, and visual (including light spill) impacts;


iii. no impacts on biodiversity, soil and water, and heritage items beyond those already approved under other terms of this approval.

Section 4.7

CoA A18

Boundary fencing must be erected around all ancillary facilities that are adjacent to sensitive receivers for the duration of Construction unless otherwise agreed with the affected receivers(s).

Section 5.7

CoA A19

Boundary fencing required under Condition A18 of this approval must minimise visual, noise and air quality impacts on adjacent sensitive receivers.

Section 5.7

CoA E28

Construction vehicles arriving at the project site and construction compounds outside the standard construction hours described in Condition E23 must not queue with idling engines.

Section 4.5

CoA E31

Temporary acoustic barriers (2.4 metres high) are to be installed as soon as site establishment works at the ancillary facility are completed and before undertaking any works which are required to be conducted at the facility. The schedule for installing and removing the acoustic barriers, and justification for not installing

Section 5.7.1



CoA No.


acoustic barriers in certain locations, must be described in the Ancillary Facilities Management Plan for the project prepared in accordance with Condition A16. Acoustic barriers must be inspected and maintained to remain effective throughout the use of the construction compound.



4 ANCILLARY FACILITY DETAIL

4.1 EIS assessed ancillary facilities

The Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the Project identified a number of compounds and ancillary facilities that would be required for the construction of the Project, including locations for hardstand areas, temporary building and offices, parking areas, material laydown and storage areas. The location of the ancillary facilities assessed in the EIS is provided in Figure 4-1 and their key features shown in Table 4-1. Section 2 outlines the key features, aspects and impacts and proposed environmental management measures for the assessed ancillary facilities.

Figure 4-1 Locations of Ancillary Facilities assessed in the EIS and used for the project



Table 4-1 Proposed use of EIS approved ancillary facility areas

Location Purpose EIS proposed activities GEJV proposed activities

C1 Materials storage

Storage of pits, pipes and culvert material.

No stockpiling of earthworks.

This is currently used by TNR 2 and is not in TNR 4 project boundary. GEJV does not intend to use this area.

C1 are subject to lease agreement

C2 Materials storage

Storage of pits, pipes and culvert material.

No stockpiling of earthworks.

This is currently used by TNR 2 and is not in TNR 4 project boundary. GEJV does not intend to use this area.

C2 are subject to lease agreement

C3 Sediment Basins

Stockpiling and laydown of materials only to occur here following approval of the CEMP stockpile management protocol and noise and vibration management plan.

Possible minor ancillary facility to be approved during construction by the ER under CoA A17. C3 are subject to lease agreement

C4 Materials storage, stockpiling, Sediment Basins

The site would consist of a shed, lunch room, portable toilets and parking.

Storage of items such as concrete pits, pipes and culverts.

Could be used to stockpile topsoil, mulch and drainage backfill materials.


Possible minor ancillary facility to be approved during construction by the ER under CoA A17.

C5

Partially located on Commonwealth land associated with (leased by Roads and Maritime) the Western Sydney Airport.

Materials storage, stockpiling, Sediment Basins

Storage of concrete pits, pipes and culverts.






Location Purpose EIS proposed activities GEJV proposed activities

C6 Materials storage, stockpiling




C7

Partially located on Commonwealth land associated with the Western Sydney Airport.

Materials storage, stockpiling





C8 Staff amenities, shed and parking

Materials storage, stockpiling

Main compound.

The site would consist of office facilities for the contractor and Roads and Maritime. It would include toilets, amenities, car parking, a shed and lunch room.


Stockpile of topsoil and mulch and drainage backfill materials.

.

Main Compound site for GEJV and Roads and Maritime. It would include toilets, amenities, car parking, a shed and lunch room.


Stockpile of topsoil and mulch and drainage backfill materials.

4.2 Main Compound

Of all the ancillary areas assessed in the EIS for the project the area proposed for the main site compound is at C8. Other ancillary areas where leased by Roads and Maritime (see Appendix A) will be used for stockpiling of materials or minor ancillary facilities as detailed in Table 4-1.

The proposed location of the main compound is located adjacent to the new The Northern Road alignment at the Northern extent of between Mersey Road and Eaton Road, this area has been assessed in the EIS and has been leased by Roads and Maritime (see Appendix A). The leased land (Lot 1 DP250030) has been previously used for agricultural purposes and has been leased by Roads and Maritime for the duration of the Project construction.

The EIS included an indicative layout for the main ancillary facility and location, this is shown in Figure 4-2. GEJV has further refined the layout of the main ancillary facility and has reduced footprint required, this has in turn reduced impacts of the operation of the ancillary facility including increasing buffer distances to the nearest residential receivers, see Figure 4-3. The proposed main compound area (Lot 1 DP250030) will include:

Office facilities



Car park for light vehicles and heavy vehicles

Ablution facilities

Chemical storage

Material stockpiles and storage

Erosion and sediment controls

Boundary fencing

Temporary storage and stockpiling of earthworks and pavement material

Plant and equipment will be refuelled with fuel truck coming to site on an as required basis.

There will be no static mechanical workshop on site.

Figure 4-2 EIS map of location and layout of main compound at ancillary area C8

Figure 4-3 GEJV proposed refined main compound layout at ancillary area C8



4.3 Activities

Activities to be carried out at the main facility will generally include:

Pre-start meetings/toolbox talks and site meetings

Primary location for the removal of waste materials (Putrescible, recyclable (Paper &

Cardboard) and septics)

Emergency evacuation point

Parking of heavy (for delivery only) and light vehicles

Storage of fuels and chemicals

Stockpiling of procured materials (Pipe, small precast products, fittings etc)

Materials

Geofabric Rolls

Pre cast concrete units (e.g. culverts)

PVC and poly pipe

Bedding sand

4.4 Plant and Equipment

Light vehicles will use the site on a daily basis. Heavy vehicles will deliver construction materials to the site and will sometimes be parked at the site. Small power tools will be used. Indicative plant, equipment and material to be stored at the ancillary site are listed below;

Plant

Heavy vehicles (for deliveries only)

Light vehicles

Plant (Ancillary Facility set up)

Grader

Dozer

Excavator

Water Cart

Rollers

Trucks

Concrete trucks

Equipment

Generator (until main power is connected, will not be operated outside normal work

hours)

Hand tools; plate compactors, drills, shovels, etc.

Ablution blocks

All the above plant will be used for the site establishment only and equipment listed will be

used during the operation of C8.



Storage of hazardous and dangerous goods

6m x 3m self bunded dangerous goods container, the bund capacity will be 120% of

the largest stored container

Concrete curing chemicals (any IBCs to be bunded with 110% capacity)

Paints

Adhesives

Cleaning products

There will be no fuel cell on site, refuelling will be completed with tankers on an as

required basis. The fuels are in 20ltr jerry cans for small motors

Waste Storage

Lidded skip bins for putrescible, recyclable and office waste to prevent pests and

vermin.

Open skip bins to store construction wastes.

Sewage storage tanks at ablution facility – these will have high level alarms set at 80%

capacity.

Licenced waste transporters will be used to remove wastes from site to an

appropriately licenced facility and all waste tipping dockets and tracking dockets will

be retained on site.

Waste bulk materials like excavated soils, demolition wastes will be temporarily stored at the stockpile area until they are classified under the NSW EPA waste classification guidelines and removed from site to licenced facility.

4.5 Timing and Duration

Ancillary areas and the main compound site will be established and commence operation once approval is granted by the ER, DPE and Roads and Maritime. There are pre-establishment activities that will occur prior to approval and these include; pre clearing ecology surveys, pre-construction land condition assessments, Aboriginal heritage and non-Aboriginal heritage salvage, stage 2 contamination assessments (completed by Roads and Maritime) and advance contamination assessment for topsoil stripping. All the activities associated with pre establishment, establishment and operation of the ancillary facilities will occur during the approved construction hours and conditions associated with noise as per CoA E23 – E31, as follows:

CoA E23 Standard construction hours

a) 7.00am to 6.00pm, Monday to Friday (C8 will adhere to these hours)

b) 8.00am to 1.00pm on Saturdays; and (C8 will adhere to these hours)

c) At no time on Sundays or public holidays. (C8 will adhere to these hours)

There are no OOHW expected to be required during the site establishment or operation of C8.

CoA E24 Highly noise intensive activities

Except as permitted by an EPL, highly noise intensive works that result in an exceedance of

the applicable noise management level at the same receiver must only be undertaken:

a) between the hours of 8:00 am to 6:00 pm Monday to Friday;

b) between the hours of 8:00 am to 1:00 pm Saturday; and



c) in continuous blocks not exceeding three hours each with a minimum respite from

those activities and works of not less than one hour between each block.

For the purposes of this condition, 'continuous' includes any period during which there is less

than a one-hour respite between ceasing and recommencing any of the work the subject of

this condition. There is no highly intensive noise activities expected to occur during the site

establishment and/or operation of C8.

CoA E25 Community Consultation

The Proponent must identify and consult with receivers identified as being subject to levels

that exceed the Highly Noise Affected criteria with the objective of determining appropriate

hours of respite unless an agreement is reached with those receivers.

CoA E26 Out of hours work

Notwithstanding Condition E23 works associated with the CSSI may be undertaken outside

the specified hours in the following circumstances:

a) for the delivery of materials required by the NSW Police Force or other authority for

safety reasons; or

b) where it is required in an emergency to avoid injury or the loss of life, to avoid damage

or loss of property or to prevent environmental harm; or

c) where it causes LAeq (15 minute) noise levels:

i. no more than 5 dB(A) above the rating background level at any residence in

accordance with the Interim Construction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009), and

ii. no more than the noise management levels specified in Table 3 of the Interim

Construction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009) at other sensitive land uses, and

iii. continuous or impulsive vibration values, measured at the most affected

residence are no more than those for human exposure to vibration, specified in

Table 2.2 of Assessing Vibration: a technical guideline (DEC, 2006), and

iv. intermittent vibration values measured at the most affected residence are no

more than those for human exposure to vibration, specified in Table 2.4 of

Assessing Vibration: a technical guideline (DEC, 2006); or

d) no more than 15 dB(A) above the night time rating background level at any residence

during the night time period, when measured using the LAeq (1 minute) noise

descriptor; or

e) where different hours are permitted or required under an EPL in force in respect of the

works, in which case those hours must be complied with.

CoA E27 Emergency works notification

On becoming aware of the need for emergency works in accordance with Condition E26 the

Proponent must notify the ER and the EPA (if an EPL applies) of the need for those works.

The Proponent must also use its best endeavours to notify all affected sensitive receivers of

the likely impact and duration of those works.

CoA E28 Queuing and Idling Construction Vehicles

Construction vehicles arriving at the project site and construction compounds outside the

standard construction hours described in Condition E23 must not queue with idling engines.

CoA E29 Respite



The Proponent must consult with potentially affected community, religious, educational

institutions and noise and vibration-sensitive businesses to identify periods during which they

would be adversely affected by noise generating works, and must not schedule those works

during those periods unless the Proponent and the potentially affected institution or business

have made other arrangements (at no cost to the affected receiver), or the Secretary has

otherwise approved the works.

CoA E30 Cumulative Construction Noise Impacts

The Proponent must ensure that all works for the delivery of the CSSI are coordinated with

utility works, including those works undertaken by third parties, to minimise cumulative impacts

of noise and vibration and to maximise respite for affected sensitive receivers.

CoA E31 Ancillary Facility Acoustic Barriers

Temporary acoustic barriers (2.4 metres high) are to be installed as soon as site establishment

works at the ancillary facility are completed and before undertaking any works which are

required to be conducted at the facility. The schedule for installing and removing the acoustic

barriers, and justification for not installing acoustic barriers in certain locations, must be

described in the Ancillary Facilities Management Plan for the project prepared in accordance

with Condition A16. Acoustic barriers must be inspected and maintained to remain effective

throughout the use of the construction compound.

4.6 Decommissioning and rehabilitation

Decommissioning and rehabilitation of the ancillary facility (main compound and all other ancillary areas) will be undertaken as part of the finishing works towards the end of the construction program in late 2020 and will include the following activities;

Removal of all fencing, signage and temporary structures

Site clean-up and disposal of all surplus materials

Stabilisation and re-vegetation of the sites as per Urban Design and Landscape Plan.

Reinstatement of all leased areas to the pre-existing condition unless otherwise agreed by the land holder.

After restoration of the areas to pre-existing condition or better, a post-construction land condition assessment will occur by an independent environmental consultant. This will assess the land against pre-existing contamination or waste issues identified in the pre-construction land condition assessment.

4.7 Ancillary Facilities not assessed in the EIS

GEJV does not intend to establish ancillary facilities in areas that have not been assessed in

the EIS. Where ancillary areas are proposed in areas other than those detailed in Table 4-1,

they must be assessed against and meet the criteria listed in the Ancillary facilities

assessment criteria (Appendix B) and be included in this AFMP unless otherwise approved

by the Secretary, in accordance with NSW-CoA A15. In the event of additional ancillary

facilities being proposed that have not been assessed in the EIS/SPIR, these facilities would

have to be assessed in accordance with conditions A15 or A17, depending on the nature of

the ancillary facilities.

For minor ancillary facilities include offices, sheds and staff amenities that are not identified

in the EIS they must also be assessed against and meet the criteria (Appendix B). In



accordance with the responsibilities of the ER set out in CoA A17, the ER can assess the

impacts of minor ancillary facility. The ER will use Ancillary facilities assessment criteria

(Appendix B) for facilities not assessed in the EIS.

Any future additional ancillary facilities will be detailed in an updated AFMP for assessment

and approval purposes.

5 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT

5.1 EIS assessment of ancillary facilities against CoA criteria

The ancillary facilities identified in the EIS & G1 were assessed in accordance with the

location criteria included in the Critical SSI Standard Conditions of Approval.

These standard conditions have been developed to help infrastructure providers understand

the types of conditions likely to be applied to State significant infrastructure projects if they

are approved, including conditions related to locating ancillary facilities. The criteria used for

the EIS assessment is generally the same as the criteria in the NSW Infrastructure Approval

for the Project under NSW CoA A15 (b)(i-x). The only exception is criterion (e) on level land

which is within the standard conditions of approval, but not within the final NSW

Infrastructure Approval (SSI-7127).

In accordance with NSW COA A15, if any ancillary facilities not already identified in the EIS

and SPIR are proposed, these facilities will be assessed against the criteria listed in NSW

CoA A15 (b)(i-x) (Appendix B). The criteria used in the EIS assessment of ancillary facilities

are as follows:

(a) At least 50 m from a waterway unless an erosion and sediment control plan is prepared and implemented so as not to affect water quality in the waterway in accordance with Managing Urban Stormwater series

(b) Within or adjacent to land where the critical state significant infrastructure is being carried out

(c) With ready access to a road network

(d) So as to avoid the need for heavy vehicles to travel on local streets or through residential areas in order to access the facility

(e) On level land

(f) So as to be in accordance with the Interim Construction Noise Guidelines (DECC, 2009) or as otherwise agreed in writing with affected landowners and occupiers

(g) So as not to require vegetation clearing beyond the extent of clearing approved under other terms of this approval except as approved by the ER as minor clearing

(h) So as not to have any impact on heritage items (including areas of archaeological sensitivity) beyond the impacts identified, assessed and approved under other terms of this approval

(i) So as not to affect lawful uses of adjacent properties that are being carried out at the date upon which construction or establishment of the facility is to commence



(j) To enable operation of the ancillary facility during flood events referred to in Section 8.1 and to avoid or minimise, to the greatest extent practicable, adverse flood impacts on the surrounding environment and other properties and infrastructure

(k) So as to have sufficient area for the storage of raw materials to minimise, to the greatest extent practicable, the number of deliveries required outside standard construction hours.

The results of the assessment of each proposed ancillary facility against the EIS assessment

criteria above is summarised in Table 5-1.

Table 5-1 EIS assessment of proposed ancillary facilities against criteria in standard conditions of approval

Compound location

Ancillary facility site location criteria

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k)

C1 Y Y Y Y Y No Y Y Y Y Y




C5 Y Y No Y Y Y* Y Y Y Y Y

C6 Y Y No Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y


C8 Y Y Y Y Y No* Y Y Y Y Y

*Preferred locations for pug mill

Some of the proposed ancillary facilities for the Northern Road between Mersey Road and Eaton Road would not meet some of the specified criteria specifically criteria (c) and (f). Further assessment of these sites against these specific criteria is provided in Table 5-1, including proposed management measures and justification for proposing these sites. Table 5-2 Proposed mitigation measures for criteria not met

Criteria Proposed Management Measure

c) With ready access to a road network

Applicable compound or laydown site(s)

C5, C6.

Additional assessment

There is no current road access to these sites. There would not be a dedicated haul/access road constructed for these sites. Access to C5 and C6 will be via the mainline construction access to a suitable access point on The Northern Road.

By not constructing a dedicated haul/access road, potential impacts associated with clearing vegetation would be minimised. There



Criteria Proposed Management Measure

would also be fewer indirect impacts associated with dust and noise emissions outside of the proposed construction footprint.

f) So as to be in accordance with the Interim Construction Noise Guidelines (DECC, 2009) or as otherwise agreed in writing with affected landowners and occupiers

Applicable compound or laydown site(s)

All sites with the exception of C5 and C6.

Additional assessment

There would be residential receivers located within 200 m of the proposed construction compound and laydown sites. However, due to the predominantly rural-residential nature of the project area, the site fencing as per CoA A-18 and the number of affected receivers would be relatively low. GEJV has reduced the footprint of the main ancillary facility at C8 and this has increased the distances to some of the residential receivers. There also was introductory consultation with the residents surrounding the facility.

Predicted worst case construction noise levels from the ancillary facility C8 from daytime activities would comply with Noise Management Levels (NMLs) for most receivers within the study area. Where they do not comply, GEJV will install 2.4m acoustic barriers at the ancillary boundary adjacent to the potentially affected receiver (western boundary).

Predicted worst case construction noise levels from out of-hours work would exceed night time NMLs at receivers within the study area at some time, including noise as a result of construction activity within ancillary facilities. Management measures to mitigate against any predicted NML exceedances for out of-hours work are detailed in section 5.7

All other Ancillary areas except for C8 (Main Compound) will be used for stockpiling and laydown and would not be established until after the CEMP is approved. The mitigation measures for these areas will be covered by the CEMP stockpile management protocol and the Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan.

5.2 Environmental aspects and impacts

Establishment and operation of the ancillary facilities will result in a range of potential

construction noise, air (dust), biodiversity, traffic and visual impacts, including those

identified in Table 5-3 below.

Table 5-3 Environmental aspects and potential impacts

Environmental aspect

Potential impacts

Flora and fauna

There is no requirement for tree removal as part of the main compound (C8) ancillary facility.

Unapproved vegetation clearing

Disturbance or mortality of fauna during clearing works



Habitat loss, degradation, or fragmentation

Traffic

Traffic impacts associated with heavy vehicle movements (e.g. deliveries, heavy plant mobilisation, spoil and material haulage) including potential conflicts with local traffic and increased congestion.

The high number of light vehicle movements at the certain times of the day may also cause increased congestion.

Erosion and sedimentation

Mobilisation of sediment laden/contaminated runoff entering waterways and drainage lines

Unauthorised offsite discharge.

Noise and vibration

Due to close proximity to neighbouring sensitive receivers during compound/ancillary facility establishment and operation there is a potential to impact with noise and vibration.

Noise disturbance to sensitive receivers due to out of hours work

Noise generated by operation of facility and construction traffic accessing facilities

Air quality

Generation of dust emissions and odours from access roads and transport of materials during facility establishment and operation.

Nuisance to local residents

Heritage

Potential disturbance/destruction to identified heritage sites(Miss Lawson’s Guesthouse)

Impact to undiscovered or undocumented heritage sites

Unauthorised access to Heritage areas

Storage of hazardous substances

Accidental spills and leaks, resulting in pollution of waterways and soils (hydrocarbons, curing agents, septic waste).

Waste and recycling

Generation of waste by site personnel using offices and staff amenities

Generation of waste during establishment of ancillary facilities disposed of incorrectly, e.g. recyclable materials being sent to landfill and not meeting ISCA requirements.

Visual amenity

Potential for site hoardings or other exposed surfaces to be vandalised Potential for site lighting to affect the amenity of surrounding land uses Potential for waste to not be placed in appropriate bins and result in litter around the construction worksites

Contaminated land

Potential for encountering previously undocumented contaminated material (i.e. ACM)

Socio-economic Direct land use impacts associated with the location of construction compounds, temporarily disrupting use and access to land including rural or vacant land, residential and commercial uses.

5.3 Flora and Fauna

Field surveys for the EIS identified vegetation within the assessed ancillary areas to provide poor quality fauna habitat as it is agricultural pastureland. The only exceptions are ancillary areas C2 and C8 as these areas contain Cumberland Plain Woodland (see Figure 5-2). As



detailed in table 4-1, area C2 is currently being used by TNR 2 and Georgiou does not intend to use this area for TNR 4. Ancillary area C8 includes a small area of Cumberland Plain Woodland in the western corner and given that GEJV has reduced the footprint for this ancillary area it is not anticipated that establishment of ancillary facility C8 will result in any direct impacts to this EEC and subsequently any native flora or fauna. As this area of EEC falls directly under the design for the new road alignment it will need to be cleared for construction of the new road. Given the low habitat potential of the surrounding agricultural pastureland it is unlikely that noise, vibration or light associated with the operation of ancillary facilities will have an adverse impact on surrounding native flora and fauna. The safeguards outlined in the Construction Flora and Fauna Management Sub Plan will apply for the establishment and operation of all ancillary areas. The safeguards include; pre clearing surveys, ongoing monitoring, erosion and sediment control, and rehabilitation will appropriately manage the risks to flora and fauna associated with the ancillary facilities. A summary of these mitigation measures are also detailed in Section 6 of this plan.



Figure 5-1 Threatened ecological communities

5.4 Soil and Water

The establishment and operation of the ancillary facility would result in clearing of grass and topsoil, stockpiling of soils, stockpiling of pavement materials, chemical storage, and general maintenance and refuelling of equipment and plant. The EIS did not identify any contaminates of concern in any of the locations of proposed for ancillary facilities.

The potential impacts associated with these activities may include;

EEC Area C8

EEC Area C2



Exposure of soils during earthworks, creating the potential for offsite transport of eroded sediments and pollutants

Exposure of unexpected contamination and asbestos during topsoil stripping and earthworks, creating the potential to mobilise contaminants and contaminate other areas.

Increased turbidity of waterway due to exposure, erosion, runoff and dust propagation

Contamination from site compounds, chemical storage areas and ablution facilities

Fuel, chemicals, oils, grease and petroleum hydrocarbon spills from construction

machinery polluting the river and soils.

Disturbance of unidentified contaminated land and subsequent generation of

contaminated runoff.

Alteration of surface and subsurface flows that could cause disturbances to hydrology.

The Construction Soil and Water Management Sub – Plan and section 6 of this plan outline

proposed mitigation measures to manage these risks which include;

Training of all project personnel on sound erosion and sediment control practices

Development and implementation of erosion and sediment control plans

Correct stockpile management

Correct storage and handling of chemicals and hydrocarbons

Spill response materials and procedures

Controls and management for ablution facilities

Contaminated Lands Unexpected Finds Procedure (Appendix D)

5.5 Flooding

In the Project EIS, a technical working paper (Appendix K) was prepared to assess the flooding impacts associated with the construction and operation of the approved Project. The proposed route of the project crosses a number of existing drainage lines along which a series of both small and large dams are located. The EIS flood models show that high hazard flooding is generally confined to the farm dams and the incised reaches of the drainage system which are typically located downstream of the project corridor for events up to 100 year ARI. All the ancillary facilities including the main compound area will maintain a 50m buffer distance to any of the existing dams

5.6 Heritage

The potential impacts on Aboriginal heritage associated with the construction and operation of the approved Project were assessed in the Project EIS. As detailed in section 5.1 and table 5.1, the ancillary areas have been assessed for impact on heritage items (including areas of archaeological sensitivity). The Ancillary facility C8 assessed within the EIS is within an area with a known Aboriginal Heritage and non-Aboriginal Heritage site. The Aboriginal heritage site is TNR AFT 22 (Figure 5-3) and the non-Aboriginal Heritage site is Miss Lawson’s Guesthouse Site (Figure 5-4). However, as GEJV has reduced the footprint for the ancillary area C8 it is not anticipated that establishment of ancillary facility will result in any direct impacts to these known heritage items. These known heritage sites will be fenced off and salvaged prior to construction occurring in these areas. Both heritage sites are under the proposed new road alignment and can be fenced off and avoided during establishment of the main compound area.



A clearance from the Project Archaeologist would be given stating that salvage has finished in these areas prior to any disturbance occurring in these areas. All salvage areas are considered to be exclusion zones until clearance has been provided. Mitigation and management measures for heritage are detailed in the Construction Heritage Management Plan and summarised in section 6. These include to follow Roads and Maritimes unexpected finds procedure (Appendix E) should an item of cultural heritage be identified.



Figure 5-2 Location of identified Aboriginal heritage sites within the Project area



Figure 5-3 Location of Miss Lawson’s Guesthouse Site

5.7 Noise

The nearest sensitive receivers to the proposed main compound area are Properties in semi-rural surrounds of Luddenham (identified as noise catchments 4 and 5 in the EIS). Existing background noise to these receivers results from traffic on The Northern Road. Other ancillary facilities south of along the proposed new road alignment are generally semi-rural properties located adjacent to new section of the project with minimal exposure to traffic noise on The Northern Road (identified as noise catchments 6, 7 and 8 in the EIS). Figure 5-4 below is from the EIS Appendix H – Technical working paper: Noise & Vibration shows the relevant noise catchments for the ancillary facilities.



Figure 5-4 Noise Catchments relevant to Ancillary Facilities Based on measured noise levels described in Section 10.9 of Appendix H – Technical working paper: Noise & Vibration, the project-specific construction noise management levels for the noise catchment areas have been determined and are presented in Table 5-4.



Table 5-4 Project Noise Management Levels

NCA

Monitored or determined RBL dB(A)

Noise Management Level (NML) LAeq(15 minute) dB(A)

Sleep disturbance screening criterion

LAmax dB(A)

(RBL+15dB)

STD Hrs (RBL

+10dB)

Out Of Hours (OOH) (RBL+5dB)

STD HRS

RBL

OOH Day

RBL

OOH Evening

RBL

OOH Night

RBL

Day

NML

Day

NML

Evening

NML

Night

NML

4 37 38 38 37 47 43 43 42 52

5 42 44 43 34 52 49 48 39 49

6 42 44 43 34 52 49 48 39 49

7 37 38 38 37 47 43 43 42 52

8 48 53 47 42 58 58 52 47 57

The sound power level adopted for each item of plant and equipment in the EIS modelling of construction noise for the ancillary facilities is indicated below in table 5-5. Table 5-5 Plant sound power levels for ancillary facilities

Concurrently operating Ancillary Facilities

Area Typical plant and equipment Sound Power Level

dB(A) LAeq(15min)

Ancillary Facilities excluding C6 & C8

Front end loader

Excavator

Road truck

Compressor

Welding equipment

Light vehicles

Generator

112

109

108

109

105

88

101

Ancillary Facilities C6 & C8

Front end loader

Excavator

Road truck

Compressor

Welding equipment

Light vehicles

Generator

112

109

108

109

105

88

101

* Note: sound power level includes a 5dB (A) penalty for annoying noise characteristics

The predicted construction noise impacts from activities during the establishment and operation of the ancillary facilities during standard construction hours to the affected residents



in the noise catchments has been undertaken in the EIS noise assessment and summarised below in Table 5-6. This table indicates the worst case construction noise levels predicted for the least and most affected residences.

Table 5-6 Predicted Noise impacts from Ancillary Facilities during Standard Hours

NCA NML Predicted noise levels Number of affected residents

4 47

Range of predicted noise levels (dB(A)) 46-60

Number of Residence

complying 1

0-10 dBA above NML

14

10-20 dBA above NML

1

20+ dBA above NML None

Highly noise affected

≥75 dBA None

5 52


Number of Residence

Complying 211

0-10 dBA above NML 12




≥75 dBA None

6 52


Number of Residence

Complying 14

0-10 dBA above NML None




≥75 dBA None

7 47


Number of Residence

Complying 17





≥75 dBA None

8 58


Number of Residence

Complying 93







≥75 dBA None

It is anticipated that establishment and operation of all ancillary facilities will generally be carried out during standard construction working hours in accordance with the CoA E23, and Interim Construction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009);

7.00am to 6.00pm, Monday to Friday

8.00am to 1.00pm on Saturdays; and

At no time on Sundays or public holidays.

The delivery of oversized plant/equipment under road guidelines may be required to occur

outside of normal hours in accordance with CoA E26(a) however they will arrive to site and

engine shut off until after 7am where they will be unloaded within standard work hours.

From the EIS noise assessment it is evident that during standard construction hours within most NCAs, it is expected that noise from the nearest ancillary facility (in isolation of noise from any other mainline works) will comply with the NML. It may exceed the NML by up to 10 dB (A) at a small number of receivers (up to 12 receivers within NCA 5) when that facility is operating at peak capacity. Additionally, one receiver in each of NCA 4 and NCA 5 may be exposed to noise levels up to 20 dB(A) above the NML during times of peak operations. As shown in Figure 5-3 GEJVs refinement of the ancillary area layout will increase buffer distances to the nearest residential receivers. Considerations of these factors will reduce the predicted noise levels and potential noise impacts determined in the EIS. Further detail on the actual noise impacts with consideration to these measures are detailed in Section 5.7.1. The only out of hours works that would occur at the main compound facility at C8 would be office administrative related activities and these activities will not impact sensitive noise receivers. It is not expected that loading or unloading of materials, processing of materials or operation of plant will be required outside of standard hours at any of the ancillary areas. In the unlikely event that out of hours works are required, they will be undertaken in accordance with the EPL and the through the out-of-hours work procedure in the Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan. The Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan has been developed to detail noise mitigation measures consistent with the EPL, Roads and Maritime’ CNVG, the EIS and the OACEMP. The relevant noise mitigation measures associated with the ancillary facilities have been summarised in section 6.

5.7.1 Temporary acoustic barriers

NSW CoA E31 requires that temporary acoustic barriers (2.4 metres high) are to be installed prior to commencement of work and inspected and maintained throughout the use of the ancillary sites, unless a justification for not installing acoustic barriers in certain locations, has



been described in this plan. The temporary acoustic barriers will be installed in accordance with Figure 5-4. The EIS assessed potential noise impacts from the main compound area which falls within the noise catchment 4 (NCA 4). The nearest property is at the north east corner of the compound site (105-106 Adams Road) is directly adjacent and within 50m from the site compound. As detailed in Table 5-5 for NCA 4 the nearest residence (105-106 Adams Road) will experience noise levels from the compound area 10-20 dBA above NML. GEJV has further reduced the footprint of disturbance for the main ancillary facility at C8 as shown in Figure 5-3 and 5-7.

A desktop assessment, using Roads and Maritime Services Noise Estimator Tool, was undertaken to determine the potential impacts during operation of the facility to the nearest receivers. This assessment has been used to determine required noise mitigation measures including noise attenuation structures like hoarding. The recommended noise mitigation measures derived from Noise Estimator Tool are aligned with recommendations in the Roads and Maritime Construction Noise and Vibration Guideline 2016 and the Interim Construction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009). The results are summarised in Table 5-6 below. The noise management levels (NML’s) have been adopted from the Project EIS working paper on Noise and Vibration.

Table 5-2 Noise assessment for proposed main ancillary facility operation

Nearest

Sensitive

Receiver

Distance to

GEJV

ancillary

facility (m)

Nearest

Ancillary

Activity (Figure

5-6)

Predicted

Noise level

(dBA)

Noise

Management

Level /dB(A)

Recommended noise

mitigation measures

105-115

Adams

Road

305m from

carpark

Carpark

activities

Parking of light

vehicles for

compound

office area

45 47 Predicted noise levels are

within the NMLs.

Standard noise mitigation

measures to be applied

as per table 6-1.

305m from

carpark

OOHW

Compound

activities

Possible office

administrative

work

45 43 (evening)

42 (Night)

Out of Hours works only

to occur if compliant with

CoA in accordance with

the CoA E23, the EPL

and the Interim

Construction Noise

Guideline (DECC, 2009).

45 Adams

Road

280m from

storage and

laydown

area

Laydown and

storage

activities

Delivery of

materials with

road trucks

47 48

Predicted noise levels

are within the NMLs.

Standard noise mitigation

measures to be applied

as per table 6-1.



Stockpiling of

materials using

excavators and

truck and dogs

Parking of heavy

vehicles

(excavators,

trucks, etc)

280m from

storage and

laydown

area

OOHW Storage

and laydown

activities

Possible

oversize

deliveries

47 43 (evening)

42 (Night)





and the Interim

Construction Noise


18 Eaton

Road

170m from

storage and

laydown

area

Laydown and

storage

activities

Delivery of

materials with

road trucks

Stockpiling of

materials using

excavators and

truck and dogs

Parking of heavy

vehicles

(excavators,

trucks, etc)

53 48

Currently the vacated

house(40 Eaton Road)

adjacent to the proposed

facility is offering

attenuation to nearest

resident this will be in

conjunction with the

acoustic dampening .e.g.

construct a 2.4m high

topsoil noise mound or

use 2.4m high acoustic

hoarding to reduce

potential noise impacts

by 10dBA.

170m from

storage and

laydown

area

OOHW Storage

and laydown

activities

Possible

oversize

deliveries

53 43 (evening)

42 (Night)





and the Interim

Construction Noise


2074 The

Northern

Road

80m from

carpark

Carpark

activities

Parking of light

vehicles for

compound office

area

60 48

Build a 2.4m high topsoil

noise mound or use 2.4m

high acoustic hoarding

along the southern

boundary of the carpark

to reduce potential noise

impacts at the nearest

residential receiver by

10dBA.

80m from

carpark

OOHW Carpark

activities 60

43 (evening)

42 (Night)






Possible

oversize

deliveries


and the Interim

Construction Noise


70 Eaton

Road

80m from

carpark

Carpark

activities

Parking of light

vehicles for

compound office

area

60 48

Build a 2.4m high topsoil

noise mound or use 2.4m

high acoustic hoarding

along the southern

boundary of the carpark

to reduce potential noise

impacts at the nearest

residential receiver by

10dBA.

80m from

carpark

OOHW Carpark

activities

Possible

oversize

deliveries

60

43 (evening)

42 (Night)





and the Interim

Construction Noise


Figure 5-5 Noise attenuation for main compound

5.8 Vibration

The nearest buildings to the ancillary facilities are equal or greater than 50m away and a vibratory roller (<300Kn, typically 7-12 tonnes) is likely to be the most vibration intensive



equipment to be used during construction of the ancillary facility. The safe working distance for a vibratory roller of this size is approximately 15m for cosmetic damage (British Standard BS 7385) and approximately 100m for human comfort (DECCW). The vibratory roller will be used for site establishment activities for the main compound for approximately one week. As the safe working distances will not be exceeded, structural damage from vibration is unlikely at any adjacent residential buildings. It is possible that human discomfort vibration criteria will be exceeded and all nearby residents will be notified of the timing and duration of the works. For structural damage to heritage structures, the vibration limits set out in the German Standard DIN 4150-3: Structural Vibration – Part 3 Effects of vibration on structures However, none of the houses within 100m of the ancillary facility are heritage listed buildings and the heritage site ‘Miss Lawson’s Guesthouse’ is an archaeological site which will be salvaged prior to site establishment in this area. As detailed in Section 6, pre and post construction property condition surveys will be undertaken on buildings within 100m of vibrating compaction activities to identify any impacts associated with the establishment and operation of the ancillary facility.

5.9 Traffic and Access

With the exception of ancillary facilities C5 and C6, designated access and haulage routes

for light vehicles entering and exiting temporary ancillary facilities will be along The Northern

Road and surrounding local road network. However continual access to local roads and

properties will be provided as per NSW CoA E41 and G36 clause 4.20 (e). Access to

ancillary facility C5 and C6 will be via the mainline construction access to a suitable access

point on The Northern Road. The use of local roads to access ancillary facilities will be

limited to Eaton Road for access to the main compound at ancillary area C8 as light vehicles

will access the ancillary facility as per Figure 5-5. This will provide continual movement of

local traffic on the northern road section and minimal impact on Eaton road. Figure 5-5 will

not as part of the ancillary works but as stage 1 works. However this demonstrates plans to

keep construction traffic (light vehicles) away from local residents to mitigate against

nuisance noise etc. A condition survey will be completed on Eaton road pre construction in

accordance with CoA E-55. There will be an estimate of 200 light vehicle movements

throughout the 10 hour working day.

In accordance with CoA E26, construction vehicles arriving at ancillary facilities outside the

standard hours of work will not queue with idling engines. Site personnel will be provided

with specific training on mitigation of noise emissions from construction vehicles.

Vehicle Management Plans will be developed in accordance with the Traffic Management Plan to ensure safe vehicle movements in and out of the ancillary facility sites and provide specific mitigation measures including those detailed in Section 6.



Figure 5-6 - Proposed road layout as noise & traffic mitigation measure

5.10 Visual

The ancillary facilities will result in a temporary increase in the visual extent of the construction site and activities. The proposed location for the main compound is farmland, located 500m south east from the town of Luddenham. The main compound will therefore result in a temporary visual change, it will have 2m high security fencing with shade cloth installed and will not have tall structures. Any obstruction of views from existing residential receivers adjacent to the main compound will be minimal. The compound site would have some security lighting which has the potential to cause light spill during the evening and night time period. The security lighting at the main office would most likely be mains power connected and would be directed away from adjacent residential properties to ensure any light spill impact minimised. In the event that a generator is required it will be short term until the facility is connected to the mains supply and only operated inside standard work hours and will be switched off overnight. The visual and light spill impacts associated with the ancillary facilities will be temporary in nature as the ancillary facilities including the main compound will only be in place for 2 years during the construction of between Mersey Road and Eaton Road of The Northern Road. All ancillary facility areas will be stabilised and re-vegetated as per the Landscape Plan developed for the Project.



5.11 Air Quality

Establishment of the ancillary facility will result in the disturbance of the ground surface. Primary sources of dust emissions associated with the establishment and operation of the ancillary facility are;

Clearing of grasses and topsoil removal.

Movement of soil and fill.

Wind erosion from unsealed surfaces and stockpiles.

Vehicles travelling over unsealed areas.

The effects of construction activities on airborne particulate matter would be temporary and the mitigation measures detailed in the Construction Air Quality Management Plan and Section 6 of this plan include;

The carpark, Eaton Road and access tracks will be stabilised to minimise dust impacts

from movement of plant within the ancillary area. Eaton road has a bitumen surface,

however if there is a build of dust or mud it will be cleaned as per the Air quality

management plan.

A water cart will be utilised when performing earthworks during establishment works

and during stockpiling.

Stabilising stockpiles that will be in place for more than 20 days and keeping stockpiles

less than 3m in height. This will be completed in accordance with Roads and Maritime

stockpile management guideline and the protocol included in the CEMP.

Covering of all materials transported to and from the construction site.

Visual monitoring of air quality to verify the effectiveness of controls and enable early

intervention.

The installation and monitoring of depositional dust gauges to quantify dust levels and

determine whether control measures are adequate or whether further actions are

required. A depositional dust gauge will be installed directly adjacent to the nearest

residence at the main compound at ancillary area C8.

5.12 Community Consultation

Consultation regarding the Project was undertaken during the EIS exhibition period. This assessment confirms and further informs the findings of the previous assessments undertaken in relation to construction activities located in this area of the Project.

Roads and Maritime has consulted with owners of the land where ancillary facilities are proposed. Lease agreements have been acquired with the relevant land owners and Roads and Maritime and the leased areas are shown in Appendix A.

Property condition surveys will be completed before the establishment of the facility. Targeted consultation with residents and businesses located near the project area will be undertaken via notifications and/or doorknocking in accordance with the Community Communication Strategy (CCS) for the project and GEJV’s Construction Community Liaison Management Plan which is stage specific and aligned to meet the processes within the CCS. The consultation will provide the surrounding community with details of the proposed activities for each stage of use (i.e. establishment, operational and decommissioning/rehabilitation).



Roads and Maritime and GEJV will continue to carry out ongoing consultation activities with neighbouring residents and business to inform them of potential amenity impacts (including noise and vibration, traffic and access, dust and odour, and visual impacts) and explain the appropriate mitigation measures that will be implemented.

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION MEASURES

This section details the environmental mitigation measures specific to the ancillary facilities that will be implemented to minimise the environmental impacts associated with the establishment and operation of the ancillary facilities. A range of environmental mitigation measures are identified in the various assessment and approval documents for the project, including the EIS, the Submissions and Preferred Infrastructure Report, NSW and Federal Conditions of Approval, OACEMP and Roads and Maritime standard documents. Site specific mitigation measures have been adapted from these documents as relevant to the establishment; operation, decommissioning and rehabilitation of the ancillary facility, as outlined in Table 6-1.

The Northern Road Upgrade, Stage 4


Table 6-1 Environmental Mitigation Measures

ID Measure/Requirement When to Implement

Responsibility Reference

General

GEN1 Prior to establishing the ancillary facility a pre-construction land condition assessment will be undertaken by an independent environmental consultant. This will assess the land for any pre-existing contamination or waste issues prior to taking possession.

Prior to site establishment

ESR, Independent Consultant

G36, Cl4.15.2 OACEMP Ap A4, Section 2.3.1

GEN2 When the areas of land used for the site facilities are no longer required, and after restoration of the areas to pre-existing condition or better, a post-construction land condition assessment by an independent environmental consultant is required.

Post - construction ESR Independent Consultant

G36, Cl4.15.2 OACEMP Ap A4, Section 2.3.1

GEN3

The approval holder must undertake the action, including those parts of the action that occur on Commonwealth Land, in accordance with all conditions in the NSW Infrastructure Approval.


ESR Independent Consultant

G36, CCHMP and Federal-CoA 1

GEN4

The person taking the action must maintain accurate records substantiating all activities associated with or relevant to the conditions of approval, including measures taken to implement all management plans required by this approval, and make them available upon request to the DoEE. Such records may be subject to audit by the DoEE or an independent auditor in accordance with section 458 of the EPBC Act, or used to verify compliance with the conditions of approval. Summaries of audits will be posted on the DoEE’s website. The results of audits may also be publicised through the general media.

Construction ESR Independent Consultant

G36, CCHMP and Federal-CoA 11

Flora and Fauna

FF1 A Construction Flora and Fauna Management Plan (CFFMP) would be developed for the project. The plan would include procedures for pre- clearance surveys that are consistent with the Roads and Maritime Biodiversity Guidelines (RTA, 2011). All work to be in accordance with the CFFMP.

Pre - construction ESR G36 Section 4.8 OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3,

FF2 Contain construction activities within the construction works zone boundary and occupy the minimum area practicable for limiting impacts on adjoining areas, including the extent of native vegetation clearing.


construction

Project Manager Superintendent ESR

OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3

FF3 Clear boundaries will be applied for construction and exclusion zones for equipment, machinery and traffic to prevent unnecessary damage to native vegetation and fauna habitats.



G36 Section 4.8 OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3

FF4 Clearing limits will be accurately and clearly marked. Existing trees within construction area and compounds that do not need to be



G36 Section 4.8 OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3





removed will be identified, protected and maintained throughout the construction period.

FF5

Once clearing limits have been surveyed and marked, a suitably qualified and experienced fauna ecologist will undertake a pre-clearing survey to identify any concerns to specific species.


Ecologist

ESR G36 Section 4.8

FF6 During vegetation clearing, timber and root balls must be retained where practicable for reuse in habitat enhancement and rehabilitation work. The retained timber and root balls may be used on or off the CSSI site. Prior to the commencement of vegetation clearing, the Proponent must consult with community groups, the Mulgoa Valley Landcare Group and relevant government agencies to determine if retained timber and root balls could be used for environmental rehabilitation projects, before pursuing other disposal options.

Site establishment Construction

Superintendent ESR

CoA E5

FF7 Clearing boundary demarcation and tree protection zones will be inspected during the weekly environmental inspection and recorded in the Georgiou One App Environmental inspection template. Inspection findings will be reported in the environmental monthly report.

Construction ESR G40 / good practice

FF8 Native vegetation would be re-established in accordance with Guide 3: Re-establishment of native vegetation of the Biodiversity Guidelines: Protecting and managing biodiversity on RTA projects

Rehabilitation and landscaping

ESR CoA B5

Soil and water

SW1 A Construction Soil and Water Management Plan (CSWMP) would be developed in accordance with the Roads and Maritime specification G38 – Soil and Water Management and the Blue Book – Soils and Construction – Managing Urban Stormwater Volume 1 (Landcom, 2004) and Volume 2D (DEC, 2008a). All work to be in accordance with the SWMP.

Pre - construction ESR G38 OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3,

SW2 Training will be provided to all project personnel, including relevant subcontractors on sound erosion and sediment control practices and the requirements from this plan through inductions, toolboxes and targeted training.

Pre-construction Construction

Superintendent

ESR

G38/G36, Good practice





SW3 An erosion and sediment control plan will be developed in accordance with Managing Urban Stormwater – Soils and Construction Volume 1 (Landcom, 2004) and Volume 2D (DECC, 2008). This plan will incorporate erosion control measure to limit the movement of soil from disturbed areas, and sediment control measures to remove any sediment from runoff.


Superintendent ESR

ESCPs

G38

Blue Book (Landcom, 2004), NSW-CoA E8

SW4 All soils to be transported offsite, will be identified and classified in accordance with the Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997 (POEO Act) and Waste Classification Guidelines

Construction Superintendent ESR

G36 Clause 4.11

SW5 All topsoil will be surveyed for contamination prior to stripping and monitored during topsoil stripping.

An Unexpected Discovery of Contaminated Land Procedure (Appendix D) will be implemented if potentially contaminated land, spoil or fill is encountered. Works in the vicinity will be stopped or modified and will not recommence until the material has been analysed and management measures implemented.


Superintendent ESR

G36 Clause 4.2.3, R44 cl 2.3

SW6 A spill management procedure will developed as part of the Pollution Incident Response Plan (PIRMP) and personnel will be inducted on its procedures in the event of a spill. All fuels and chemicals will be stored and used in accordance with the appropriate guidelines and standards


ESR PIRMP for EPL holders under the POEO Act 1997

SW7 All erosion and sediment controls will be inspected weekly and post rainfall events >10mm. Soil conservation inspection will occur on a monthly frequency. Required maintenance and improvements will be recorded in the Georgiou One App Environmental inspection template. Inspection findings will be reported in the environmental monthly report.

Construction ESR G36 Clause 3.3.1

SW8 Where available and practicable, captured stormwater, recycled water or other water sources shall be used in preference to potable water for construction, including dust control and assist compaction..

Construction Superintendent

ESR

G36, CoA E71

Stockpile Management

SP1 Stockpiling of material will not occur within 5m of vegetation protection areas and tree protection zones. Delineation will be in accordance with AS 4970.


Project Manager

ESR

G38 Clause 3.2





SP2 Stockpiles will be located at least 5m from concentrated water flows and 50m from the top of bank of any watercourse or drainage line


Project Manager

ESR

G38 Clause 3.2

SP3 Cover, or otherwise protect from erosion, stockpiles that will be in place for more than 4 weeks as well as any stockpiles that are susceptible to wind or water erosion, within 10 days of forming each stockpile in accordance with the blue book.


Project Manager

ESR

G38 Clause 3.2

SP4 Clean topsoil to be retained for rehabilitation purposes, weed contaminated topsoil to be separated from clean topsoil.


Project Manager, ESR

G38 Clause 3.2

SP5 Weed mitigation measures including early establishment of a sterile cover crop on topsoil stockpiles will be implemented to prevent and minimise the growth of weeds.

Construction Project Manager

ESR

G38 Clause 3.2

SP6 There would be no stockpiling of soil or construction materials within utility easement corridors


Project Manager

ESR

OACEMP

Ap A4, table 2-3

SP7 Controls will be placed around stockpiles and immediately downslope of excavated areas to minimise siltation and sedimentation.


Superintendent G38 Clause 3.2

SP8 The ESCP must detail the measures that will be implemented to protect stockpiles from erosion by wind and water erosion.


ESR G38 Clause 3.2

SP9 Stockpile areas will be included in the weekly and post rainfall environmental inspections and recorded in the Georgiou One App Environmental inspection template. Inspection findings will be reported in the environmental monthly report.

Site establishment

Construction

ESR G38 Clause 3.2

Material Storage and Management

CH1 A project-specific Construction Waste and Energy Management sub-plan (CWEMP) would be prepared before construction. The plan would adopt the Resources Management Hierarchy principles of the WARR Act. All work to be in accordance with the CWEMP.

Pre - construction ESR G38 OACEMP

Ap A4, Table 2-3

CH2 All fuels, chemicals, and liquids would be stored at least 50 m away from the existing stormwater drainage system and would be stored in an impervious bunded area within the compound site.

Construction Site Supervisor

Foreman

G36 Cl 4.3

OACEMP

Ap A4, Table 2-3

CH3 Storage, handling and use of dangerous goods and hazardous substances would be in accordance with the Work Health and Safety

Site establishment

Construction

Site Supervisor

Foreman

OACEMP

Ap A4, Table 2-3





Act 2011 and the Storage and Handling of Dangerous Goods Code of Practice (WorkCover NSW, 2005).

CH4 Inspect all plant and equipment daily for leakages of fuel, oil or hydraulic fluid. Repair any defective or deteriorated equipment that may result in leaks or leaks before using plant or equipment. Maintain records of plant inspections

Site establishment

Construction

Operators G36 Cl 4.3

CH5 Keep adequate quantities of suitable material to counteract spillage readily available. Clean up all chemical spills immediately.

Site establishment

Construction

Superintendent\Foreman

G36 Clause 4.3

CH6 Emergency spill kits for the management of wet and dry chemical spills must be available at all compound areas

Site establishment

Construction

Superintendent\Foreman

G36 Cl 4.3

CH7 Vehicle wash downs and/or concrete truck washouts would be undertaken within a designated bunded area of an impervious surface or undertaken off-site

Site establishment

Construction

ESR,

Superintendent Foreman

G36 Cl 4.11

OACEMP

Ap A4, Table 2-3

CH8 Waste oil, oily rags, oil filters and oily waters will be disposed of by an appropriately licensed contractor to a waste facility where the materials are lawfully accepted.

Construction ESR,


G36 Cl 4.11

CH9 Storage of dangerous goods and hazardous materials would occur in accordance with suppliers’ instructions and relevant Australian Standards and may include bulk storage tanks, chemical storage cabinets / containers or impervious bunds

Construction Superintendent Foreman

OACEMP

Ap A4, Table 2-3

CH10 Provide security for buildings, materials, construction plant and machinery. Take all necessary precautions to make the area safe to the public

Site establishment

Construction

ESR


Best practice

CH11 Ensure that adequate rubbish receptacles are provided to enable & promote waste segregation from putrescible waste and recyclable waste. Service these receptacles regularly and to the satisfaction of the Principal to ensure that the construction area remains tidy.

Site establishment

Construction

ESR


Best practice

CH12 Waste management measures will be based upon the philosophy of reduce, reuse, recycle and appropriate disposal. Refer to Construction Waste & Energy Management Plan and Sustainability Management Plan.


ESR

G36 Clause 4.11





CH13 All wastes, including contaminated wastes, would be identified and classified in accordance with the Waste Classification Guidelines: Part 1 Classifying Waste


ESR

OACEMP

Ap A4, Table 2-3

CH14 Disposal of any non-recyclable waste would be in accordance with the POEO Act and Waste Classification Guidelines: Part 1 Classifying Waste


ESR

OACEMP

Ap A4, Table 2-3

CH15 Concrete pumping or concreting activities will be undertaken in accordance with Environmental Best Management Practice Guideline for Concreting Contractors 2002 to prevent and/or minimise spillages.


ESR

Good Practice

CH16 The refuelling of plant and maintenance machinery would be undertaken at least 50m from waterways with appropriate spill containment mechanisms in place such as impervious bunding and the provision of spill kits nearby.


ESR

Good Practice

OACEMP

Ap A4, Table 2-3

CH17 Hydrocarbon, chemical and waste storage areas will be included in the weekly and post rainfall environmental inspections and recorded in the Georgiou One App Environmental inspection template. Inspection findings will be reported in the environmental monthly report.

Construction ESR Good Practice

Heritage

HER1 A Construction Cultural Heritage Management Plan (CCHMP) would be prepared as part of the CEMP prior to construction providing protocols and procedures to be implemented during construction to ensure the protection of items of heritage significance. Works must be in accordance with the CCHMP and known heritage items (both Aboriginal & non-Aboriginal) will have an demarcation fence and signed exclusion zone, this will be communicated in the project induction and toolboxes.

Pre - construction ESR G38 OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3 NSW -CoA E9, NSW-CoA E11

HER2 Prior to commencing work all construction personnel will undergo a induction which would contain information on heritage values and items in the area and on environmental management measures to minimise potential heritage impacts. This induction will identify procedures for unexpected heritage finds.

Works must be in accordance with the CCHMP

Pre - construction ESR G36 Section 5, NSW-

CoA C5





HER3 The Roads and Maritime’s unexpected finds protocol will be implemented for the works in relation to unexpected heritage finds and in the event of uncovering possible human skeletal remains

This includes cessation of works in the vicinity, assessment of the significance of the item(s) and determination of appropriate mitigation measures including when works can re-commence by a suitably qualified and experienced archaeologist in consultation with the Department, OEH and registered Aboriginal stakeholders. Works must be in accordance with the CCHMP

Site establishment

Construction

Project Manager

Superintendent

ESR

Roads and Maritime

Roads and Maritime Unexpected Heritage Items Procedure –

Annexure B, NSW CoA E16, E17, E21, E22

HER4 Miss Lawson’s Guesthouse will be demarcated with signage erected and communicated as area is a No GO Zone for the duration of construction.

Site establishment

Construction

Project Manager

Superintendent

ESR

NSW-CoA E11

Noise and Vibration

NV1 A Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan (CNVMP) would be prepared in accordance with the requirements in the ICNG and Roads and Maritime CNVG. All work to be in accordance with the CNVMP.

Pre - construction ESR G38 OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3

NV2 Implement all reasonable and feasible mitigation measures to ensure the works comply with the relevant Noise Management Levels. This shall include;

Works will be undertaken in accordance within the standard working hours unless in compliance with the Project EPL or CoA E26.

All construction plant and equipment used on the site will be: - Fitted with properly maintained noise suppression

devices in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications.

- Maintained in an efficient condition. - Operated in a proper and efficient manner

All noise and vibration complaints will be managed in accordance with the Complaints Management System.

loading and unloading will be carried out away from sensitive receivers, where practicable

Ensure all deliveries occur during standard construction hours where reasonable and feasible.

Prior to site establishment Site establishment Construction

Superintendent ESR

G36, Cl4.16 OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3 NSW CoA E23- E25 and E28





Loading and unloading should be carried out away from sensitive receivers, as far as practicable.

Avoiding noisy plant from working simultaneously in close proximity adjacent to sensitive receivers will result in reduced noise emissions and exposure.

Equipment which is used intermittently is to be shut down when not in use.

Where possible, equipment with directional noise emissions should be oriented away from sensitive receivers.

Reversing of equipment should be minimised so as to prevent nuisance caused by reversing alarms.

schedule a respite period of one hour for every three hours of continuous high noise generating construction activity, or scheduling high noise generating works to the less sensitive times of 9:00 am to 12:00 pm or 2:00 pm to 5:00 pm.

Noise intensive works to be completed in continuous blocks not exceeding three hours each with a minimum respite from those activities and works of not less than one hour between each block.

GEJV must identify and consult with receivers identified as being subject to levels that exceed the Highly Noise Affected criteria with the objective of determining appropriate hours of respite unless an agreement is reached with those receivers.

Locate topsoil as noise mounds along the perimeter of compound site adjacent to residential receivers as per the Ersed Plan for main site compound.

Construction vehicles arriving at the project site and construction compounds outside the standard construction hours described in Condition E23 must not queue with idling engines.

NV3 Pre and post construction property condition surveys will be undertaken at houses within 100m of the ancillary areas to identify any impacts associated with the establishment and operation of the ancillary facility. Property condition reports are to be provided to landowners and Councils (where agreed by landowner) within 3 weeks and no later than one month prior to commencement of works.

Prior to site establishment Construction

Project Manager ESR

G36, Cl4.15.2 OACEMP Ap A4, Section 2.3.1, E36, E42 & E44





When working within 5m of a sensitive receptor the “no vibe” function will be used on the roller. If compaction is required within 5m of Mrs Lawson’s Guesthouse or other heritage structures, a vibration setting will be turned off. GEJV may conduct vibration testing before and during vibration generating activities that have the potential to impact on heritage items to identify minimum working distances to prevent cosmetic damage. ln the event that the vibration testing and monitoring shows that the preferred values for vibration are likely to be exceeded, the Proponent must review the construction methodology and, if necessary, implement additional mitigation measures.

NV 4 The CSSI must be constructed with the aim of achieving the following construction vibration goals:

(a) for structural damage to heritage structures, the vibration limits set out in the German Standard DIN 4150-3: Structural Vibration – Part 3 Effects of vibration on structures;

(b) for damage to other buildings and/or structures, the vibration limits set out in the British Standard BS 7385-1:1990 – Evaluation and measurement of vibration in buildings—Guide for measurement of vibration and evaluation of their effects on buildings (and referenced in Australian Standard 2187.2 – 2006 Explosives – Storage and use – Use of explosives); and

for human exposure, the acceptable vibration values set out in Assessing Vibration: A Technical Guideline (Department of Environment and Conservation, 2006).


Project Manager ESR

G36, Cl4.15.2 OACEMP Ap A4, Section 2.3.1,

NV5 GEJV to ensure that vibration from construction activities does not exceed the vibration limits set out in the British Standard BS 7385-2:1993 Evaluation and measurement for vibration in buildings. Guide to damage levels from groundborne vibration.


Project Manager ESR

G36, Cl4.15.2 OACEMP Ap A4, Section 2.3.1,

NV6 Attended noise monitoring will occur monthly at the nearest residential receiver against the NMLs. Attended noise monitoring will also occur if a complaint is received or during any OOHW.


ESR Good practice.

NV7 Temporary acoustic barriers (2.4 metres high) are to be installed as soon as site establishment works at the ancillary facility are completed and before undertaking any works which are required to be conducted at the facility. unless a justification for not installing

acoustic barriers in certain locations, has been described in this plan. Acoustic barriers must be inspected and maintained to remain effective throughout the use of the construction compound.


Project Manager ESR

CoA E31

Effluent Management





EM1 Toilet blocks will be fitted with a 4000L waste holding tank. Pumping out of waste is to be conducted by a licensed waste contractor and disposed of at a suitably licensed waste facility in accordance with the Construction Waste Management sub-plan and EPA requirements

Site establishment

Construction

Project Manager

ESR

Good practice.

EM2 Push taps will be installed within the toilet blocks to prevent taps being left on accidentally.

Site establishment

Construction

Project Manager

ESR

Good practice.

EM3 A high sensor auto shut off valve (80%) will be installed on the waste system to prevent the tank from overflowing.

The system will be checked weekly as part of environmental inspections.

Site establishment

Construction

Project Manager

ESR

Good practice.

Traffic and access

TR1 A Construction Traffic Management Plan (CTMP) would be developed, approved, implemented and monitored as part of the project. The TMP would ensure the use of local roads by heavy vehicles to access temporary ancillary facilities would be limited as far as is reasonably practicable. All work to be in accordance with the CTMP.


Project Manager G36 Clause 3.1

OACEMP

Ap A4, table 2-3

TR2 Wherever practical all removal and delivery of materials and plant will be timed to occur outside of the peak traffic periods to minimise delay in the area however within standard construction hours.

Site establishment

Construction

Superintendent Good practice

TR3 Construction vehicles arriving at the project site and Construction compounds outside the standard Construction hours must not queue with idling engines.

Site establishment

Construction

Superintendent CoA E28

TR4 Unencumbered access to private property must be maintained during Construction unless otherwise agreed with the landowner in advance. A landowner’s access that is physically affected be reinstated to at least an equivalent standard, in consultation with the landowner.

Site establishment

Construction


TR5 Vehicles used in the delivery of the project must not use local roads unless no suitable alternatives are available. Where the use of local roads is proposed, these must be identified in a Traffic Management plan.

Site establishment

Construction






TR6 A Road Dilapidation Report must be prepared by a suitably qualified person for local roads (and associated infrastructure) proposed to be used by Construction vehicles for works associated with the project before the commencement of use by such vehicles. Copies of the Road Dilapidation Report must be provided to the relevant Council within three (3) weeks of completing the surveys and no later than one (1) month before the use of local roads by project vehicles.

pre-construction Project Engineer

Superintendent

CoA E55

TR7 If damage to roads occurs as a result of Construction, the Proponent must rectify the damage so as to restore the road to at least the condition it was in pre-works, unless otherwise agreed by the relevant Councils.

Post construction Project Engineer

Superintendent

CoA E56

TR8 During construction, measures must be implemented to maintain pedestrian and vehicular access to, and parking in the vicinity of, businesses and affected properties. Alternative pedestrian access, vehicular access, and parking arrangements, and signage to direct customers to these businesses and affected properties, must be developed in consultation with affected businesses.

Construction Project Engineer

Superintendent

CoA E57

TR9 Signage and directions to businesses must be provided before, and for the duration of, any disruption during Construction.

Pre-construction

Construction

Project Engineer

Superintendent

CoA E58

Visual

VIS1 The visual impact of ancillary facilities on adjacent residential areas will be minimised through the careful planning and positioning of temporary offices, other plant and material laydown areas, and specific management of lighting and potential for light spill within the identified ancillary facility.


Superintendent ESR

Good practice

VIS2 Undertake property adjustments and relocation of infrastructure (for example, fencing, dams, property access) in consultation with the property owner.



VIS3 Areas affected by construction would be reinstated and restored in accordance with the urban design and landscape strategy.

Prior to completion of project



VIS4 Any areas temporarily disturbed during construction will be rehabilitated as soon as feasible and reasonable following the completion of construction/operation of the ancillary facilities.

Prior to completion of project


G36, Cl4

VIS5 The design of temporary lighting must avoid unnecessary light spill on adjacent residents or sensitive receivers and be designed in accordance with AS 1158.1-1986.







VIS6 Consider the provision of barriers to screen views from visually sensitive nearby areas such as rural dwellings, residential and recreational areas.



VIS7 Contain construction activities within the construction works zone boundary and occupy the minimum area practicable for limiting impacts on adjoining areas, including the extent of native vegetation clearing.



Air Quality

AIR1 Dust and emissions generation at compounds would be managed by:

installation of perimeter screening around compound sites

impose low speeds limits around compound sites to limit the generation of dust from vehicle movements

apply wheel-wash or rumble grid facilities at access points to limit the tracking of materials beyond the site boundary

ensure that compound area surfaces are well compacted or sealed to limit the potential for dust generation

regularly water stockpiles and limit the amount of materials stockpiled around the site

Limit stockpiling activities during conditions where winds are blowing strongly in the direction(s) from the stockpiling location to nearby receivers.

position stockpiling areas as far as possible from surrounding receivers Where available and practicable, and of appropriate chemical and biological quality, stormwater, recycled water or other water sources may be used in preference to potable water for the delivery of the CSSI, including dust control.



G36, Cl4.4 OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3, NSW-CoA E71, NSW-CoA E72

AIR2 Dust generation will be visually inspected daily by the supervisors during all works to ensure excess dust is not generated and is not leaving site. Air quality and dust management will be formally inspected weekly and recorded in the Georgiou One App Environmental inspection template. Inspection findings will be reported in the environmental monthly report.

Construction Supervisors, ESR

G36 Clause 4.4.1 OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3, NSW CoA E71

AIR3 Install depositional dust gauges in accordance with the Construction Air Quality Management Sub Plan to quantify dust levels and determine whether control measures are adequate or whether further actions are required. A depositional dust gauge will be

Construction Supervisors, ESR






installed directly adjacent to the nearest residence at the main compound at ancillary area C8.

Waste

WE1 Waste generated in the delivery of the Project must be dealt with in accordance with the waste minimisation hierarchy principles of avoid/reduce/reuse/ recycle/dispose with the following priorities:

i. waste generation is to be avoided and where avoidance is not reasonably practicable, waste generation is to be reduced;

ii. where avoiding or reducing waste is not possible, waste is to be re-used, recycled, or recovered; and

iii. where re-using, recycling or recovering waste is not possible, waste is to be treated or disposed of at a waste management facility or premises lawfully permitted to accept the materials.

Construction ESR, Superintendent

G36 Cl. 4.11.1 NSW CoA E68 – E70

WE2

Waste generated outside the site must not be received at the site for storage, treatment, processing, reprocessing, or disposal on the site, except as expressly permitted by a licence or waste exemption under the POEO Act, if such a licence is required in relation to that waste.


EIS Table 8-45, WR-1 NSW CoA E68

WE3

All waste materials removed from the CSSI site must only be directed to a waste management facility or premise lawfully permitted to accept the materials or in accordance with a Resource Recovery Exemption or Order issued under the Protection of the Environment Operations (Waste) Regulation 2014, or to any other place that can lawfully accept such waste.


NSW CoA E69

WE4

All waste must be classified in accordance with the EPA’s Waste Classification Guidelines, with appropriate records and disposal dockets retained for audit purposes


CoA E70

Community Consultation

CON1 Affected residents and local business owners will be consulted prior to establishing the ancillary facility to identify appropriate measures to manage potential impacts which will be in accordance with the Community Communication Strategy (CCS)

Pre - construction Community Liaison Officer ESR

G36 Clause 3.7.2 OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3

CON2 On-going consultation in accordance with the CCS to local business owners, including owners of agricultural businesses, located close to

Pre – construction Construction

Community Liaison Officer

G36 Clause 3.7.2 OACEMP





construction works about the timing, duration and likely impact of construction activities on their business operations would be carried out.

ESR

Ap A4, Table 2-3

The Northern Road Stage 4 Project

Ancillary Facilities Management Plan 59

7 COMPLIANCE MANAGEMENT

7.1 Roles and responsibilities

The Project Team’s organisational structure and overall roles and responsibilities are outlined in Section 5.1.7 - 5.1.14 of the OACEMP. Specific responsibilities for the implementation of environmental controls are detailed in Section 7 of this Plan.

7.2 Training

All employees, contractors and utility staff working on site will undergo site induction training relating to the development and operation of ancillary facilities. The induction training will address elements related to facility operations including:

Existence and requirements of this AFMP.

Relevant legislation.

Community expectations.

Traffic and access.

Soil and water management.

Dust management.

Flood warning and evacuation.

recognition and awareness of site hazards

Contingency and emergency response planning.

Spill management.

Handling and disposal of hazardous goods and materials.

Construction vehicle noise minimisation measures.

Vegetation clearing.

Sensitive areas and exclusion zones.

Further details regarding staff induction and training are outlined in Chapter 6.7.1 of the OACEMP.

7.3 Monitoring and inspections

As detailed in Section 6.1 of the OACEMP, weekly inspections of the site, including ancillary facilities, will occur for the duration of the project. The Environmental Site Representative will undertake these inspections. In addition regular inspections (fortnightly or monthly as required) by the Independent Environmental Representative will occur and an ER Inspection Report will be provided to Roads and Maritime and the GEJV. Additional requirements and responsibilities in relation to monitoring and inspections are documented in Section 6.1 of the OACEMP.

7.4 Auditing Audits will be undertaken to assess the effectiveness of environmental controls, compliance with this plan, CoA and other relevant approvals, licenses and guidelines. Audit requirements are detailed in Section 6.4 of the OACEMP. An audit schedule will be developed as per Section 6 of the OACEMP by GEJV’s Environmental Manager and will include all external and internal audits.



7.5 Incident Management

An Incident Reporting Procedure (section 6.5 of the OACEMP) covers incidents management and the reporting requirements. A Pollution Incident Response Management Plan (CEMP - Appendix A2) has been developed to minimise the impact of spills including details on the requirements for managing, cleaning up and reporting.

7.6 Complaints Management

Complaints will be recorded in accordance with the approved Community Communication Strategy and Complaints Management System. Information will be recorded as per the requirements of the Complaints Register for the project. All resident complaints will be managed as per the timelines identified in the Complaints Management System and reported to Roads and Maritime for inclusion in complaints reporting.

7.7 Reporting

Reporting requirements and responsibilities are documented in Section 6.5 of the OACEMP.

7.8 Ongoing risk analysis

GEJV Environmental Representatives are responsible for ensuring Project environmental

risks are identified and included in the risk register and appropriate mitigation measures

implemented throughout the construction of the Project.

Review and, if necessary, update of the Project risk register will be an ongoing process

which will occur, as a minimum:

when a risk has been identified

where there is a change in work systems, materials, equipment, practices or

procedures on site

in response to incidents

where new information about an environmental risk becomes available or where

personnel raise concerns about an environmental risk

at regularly scheduled times (monthly), including during reviews of the Project risk

register at GEJV Project meetings and the quarterly management review meetings

(Error! Reference source not found. of the OACEMP.

The requirement for the regular review and update of the aspects and impacts register as

part of continuous improvement is included in Error! Reference source not found. of the

OACEMP.

Where new risks are identified, these will be included in the risk register, assessed and

control measures put in place to eliminate or minimise the level of risk. Monitoring and review

of the effectiveness of control measures will be carried out during weekly environmental

inspections and may include consultation with site personnel involved in managing the

identified risks.



8 REVIEW AND IMPROVEMENT

8.1 Continuous improvement

Continuous improvement of this plan will be achieved by the ongoing evaluation of environmental management performance against environmental policies, objectives and targets for the purpose of identifying opportunities for improvement. The continuous improvement process will be designed to:

Identify areas of opportunity for improvement of environmental management and

performance.

Determine the cause or causes of non-conformances and deficiencies.

Develop and implement a plan of corrective and preventative action to address any

non-conformances and deficiencies.

Verify the effectiveness of the corrective and preventative actions.

Document any changes in procedures resulting from process improvement.

Make comparisons with objectives and targets.

8.2 AFMP update and amendment

The processes described in section 1.6 of the OACEMP will be used to update or revise this Plan. This will occur as needed throughout the project life. A copy of the updated plan and changes will be distributed as required to all relevant stakeholders such as DPE & EPA Council in accordance with the approved document control procedure – refer to Section 1.6 of the OACEMP. In the event that the AFMP requires amendment, the ER can approve comments that are deemed to be minor however in the event that suggested amendments are deemed to be significant then the amended plan will be resubmitted back to the DPE for approval and additional consultation where required. In the case of ancillary facilities that come under condition A15, the AFMP would be updated to reflect any additional ancillary facilities and the assessment as per condition A15.

Any future additional ancillary facilities will be detailed in an updated AFMP for assessment

and approval purposes.



Appendix A Roads and Maritime Leased Areas The AFMP demonstrates how the site is set up in conjunction with EIS and G1 specifications.

Table 8-21 - Location of the Ancillary locations to be considered under the approval of this AFMP.

Proposed Location Lot & DP Reference Status of lease RMS Approved Purpose

C1 Not referenced in G1

Specification To be agreed

Not approved to date

Sediment Basin

C2 Not referenced in G1

Specification To be agreed

Not approved to date

Ancillary Facility

C3 Lot 92 DP27550 To be agreed Yes Sediment

Basin

C4 Lot 102 DP812653 Approved Yes Sediment

Basin

C5 Lot 11 DP 1092165 Approved Yes Sediment

Basin

C6 Lot 2 DP 851626 Approved Yes Ancillary Facility

C7 Lot 20 DP258 Not approved

to date Not approved to

date Sediment

Basin

C8 DP250030 Approved Yes Ancillary Facility



Figure 5-7 – Location of the proposed of Ancillary locations



Appendix B Ancillary facilities assessment criteria (NSW-CoA A17) for facilities not assessed in the EIS

The Northern Road Stage 4 Project Ancillary Facilities Management Plan 67

Ancillary facilities assessment criteria (NSW-CoA A17) for facilities not assessed in the EIS

Criteria Yes/No Evidence Comments

Location

Purpose

Is the facility a minor facility (eg office, shed or staff amenities)?

Criteria

1. Minor ancillary facilities comprising lunch sheds, office sheds, and portable toilet facilities, that are not identified in the documents listed in Condition A1 and which do not satisfy the criteria set out in Condition A15 of this approval must satisfy the following criteria:

2. have no greater environmental and amenity impacts than those that can be managed through the implementation of environmental measures detailed in the OACEMP required under

Condition C1 of this approval; and

3. have been assessed by the ER to have:

i. minimal amenity impacts to surrounding residences and businesses, after consideration of matters such as compliance with the ICNG, traffic and access impacts, dust and odour impacts, and visual (including light spill) impacts;


iii. No impacts on biodiversity, soil and water, and heritage items beyond those already approved under other terms of this approval.

Approval of minor ancillary facility

Are criteria above met?

Date of approval by ER

The Northern Road Stage 4 Project Ancillary Facilities Management Plan

67

Appendix C Evidence of consultation

The Northern Road Stage 4 Project Ancillary Facilities Management Plan 67

Form Agency Date Received

Review Comment Roads and Maritime / Contractor response

Email EPA 16/08/18 Email received on the 16/08/18 from the EPA advising that it is not their policy to review management plans. The EPA’s expectations will be specified in the project’s environmental protection licence when it is issued.

Noted by GEJV

Phone Call

Liverpool Council

13/08/18 Georgiou Environmental Manager received a phone call from the Liverpool Council delegate on the 13/08/18. The Liverpool council delegate had no issues with the Ancillary Facility Management Plan as all areas had been previously assessed in the EIS. The Delegate asked for further detail on the traffic staging and traffic controls to be implemented on the project.

GEJV sent an email response to the Liverpool Council delegate on the 15/08/18 with further detail on the traffic management proposed for the project including an offer to provide traffic staging plans and vehicle management plans for information when they have been completed the GEJV traffic consultant.


67

Appendix D

Unexpected Discovery of Contaminated Land Procedure Purpose The purpose of this management procedure is to effectively manage any unexpected finds of contaminated material on the Northern Road Upgrade, .between Mersey Road and Eaton Road Scope There is potential for previously unidentified contaminants to be uncovered during the works. This might be by observation of any unusual physical/sensory characteristics of the impacted soil, such as changes in colour, changes in texture, visual evidence, or odour. Unexpected finds may include unexpected discovery of hazardous building materials, such as asbestos containing materials, or unexpected discovery of contaminants in addition to the type already identified on-site, such as surface or buried material with visual or olfactory evidence of contamination. Induction/Training All GEJV personnel are to be inducted on the identification of potential land contamination including asbestos contaminated material and coal tar in existing asphalt. They will be trained in the relevant actions associated with this procedure during the project site induction and regular toolbox talks. Procedure Follow the procedure listed below in the case of unexpected contamination finds; 1. Works should cease in the area and the supervisor should be notified immediately 2. The area should be cordoned off to prevent access by other workers and public 3. A suitably qualified environmental consultant will be engaged to provide interim advice

based on visual inspection on construction health and safety, material storage and material disposal to allow construction to proceed as soon as practical.

4. The suitably qualified environmental consultant will prepare a Remediation Action Plan in accordance with EPA guidelines on contaminated land management and this will be provided to Roads and Maritime under G36 hold point cl 4.2.3.

5. Unexpected potentially contaminated material will be excavated and separately stockpiled in a secure location on strong impermeable plastic sheeting and covered top and sides with securely fitted plastic sheeting.

6. The stockpile will be protected by adequate sediment controls to collect runoff and prevent overland stormwater flow from affecting the base of the stockpile.

7. Potentially contaminated materials from different parts of the construction area will be segregated into separate stockpiles. The separate stockpiles should be signposted and the source location of the materials on site recorded.

8. When the potentially contaminated material has been removed, the area from which this material was excavated will also be isolated. Further excavation or other construction work will not occur in that area until advice from a suitably qualified environmental consultant is provided confirming that any contaminated material has been removed and that the area is suitable for further excavation or construction activity.

9. The location from which potentially contaminated materials is excavated and the location of the stockpile of excavated material will be recorded on a site plan. Records will include



an outline of the area and depth of the potentially contaminated materials and the volume of material excavated.

10. A suitably qualified environmental consultant will assess the potentially contaminated material and prepare a report advising whether the material is contaminated at levels exceeding the NSW EPA endorsed guidelines for reuse on-site and/or whether the material needs to be disposed of off-site as waste, and the classification of that waste.

11. Where contaminated material is assessed as being unsuitable for reuse on site, the area where the material was excavated will require validation.

For asbestos

Unexpected asbestos / ACM find procedure In the event that a person on site identifies or disturbs asbestos / ACM that is not already identified in the Asbestos Register, GEJV will follow all reporting and notification requirements in OACEMP Appendix A7 Roads and Maritime Environmental Incident Classification and Reporting Procedure, including notifying the ER. GEJV will also undertake the following actions:

Stop work in the area potentially impacted by ACM as soon as it is safe to do so and move to the upwind side of the area, or away from the area.

Assess the potential immediate risk to human health posed by the unexpected find and assess if evacuation is necessary.

Delineate an exclusion zone around the affected area using fencing and/or appropriate barriers and signage. Keeping soil damp will minimise the release of fibres to air.

Contact the Environmental Scientist / Engineer for advice and request a site visit to undertake a risk assessment of the unexpected find and determine what further assessment and/or remediation works are required.

Implement advice and validate outcomes are assessed by the Environmental Scientist / Engineer to be satisfactory. Document outcome, presenting recommendations to the Roads and Maritime Project Manager.

The Roads and Maritime Project Manager to confirm that works may resume in the affected area, in consultation with the ER.

Note: Where a NSW EPA Accredited Site Auditor has been engaged, Roads and Maritime in consultation with the specialist Contaminated Land Consultant, will inform the Site Auditor of the unexpected find and proposed measures to remediate/manage risks from ACM. These measures

should be endorsed by the Site Auditor before implementation. The unexpected asbestos management procedure during Construction is summarised in the flow chart (below) Where small fragments of ACM or suspected ACM are found, and provided that:

The total number of fragments is < 20, or

The total surface area of the fragment/piece is < 1 m2, or

The fragments are spread over an area of < 10 m2, and

The fragments are non-friable and located on ground surface or within the topsoil layer then the Contractor Environmental Scientist / Engineer will collect any fragments and place it in a 200 mm polythene bag for later disposal at an appropriate waste facility. A detailed visual inspection of the area will be carried out by the Contractor Environmental Scientist /

Engineer, which will involve wet raking of the areas to a depth of 10 cm for any further fragments. If no further fragments are identified, works can continue.



If, during the visual inspection, the Contractor Environmental Scientist / Engineer determines that the criteria described above are exceeded, or if suspected asbestos / ACM continues to be identified during excavation works and/or if it is thought that any uncovered material might be considered asbestos containing and friable, works will cease and the Environmental Scientist / Engineer will assess the situation and determine an appropriate course of action in accordance with Section 4. I f required the GEJV will engage an Environmental Scientist / Engineer will remove samples of the material for testing at a NATA-accredited laboratory and will monitor airborne dust levels. Following testing, the Environmental Scientist / Engineer will determine and report:

if the asbestos is non-friable or friable

the extent of the contamination

options for the appropriate remediation of the area (Section 4)

the requirement for a licenced asbestos removalist (Section 4)

The requirement for health screening of workers on site.


67

Asbestos Management Procedure during Construction

Figure 5-8


67

Appendix E

Roads and Maritime Unexpected Heritage Items Procedure In the event that an item is discovered, Figure 5-9 shall be followed and the Project ESR will be contacted.

The following actions will directly comply with the Roads and Maritime Unexpected Heritage Items Procedure as per Annexure B in Appendix B5 - Construction Cultural Heritage Management Plan. Unexpected Heritage Items Procedure

Figure 5-9



Appendix A5

Document Register



Register of Project environmental documents

Management Plan

CEMP Ref

Relevant procedures/programs Recipient/ review by

Legal and Contractual Requirements

App A1 Compliance tracking matrix Roads and Maritime

Environmental Aspects and Impacts Register

App A2 Project risk register Roads and Maritime

Environmental policy

App A3 Roads and Maritime

Ancillary Facility Management Plan

App A4 Minor Ancillary facility checklist and procedure.

The Secretary, DP&E

Consultation required with EPA, Liverpool City Council

Sensitive Area Plans

App A6 Roads and Maritime

Construction Traffic Management Plan

App B1 Construction Traffic Management Plan



App B2 Unexpected Threatened Species or EECs Finds Procedure

Fauna Handling and Rescue Procedure

Weed and Pathogen Management Plan

Vegetation Clearing Procedure


Construction Noise and Vibration Management Sub Plan

App B3 Construction Noise and Vibration Monitoring Program

Out of Hours Work Procedure


Construction Soil and Water Management Sub Plan

App B4 Water, Soil and Contamination Monitoring Program Sediment Basin Management and Discharge Procedure

Dewatering of Site Excavations

Dam Dewatering Procedure

Stockpile Management Protocol

Management of Tannins from Vegetation Mulch Procedure

Concept Erosion and Sediment Control Plans


Construction Cultural Heritage Management Sub Plan

App B5 Unexpected Heritage Items Procedure

Roads and Maritime ER



Management Plan

CEMP Ref

Relevant procedures/programs Recipient/ review by

Construction Air Quality Management Sub Plan

App B6 Construction Air Quality Monitoring Program


Construction Waste and Energy Management Sub Plan

App B7 Waste Management Register

Coal Tar Asphalt Management Plan

Location of waste facilities

Roads and Maritime

Construction Contaminated Land Management Sub Plan

App B8 Unexpected Discovery of Contaminated Land Procedure

Asbestos Management Plan


Other Management Measures Sub Plan

App B9 Roads and Maritime

Construction Sustainability Management Plan

App B10 Roads and Maritime, ER

PIRMP App B11 Roads and Maritime

Construction Community Liaison Plan

App B12 Roads and Maritime

Environmental procedures

App A7

App A9

App A10

Environmental incident classification and reporting procedure

Georgiou Nonconformity and corrective and preventative action procedure

Georgiou auditing, review and inspection standard

Issued for information to Roads and Maritime

Environmental work method statements

App A8 Environmental work method statement register

EWMS to be approved individually under hold points by Roads and Maritime



Appendix A6

Sensitive area plans



Appendix A7

Environmental incident classification and reporting procedure

Prot

ectio

n of

th

e En

viro

nmen

t O

pera

tions

Act

199

7

o o o o o



Appendix A8

Environmental Work Method Statement Registers



EWMS register

Number Name Revision no Reviewed by Date

001 Site Compound Set-up B Roads and Maritime 15

002 Clearing and Grubbing (working in environmentally sensitive areas)

B Roads and Maritime

003 Site Survey A Roads and Maritime

004 Topsoil Stripping B Roads and Maritime, ER

005 Services Investigation B Roads and Maritime, ER

006 Geotech Investigation B Roads and Maritime, ER

007 Boundary Fencing B Roads and Maritime, ER

008 Culvert Installation and Extension A Roads and Maritime

009 Sediment Basin Management S Roads and Maritime

010 Earthworks A Roads and Maritime

011 Rehabilitation of Hydrocarbon Soil A Roads and Maritime

012 Demolition A



EWMS training / induction attendance register

[We, the undersigned, confirm that we have been trained and inducted on this EWMS and the details have been explained and clearly

understood. We clearly understand that the environmental controls in this EWMS must be applied as documented, otherwise work is to cease

immediately.]

EWMS number Inductee Name Company Position Signature Date

Appendix A9

Georgiou nonconformity, corrective and preventative action procedure

GC-HSE-PRO-126 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 1 of 5

29/08/2018 Ver: 4.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 16-Oct-18

Nonconformance Reporting and Corrective Action Procedure

NON-CONFORMANCE REPORTING & CORRECTIVE ACTION

PROCEDURE GC-HSE-PRO-126

Date Revision Description Version Revised by Document

Owner

Document

Authoriser

06/12/2013 Initial upload to new GENIE Intranet 1.0 Sean Baker Sean Baker Peter Grant Smith

17/08/2016

Procedure updated to distinguish processes for Product NCRs and System NCRs, updates to definitions and reference to Product NCR severity classifications.

2.0 Sean Baker Sean Baker Gary Georgiou

22/12/2016 Section 3.2.3 updated to address requirement to confirm effectiveness of actions taken with Product NCRs

3.0 Sean Baker Sean Baker Lambros Siamos

29/08/2018 Section 2 updated to reflect latest risk matrix classification levels

4.0 Katherine Woodford

Sean Baker Lambros Siamos

2018 Georgiou Group Pty Ltd

Reproduction of this document, in whole or in part, in any format or media is prohibited without express permission from the authorised Quality Representative of Georgiou.




1. PURPOSE & SCOPE

This procedure describes the requirements associated with the identification, reporting and correction of Product

and System non-conformances.

This Procedure applies to all Georgiou operations including subcontractors and suppliers to Georgiou.

2. TERMINOLOGY & DEFINITIONS

General Terms and Definitions associated with Georgiou’s Management System can be found within Georgiou’s

Terminology & Definitions Guideline.

Key definitions associated with this procedure are defined below

Item Description

Non-conformance; Non-fulfilment of a requirement (customer requirement, product requirement, management system requirement).

Product Non-conformance Is the result of a product/process or service that does not conform to specified requirements or stated expectation. Severity classification levels have been established for product non-conformances, detailed below.

Product NCR Classification Levels

Class 3 - rectification costs below or equal to $20,000 Class 2 - rectification costs above $20,000 and less than $1000,000 Class 1 - rectification costs equal to or above $100,000

System Non-conformance Non-conformance which is directly related to the administration and/or management system. May be identified through audit (internal, client and Third party), Incident Investigations, Workplace Inspections, Complaints and Georgiou Management System Reviews. Two Severity classification levels have been established for System Non-conformances.

System Non-conformance Severity Classification

Minor: where isolated discrepancies are found between what has/is required and what has/is occurring. A minor non-conformance does not have the potential to cause significant adverse effects to project quality, the environment or safety

Major: The absence of a system or part of the system, or that the documented systems or procedures are not being followed. Potential to cause significant adverse effects to project quality, the environment or safety.

QHEST Web-based event management reporting system used by Georgiou for reporting of HSEQ Incidents and Non-conformances. NOTE: Some Georgiou projects may utilise alternative systems for Product Non-conformance reporting due to client or other requirements, subject to prior approval by the Quality Manager. The requirements of this procedure still apply when using alternative reporting systems. All System NCRs shall be reported via QHEST.




3. PRODUCT NON-CONFORMANCES

3.1 Identification and Segregation

Upon identification of a product non-conformance undertake the following;

Where practicable, the product shall be segregated to prevent inadvertent use or release. This may

include a combination of labelling/marking and documentation.

Ensure the matter is communicated within the project team.

Quality documentation, such as the Lot register and Inspection and test Plans/Checklists, shall be updated

to note the Non-conformance and current “on-hold” status.

All Non-conforming product shall remain “on-hold” until disposition to release is approved and received

from the required authority in accordance with Project specific Quality Management plan requirements.

3.2 Product Non-conformance Reporting

All Product Non-conformances shall be reported via the web-based reporting application (QHEST). Formal reporting

shall occur as soon as practicable, but as a minimum within 24hrs of the issue being detected. The involvement of

staff throughout the System Non-conformance process shall be in accordance with Appendix 8.1 NCR Notification

and response matrix.

3.2.1 Assess Severity and Classify NCR – Estimate Costs

Estimate the costs of rectifying the Product NCR when the issue is identified/reported to allow classification of the

NCR. This may include costs associated with;

Rework ie. Materials, Plant and equipment, Labour

Costs associated with re-design

Demolition, waste disposal and transport

Time delays

Costs associated with inspection, testing and verification

Estimated costs are to be reported within QHEST. The party responsible for the rectification costs are also to be

recorded (ie Subcontractor/Georgiou).

NOTE: Initial reported rectification costs will be an estimate only. It is anticipated that rectification costs will need

to be updated as the NCR is further investigated and followed up. The actual rectification costs shall be confirmed

prior to the NCR being closed.

3.2.2 External Reporting and Approval

The Project Manager is responsible for the notification of the Non-conformance to relevant parties as contractually

required and seeking and recording approval from the client, Designer, or other stakeholder on the proposed

correction

3.2.3 Non-conformance Report Close-Out

NOTE: Where non-conforming product is reworked, repaired, or otherwise corrected by an approved method it shall be re-inspected and/or tested to verify and demonstrate conformance to requirements. Where external approval is required, this must be obtained and recorded prior to closing the Non-conformance. Once all approved actions associated with a non-conformance report have been completed, actual rectification

costs associated with the NCR shall be updated and the NCR closed.

The QHEST NCR reporting system requires that responsible and Close-out Manager roles are assigned with the NCR,

these roles shall undertake the following;




Responsible Manager ensure the corrective and preventative actions identified to address the Non-conformance are adequate to address the issue. Ensure those persons assigned actions complete them in a timely manner.

Close-Out Manager verify that the identified corrective and preventative actions have been taken and are effective in preventing recurrence.

NOTE: Where an alternative NCR system to QHEST is utilised by a project for product NCR reporting, the above

requirements apply – the person responsible for closing the NCR shall confirm effectiveness of actions taken.

Project NCR reporting templates shall address this requirement.

4. SYSTEM NON-CONFORMANCES

4.1 Reporting System Non-conformances

Systems and/or their implementation that do not meet requirements will be deemed non-conforming and must be

reported as a System Non-Conformance within the QHEST web-based reporting system. The involvement of staff

throughout the System Non-conformance process shall be in accordance with Appendix 8.1 NCR Notification and

response matrix.

4.1.1 System Non-conformance Classification

Each System non-conformance will be identified with one of the following functional areas: Health and Safety,

Environment, Quality or Other. Other categories include areas of the business such as Tendering, HR, Commercial

or Administration.

System non-conformance severity and correction type are classified as either Minor or Major. No cost data is

required for system non-conformance correction.

Corrective and Preventative actions to address the System Non-conformance shall be recorded within QHEST and

assigned to relevant persons. Actions may include; new or updated process procedures and/or evidence of training

4.1.2 Responsibility for addressing System non-conformance

The QHEST system requires that responsible and Close-out Manager roles are assigned with the NCR, these roles

shall undertake the following;

Responsible Manager ensure the corrective and preventative actions identified to address the Non-conformance are adequate to address the issue. Ensure those persons assigned actions complete them in a timely manner.

Close-Out Manager verify that the identified corrective and preventative actions have been taken and are effective in preventing recurrence.

5. CHANGE MANAGEMENT

Corrective or preventative actions that identifies or results in new or changed hazards or the need for new or changed controls, or a change to the Georgiou Management System are to be undertaken in accordance with the requirements of Georgiou’s Change Management Procedure GC-HSE-PRO-136.




6. MONITORING & MEASUREMENT

The Georgiou Quality Manager is responsible for maintaining systems to monitor and measure Non-conformances

reported to ensure timely and effective management and enable review and communication of Management System

performance.

Product Non-conformances Establishment and maintenance of a Non-conformance Revenue Frequency rate (NCR-FR). Trend/analysis of NCR rework costs by Business Unit by Month.

System Non-conformances Weekly BSR report sent to Business Unit Managers identifying status of Non-conformances and associated actions recorded within QHEST.

7. REFERENCES

Change Management Procedure GC-HSE-PRO-267

Terminology & Definitions Guideline GC-ADM-PRO-009

Georgiou Risk Matrix

8. APPENDICES

8.1 Appendix A – Non-conformance Notification and Response Matrix

The following outlines the minimum personnel involvement in response to reported non-conformances.

Responsible Manager Close-Out Manager Internal Notification Investigation

Product NCR

Class 3 Project Quality Representative

Project Manager Project Team Supervisor, Project Engineer, Project Quality Representative

Class 2 Project Manager Construction Manager/Operations Manager

Business Unit Snr Management (CMs, OM’s and EGMs)

Supervisor, Project Engineer, Project Quality Representative

Quality Manager as required

Class 1 Construction Manager/Operations Manager

Business Unit General Manager

Business Unit Snr Management (CMs, OM’s and EGMs), and all Georgiou Senior Leadership team

Construction/Operations Manager, Supervisor/Project Engineer, Project Quality Representative

Quality Manager

System NCR – notifications issued via QHEST workflow

Minor Project Quality representative

Project Manager Project Team Supervisor, Project Engineer, Project Quality Representative

Major Construction Manager Business Unit General Manager

Business Unit Snr Management (CMs, OM’s and EGM, HS Manager, Quality Manager)

Construction/Operations Manager, Quality Manager, Supervisor/Project Engineer, Project Quality Representative

https://genie.georgiou.com.au/DocumentCentre/HSEQ/Change%20Management.docx

https://genie.georgiou.com.au/DocumentCentre/Project%20Lifecycle/Terminology%20and%20Definitions.docx

https://genie.georgiou.com.au/DocumentCentre/HSEQ/Risk%20Matrix.DOCX

Appendix A10

Georgiou auditing, review and inspection standard

GC-HSE-STA-155 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 1 of 6


Auditing, Reviews and Inspections

AUDITING, REVIEWS AND INSPECTIONS

STANDARD GC-HSE-STA-155

Date Revision Description Version Revised by Document

Owner

Document

Authoriser

18/12/2013 Changed from GC- MGT-ST007 to GC- HSE-STA-155 and re-versioned for new GENIE document control system

1.0 Alyson Bray Sean Baker Scott Morris

18/05/2015

s3.1.8 updated to define current audit schedule requirements. s 3.1.8 Corrective Actions process consolidated for all audit types.

2.0 K. Woodford/

S. Baker Sean Baker Scott Morris

2/12/2015

S3.1.1 updated to include HiPD Reviews. S3.6 updated - removed reference to meetings (addressed in Management System Standard).

3.0 K.Woodford Sean Baker Travis Kingdon

31/03/2016 S3.2.2 Amended Workplace Inspection requirements from weekly to monthly (MOC-GC513)

4.0 K.Woodford Sean Baker Travis Kingdon

9/08/2016 Responsibilities/accountabilities updated following changed HSEQ organisational structure.

5.0 K.Woodford Katherine Woodford

Sean Baker

2018 Georgiou Group Pty Ltd

Reproduction of this document, in whole or in part, in any format or media is prohibited without express permission from the authorised Quality Representative of Georgiou.




1. PURPOSE & SCOPE

This Standard describes the processed used by Georgiou to evaluate and review the implementation of the Georgiou

Management System. Audits, reviews and inspections are completed for the following purpose;

To identify compliance against Georgiou procedures, plans, legal requirements and other obligations;

To identify areas where performance needs to be improved;

To identify leading practise, so that such practises can be communicated and implemented across other

Georgiou operations.

This Standard applies to all Georgiou operations.

2. TERMINOLOGY & DEFINITIONS

Terms and definitions used within this document are further explained in Georgiou’s Terminology & Definitions

Guideline.

3. DESCRIPTION

3.1 Audits and Reviews

Audits and Reviews involve a formal and systematic process of assessing conformance with specific procedures

through interviews, document review and physical verification of operational controls in the workplace. At

Georgiou, the following audits and reviews will be undertaken;

3.1.1 Internal System Audits and Reviews

Internal System audits are those conducted on a site, business unit or functional area to determine compliance to

the management systems and an assessment as the effectiveness of those requirements to meet our legal and other

obligations. Internal system audits comprise any of the following;

Quality Audits

HSE Audits

HSE Mobilisation Audits

Management System Audits

Environmental Compliance Reviews

Commercial Audits

HR Audits

3.1.2 Company Environmental Legal Compliance Evaluation

An evaluation of Company environmental legal and other obligations will be undertaken to determine compliance

with environmental legislation, approvals, licenses and other applicable requirements. Over a rolling three year

period, desktop reviews and site visits will be undertaken to evaluate Georgiou activities conducted within each

jurisdiction. Planned visits will be documented on the Auditing and Review Schedule.

The Environment Management System Representative is accountable for ensuring that the evaluations are

completed by a person with suitable expertise. The HSE Legal and Other Obligation Directory’s will be updated

to reflect any new requirements and a plan put in place to address corrective or preventative actions to maintain

compliance.




3.1.3 Vendor Audits

Vendor Audits are those conducted by Georgiou on a Subcontractor or Supplier that have been engaged by Georgiou

to inspect and evaluate their management system, as well as its practices, products, and documentation.

Site’s Manager's will be accountable for arranging Vendor Audits where required to control risk or meet contractual

requirements. Requirements for these audits are to be detailed within site specific Management Plans.

3.1.4 Second and Third Party Audits

Second party audits are those conducted on a Georgiou site or the Georgiou Management System by a party who has

an interest in Georgiou, to provide verification of conformance to client or contractual requirements. The

notification that a Second party audit is to take place will be directed to the Accountable Manager who will

coordinate the audit and inform the Q Management System Representative for inclusion in the Audit & Review

Schedule.

Third party audits are those conducted by a third party such as regulatory bodies and certifying bodies to

determine compliance to certification or accreditation requirements. The Q Management System Representative is

responsible for arranging and coordinating third party audits and communicating outcomes to the organisation.

3.1.5 Training and Competency

Internal audits/reviews will be conducted by persons suitably experienced and/or trained in auditing and who are

independent of the site being audited e.g. A HSE cannot audit a site for which they are the HSE Representative.

Wherever possible, new Auditors to Georgiou or newly trained Auditors will be required to observe an experienced

Auditor conduct at least one audit before completing a solo audit, and during their first solo audit they will be

observed by an experienced Auditor.

The scope and criteria of an audit will determine the number of auditors to be assigned. Where it is deemed

necessary that more than one auditor is required, an audit team will be formed and a lead auditor nominated.

The assigned auditor(s) will be responsible for scheduling, preparing, performing and reporting on the audit.

3.1.6 Internal System Audit/Review Frequency

During project start-up the audit requirements for each project will be determined. Project audit requirements will

be determined with consideration of the nature of the work being completed (i.e. HSEQ risks), the number and

value of subcontracts, and any contractual requirements for audits. Operating facilities and functional areas will

be audited at least annually.

After each completed audit/review a recommendation will be made by the auditor that the frequency should

either:

1) Continue as per scheduled - monitoring required

2) Decrease - sufficient controls are in place to manage risk

3) Increase - insufficient controls are in place to manage risk

In the event of a serious incident or complaint, non-conformity, financial loss or other valid reason an unscheduled

audit/review may be initiated in addition to the stated requirements within this Standard.

3.1.7 Scheduling Internal Audits/Reviews

The Quality Management System Representative is responsible for maintaining the Audit & Review Schedule on the

company intranet. The Audit and Review Schedule is to detail the following;

Project being audited




Start and end date of audit

Reason for audit

Nominated person to conduct the audit /review

Type of review/audit

Audit status

Link to completed Audit Report

Where possible, the schedule will reflect audits/reviews to be conducted for the current financial year, however,

at a minimum, should always display audits/reviews scheduled at least 3 months in advance.

If an audit/review is not conducted for any reason then this reason will be noted on the schedule and re-scheduled

as appropriate. The approval to delay or reschedule an audit will be at the discretion of the Quality Management

System Representative.

3.1.8 Audit/Review Findings- Corrective/Preventative Actions

All non-conformities and improvement opportunities identified will be raised as a BSR in QHEST with actions

assigned to address each item. The auditee will be the assigned Responsible Manager for ensuring follow-up and

closeout of the audit actions. Their Line Manager will be the assigned Close-out Manager for ensuring the

effectiveness of the actions taken.

The auditee is responsible for responding, in the format required by the Auditor, to each non-conformity and

improvement opportunity raised in the report and accountable for closing out any actions within the agreed time-

frame.

Immediate Actions to Audit Findings

Any non-conformities that are identified during the audit/review, that have the potential to cause serious harm to

the environment, person or product/service which cannot be immediately controlled, are to be isolated by use of

barricading and or warning signs and communicated to persons on site as soon as practicable.

3.1.9 Communicating Audit Findings

For each audit completed, the final audit report, detailing audit findings, is to be forwarded to Business Unit (BU)

Management responsible for the audited area. At a minimum this will include the BU General Manager, Construction

and/or Operations Managers.

Where required, audit findings will be communicated to the wider organisation through Bulletins or GENIE alerts.

3.2 Inspections

3.2.1 Daily Task Inspections

All work areas will be visited by supervisory personnel daily to ensure tasks are being carried out in accordance

with planned activities and risk controls. This inspection does not require a formal record to be made, with the

exception of tasks being undertaken with a JHA/SWMS and/or Permit to Work where the supervisor will observe the

task and JHA/SWMS and sign the daily review in accordance with Georgiou’s Job Hazard Analysis Procedure.

3.2.2 Workplace Inspections

Workplace Inspections are conducted to check the working conditions and practices within an area or site. They are

to be conducted as a minimum monthly unless otherwise stated in the Sites HSE Management Plan. Office

inspections are only required to be done as a minimum bi-monthly. The inspection will include a sample of items in

the workplace and recorded on the Workplace Inspection – Site Form in One app.




3.2.3 Detailed Hazard Inspections

Detailed Hazard Inspections (DHI’S) focus on a specific high risk activity and associated hazards and controls. DHI’s

are to be conducted as directed by the Site’s Management, based on risk identification and/or legal or other

obligations. The inspection will be recorded on the applicable Detailed Hazard Inspection Form or if available on

the DHI in One app.

3.2.4 Plant, equipment and supplies

Plant, equipment and supplies will be inspected in accordance with the Plant and Equipment Control Standard.

3.2.5 Training and Competency

Workplace and Detailed Hazard Inspections will include a suitably experienced or knowledgeable person in the

hazards, Georgiou and legal or other requirements pertaining to the inspection.

3.2.6 Scheduling Inspections

The Site HSE Representative or nominee will schedule the required inspections on the Sites Monitoring Schedule.

Detailed Hazard Inspections will need to be scheduled when it likely that a High Risk Activity is to be undertaken.

The Monitoring Schedule will record the following as a minimum:

Type of inspection

The date in which the inspection will take place

Nominated person to conduct the inspection

Where possible, the schedule will reflect inspections to be conducted for the current financial year, however, at a

minimum, should always display inspection scheduled at least 3 months in advance.

If an inspection is not conducted for any reason then this reason will be noted on the schedule and re-scheduled as

appropriate. The original scheduled inspection date and the newly scheduled inspection date will be maintained.

The approval to delay or reschedule an inspection will be at the discretion of the Site’s Manager.

3.2.7 Inspection Findings -Corrective/Preventative Actions

In the event that an inspection reveals hazards, the necessary actions to rectify the hazard will be allocated to a

person who has the responsibility and authority to address the issue. Hazards which are not able to be actioned

immediately will be recorded in the QHEST system and the action close-out date must be reflective of the risk

priority. The Site’s Manager will be accountable for the monitoring of close-out actions at the Site monthly

meetings.

Any significant hazards that are identified, that have the potential to cause serious harm to the environment or

person which cannot be immediately controlled, are to be isolated by use of barricading and or warning signs and

communicated to persons on site as soon as practicable.

3.3 Workforce Participation

Where practicable, audits, reviews and inspections should involve management, site HSE representative and

workers at all levels including Subcontractors.

3.4 Document & Record Control

The person conducting or coordinating the audit/review/inspection is responsible for ensuring records are

maintained in the Document Management System to enable validation of the system and for use in subsequent

audits/reviews/inspections.




3.5 Communication of Findings

The findings resulting from audits/reviews/ inspections will be communicated to personnel on site through toolbox

meetings, pre-start meetings, displaying a copy of the audit/ review/inspection on the HSE notice board or a

combination of these communication measures.

3.6 Review of Performance

Audit, review and inspection results will be consolidated to analyse performance trends, the effectiveness of the

Georgiou Management System and areas for improvement.

4. REFERENCES

Audit and Review Schedule

Job Hazard Analysis Procedure

Plant and Equipment Control Standard

Management System Standard

HSE Legal and Other Obligation Directory

https://genie.georgiou.com.au/operations/hseq/audits/default.aspx

https://genie.georgiou.com.au/operations/hseq/audits/default.aspx


9/08/2016 Ver: 5.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 2-Nov-18


Appendix A11

Georgiou ISO Certification




Section B: Supporting Management Plans




Appendix B1

Construction Traffic Management Plan




Appendix B2





Appendix B3

Construction Noise and Vibration Management Sub Plan




Appendix B4

Construction Soil and Water Management Sub Plan




Appendix B5

Construction Cultural Heritage Management Sub Plan




Appendix B6

Construction Air Quality Management Sub Plan




Appendix B7

Construction Waste and Energy Management Sub Plan




Appendix B8

Construction Contaminated Land Management Sub Plan




Appendix B9

Other Management Measures Management Plan




Appendix B10

Construction Sustainability Management Plan




Appendix B11

Pollution Incident Response Management Plan




Appendix B12

Construction Community Liaison Plan